Colour television Chassis

EM1.2A
AA

CL 36532061_000.eps
280803

Contents Page Contents Page

1 Technical Specifications, Connection Facilities, 2 SSB: HOP (Diagram B4) 61 66-76
and Chassis Overview SSB: Audio Demodulator (Diagram B6) 62 66-76
2 Safety and Maintenance Instructions, 4 SSB: Audio HP Amplifier (Diagram B6A) 63 66-76
Warnings, and Notes SSB: Painter (Diagram B7) 64 66-76
3 Directions for Use 6 SSB: 3D Comb (Diagram B8) 65 66-76
4 Mechanical Instructions 22 SSB: Mapping PWB Layouts 71
5 Service Modes, Error Codes, and Faultfinding 26 Side I/O Panel (Diagram D) 77 78
6 Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overview, and CRT Panel (Diagram F) 79 80
Waveforms DC-Shift Panel (Diagram G) 81 81
Wiring Diagram 33 VDAF + 2nd Orders (Diagram I) 82 83
Block Diagram LSP Supply and Deflection 34 Mains Switch FL9 Styling (Diagram J) 84 85
Testpoint Overview LSP and CRT 35 Mains Switch PV2 Styling) (Diagram J) 86 86
Block Diagram Video 36 HD Jack Panel: Control (Diagram N1) 87 90-92
Testpoint Overview SSB 37 HD Jack Panel: Inputs/Outputs (Diagram N2) 88 90-92
Block Diagram Audio 38 HD Jack Panel: Sync Slicer (Diagram N3) 89 90-92
I2C Overview 39 HD Jack Panel: Matrix (Diagram N4) 89 90-92
Supply Lines Overview 40 Side I/O Panel (Diagram O) 93 94
7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB layouts Diagram PWB Top Control Panel PV2 Styling (Diagram P) 95 96
LSP: Main Supply (Diagram A1A) 41 51-57 Top Control Panel PV0 Styling (Diagram P) 95 97
LSP: Main Supply (Diagram A1B) 42 51-57 8 Electrical Alignments 99
LSP: Standby Supply (Diagram A2) 43 51-57 9 Circuit Descriptions 104
LSP: Line Deflection (Diagram A3) 44 51-57 List of Abbreviations 118
LSP: Frame Deflection E/W Drive(Diagram A4) 45 51-57 IC Data Sheets 120
LSP: Rotation Circuitry (Diagram A5) 46 51-57 10 Spare Parts List 122
LSP: Audio Amplifier (Diagram A6) 47 51-57 11 Revision List 130
LSP: Headphone Amplifier (Diagram A7) 46 51-57
LSP: Tuner, SIMM Conn.(Fem.) (Diagram A8) 48 51-57
LSP: Receiver (Diagram A9) 49 51-57
LSP: Front (Diagram A10) 49 51-57
LSP: Inputs/Outputs (Diagram A11) 50 51-57
LSP: Mapping PWB Layouts 52
SSB: SIMM Connector (Male) (Diagram B1) 58 66-76
SSB: IF, I/O, Video Processing (Diagram B2) 59 66-76
SSB: Featurebox (Diagram B3) 60 66-76

©
Copyright 2003 Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. Eindhoven, The Netherlands.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, or otherwise without the prior permission of Philips.

Published by RB 0370 Service PaCE Printed in the Netherlands Subject to modification EN 3122 785 13880
 EN 2 1. EM1.2A AA Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

1. Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

1.1 Technical Specifications Rear Connections

1.1.1 Reception
RGB Y
AUDIO
Tuning system : PLL Pb L

Color systems (off-air) : NTSC M Pr R

(3.58 & 4.43 MHz),
AV3 IN
Sound systems : FM/FM, VIDEO 2FH - 480p/1080i
: 2SC B/G, MONITOR AV1 AV2
: NICAM B/G/D/K/I/L OUT IN IN

A/V connections : NTSC M 759 VIDEO

V Y
(3.58 & 4.43 MHz).
AUDIO
Channel selections : 100 channels, L Pb L L

: UVSH-channels S-VIDEO
R Pr R R
Frequency range : 44.25 - 855.25 MHz
Aerial input : 75 ohm, Coax SERVICE
CONNECTOR CL 36532061_043.eps
(COMPAIR) 030903
1.1.2 Miscellaneous

Figure 1-2 Rear View

AC voltage : 160 - 276 V (± 10 %),
AC frequency : 50 / 60 Hz (± 5%)
Ambient temperature : + 5 to + 45 deg. C. Monitor out
Standby Power consumption : 1W 1 - Video 1 Vpp / 75 ohm kq
2 - Audio L (0.5 Vrms / 10 kohm) kq
3 - Audio R (0.5 Vrms / 10 kohm) kq
1.2 Connections
AV1 in
1.2.1 Front and Top Controls / Side Connections 1 -Y 0.7 Vpp / 75 ohm jq
2 - Pb 0.7 Vpp / 75 ohm jq
3 - Pr 0.7 Vpp / 75 ohm jq
P/CH+
3.5
AUDIO R AV1 in
V- M V+ AUDIO L
'IR-
SK 1 RECEIVER' VIDEO 4 - Video 1 Vpp / 75 ohm jq
SVHS
5 - Audio L (0.5 Vrms / 10 kohm) jq
P/CH- CL26532072_009.eps 6 - Audio R (0.5 Vrms / 10 kohm) jq
LED 140602

AV2 in
Figure 1-1 Front/Top controls and Side I/O
1 - Video 1 Vpp / 75 ohm jq
2 - Audio L (0.5 Vrms / 10 kohm) jq
S-Video 3 - Audio R (0.5 Vrms / 10 kohm) jq
1 - Gnd H
2 - Gnd H
AV2 in (SVHS)
3 -Y 1 Vpp / 75 ohm j
1 - Gnd H
4 -C 0.3 Vpp / 75 ohm j
2 - Gnd H
3 -Y 1 Vpp / 75 ohm j
Audio / video 4 -C 0.3 Vpp / 75 ohm j
- - Video 1 Vpp / 75 ohm jq
- - Audio L (0.5 Vrms / 10 kohm) jq
AV3 in (D-sub connector)
- - Audio R (0.5 Vrms / 10 kohm) jq
1 - Pr (R) 0.35 Vpp (0.7 Vpp) / 75 ohm jq
- - Headphone
2 - Y (G) 0.7 Vpp (0.7 Vpp) / 75 ohm jq
(3.5mm) (32 - 2000 ohm / 10 mW) rt
3 - Pb (B) 0.35 Vpp (0.7 Vpp) / 75 ohm jq
4 -H 5 Vpp / 1 kohm jq
5 -V 5 Vpp / 1 kohm jq

AV3 in (cinches)
1 - Y (G) 0.7 Vpp (0.7 Vpp) / 75 ohm jq
2 - Pb (B) 0.35 Vpp (0.7 Vpp) / 75 ohm jq
3 - Pr (R) 0.35 Vpp (0.7 Vpp) / 75 ohm jq

AV3 in
1 - Audio L (0.5 Vrms / 10 kohm) jq
2 - Audio R (0.5 Vrms / 10 kohm) jq
 Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview EM1.2A AA 1. EN 3

1.3 Chassis Overview

D & O SIDE I/O PANEL

TOP CONTROL PANEL P
P
(styling FL9)
or
TOP CONTROL PANEL P
P
(styling PV2)

CRT/SCAVEM PANEL F

SMALL SIGNAL BOARD B

P

MAINS SWITCH (PV2 & FL9) J

JACK HIGH
N DEFINITION INTERFACE
LARGE SIGNAL PANEL A

DC-SHIFT (optional) G

VDAF + 2nd ORDERS PANEL I

CL 36532061_042.eps
020903

Figure 1-3 PWB location

 EN 4 2. EM1.2A AA Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes
2. Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes
2.1 Safety Instructions
Safety regulations require that during a repair:
• Due to the chassis concept, a very large part of the chassis
(including horizontal and vertical deflection) is 'hot.'
Connect the set to AC power via an isolation transformer.
• Safety components, indicated by the symbol h, must be
replaced with original PCEC components.
• Wear safety goggles when you replace the CRT.
Safety regulations require that after a repair, you must return
the set in its original condition. Pay particular attention to the
following points:
• General repair instruction: as a strict precaution, we advise
you to resolder the solder connections through which the
horizontal deflection current is flowing, in particular:
1. All pins of the line output transformer (LOT.)
2. Flyback capacitor(s.)
3. S-correction capacitor(s.)
4. Line output transistor.
5. Pins of the connector with wires to the deflection coil.
6. Other components through which the deflection current
flows.
Note: This resoldering is advised to prevent bad connections
due to metal fatigue in solder connections and is therefore only
necessary for television sets more than two years old.
• Route the wire trees and EHT cable correctly and secure
them with the mounted cable clamps.
• Check the insulation of the AC power cord for external
damage.
• Check the strain relief of the AC power cord for proper
function, to prevent the cord from touching the CRT, hot
components, or heat sinks.
• Check the electrical DC resistance between the AC plug
and the secondary side (only for sets that have an isolated
power supply.) To do this:
1. Unplug the AC power cord and connect a wire between
the two pins of the AC plug.
2. Set the AC power switch to the “on” position (keep the
AC power cord unplugged.)
3. Measure the resistance value between the pins of the
AC plug and the metal shielding of the tuner or the
aerial connection of the set. The reading should be
between 4.5 Mohm and 12 Mohm.
• Check the cabinet for defects, to prevent the customer from
touching any inner parts of the television set.
2.2 Maintenance Instructions
It is recommended to have a maintenance inspection carried
out by qualified service personnel. The interval depends on the
usage conditions:
• When the set is used under normal circumstances, for
example in a living room, the recommended interval is
three to five years.
• When the set is used in an environment with higher dust,
grease or moisture levels, for example in a kitchen, the
recommended interval is one year.
• The maintenance inspection includes the following actions:
1. Perform the “general repair instruction” noted above.
2. Clean the power supply and deflection circuitry on the
chassis.
3. Clean the picture tube panel and the neck of the picture
tube.
2.3 Warnings
• In order to prevent damage to ICs and transistors, avoid all
high voltage flashovers. In order to prevent damage to the
picture tube, use the method shown in Fig. 2-1 to discharge
the picture tube. Use a high voltage probe and a multimeter
(position Vdc.) Discharge until the meter reading is 0 V
(after approx. 30s.)
V
CL96532156_040.eps
140501
Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
• All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to
electrostatic discharges (ESD. w) Careless handling
during repair can reduce life drastically. When repairing,
make sure that you are connected with the same potential
as the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance. Also
keep components and tools at this potential.
• Available ESD protection equipment:
– Complete kit ESD3 (small table mat, wristband,
connection box, extension cable, and ground cable)
4822 310 10671.
– Wristband tester 4822 344 13999.
• Together with the deflection unit and any multi-pole unit,
flat square picture tubes form an integrated unit. The
deflection and the multi-pole units are set optimally at the
factory. Adjustment of this unit during repair is therefore not
recommended.
• Be careful during measurements in the high voltage
section and on the picture tube.
• Never replace modules or other components while the unit
is switched “on.”
• When you align the set, use plastic rather than metal tools.
This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a
circuit becoming unstable.
2.4 Notes
2.4.1 General
• Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the
chassis (= tuner) ground (H), or hot ground (I), depending
on the area of circuitry being tested.
• The voltages and waveforms shown in the diagrams are
indicative. Measure them in the Service Default Mode with
a color bar signal and stereo sound (L: 3 kHz, R: 1 kHz;
unless stated otherwise) and picture carrier at 61.25 MHz
(NTSC, channel 3.)
• Where necessary, measure the waveforms and voltages
with (D) and without (E) aerial signal. Measure the
voltages in the power supply section both in normal
operation (G) and in standby (F.) These values are
indicated by means of the appropriate symbols.
• The picture tube panel has printed spark gaps. Each spark
gap is connected between an electrode of the picture tube
and the Aquadag coating.
 Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes EM1.2A AA 2. EN 5

• The semiconductors indicated in the circuit diagram and in

the parts lists are interchangeable per position with the
semiconductors in the unit, irrespective of the type
indication on these semiconductors.
• DOLBY, the double D symbol and PRO LOGIC are
trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.

Figure 2-2 Dolby Pro Logic Symbol

2.4.2 Schematic Notes

• All resistor values are in ohms and the value multiplier is

often used to indicate the decimal point location (e.g. 2K2
indicates 2.2 kOhm).
• Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with
either an "E" or an "R" (e.g. 220E or 220R indicates 220
Ohm).
• All Capacitor values are expressed in Micro-Farads (µ =
x10-6), Nano-Farads (n = x10-9), or Pico-Farads (p = x10-
12
).
• Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the
decimal point indication (e.g. 2p2 indicates 2.2 pF).
• An "asterisk" (*) indicates component usage varies. Refer
to the diversity tables for the correct values.
• The correct component values are listed in the Electrical
Replacement Parts List. Therefore, always check this list
when there is any doubt.

2.4.3 Practical Service Precautions

• It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock.

While some sources are expected to have a possible
dangerous impact, others of quite high potential are of
limited current and are sometimes held in less regard.
• Always respect voltages. While some may not be
dangerous in themselves, they can cause unexpected
reactions - reactions that are best avoided. Before reaching
into a powered TV set, it is best to test the high voltage
insulation. It is easy to do, and is a good service precaution.
• Before powering up the TV set with the back cover off
(or on a test fixture), attach a clip lead to the CRT DAG
ground and to a screwdriver blade that has a well insulated
handle. After the TV is powered on and high voltage has
developed, probe the anode lead with the blade, starting at
the case of the High Voltage Transformer (flyback - IFT.)
Move the blade to within two inches of the connector of the
CRT. If there is an arc, you found it the easy way,
without getting a shock! If there is an arc to the
screwdriver blade, replace the part which is causing the
problem; the High Voltage Transformer or the lead (if it is
removable.
 EN 6

TABLE OF CONTENTS SAFETY INFORMATION AND USEFUL TIPS

3.

Thank you for purchasing this televison set.You are now the proud owner
of a PHILIPS TV set which promises full value to you as a customer. Safety Information
Please read the instruction manual carefully and thoroughly to help you
install and operate your TV set. • Disconnect mains plug when :
– the red light below the TV screen is flashing continuously.
– a bright white line is displayed across the screen.
– cleaning the TV screen. Never use abrasive cleaning agents. Use a slight damp chamois
Introduction leather or soft cloth.
Safety Information/Useful Tips .................................................................................................. 3 – there is a lightning storm.
EM1.2A AA

Before Calling Service ................................................................................................................. 4 – the set is left unattended for a prolonged period of time.
3. Directions for Use

Basic Installation/Functions • No naked flame sources, such as lighted candles, should be placed on top of the TV or
in the vicinity.
Hooking Up Your TV (Basic Connection) ............................................................................... 5
Use/Care of remote Control .................................................................................................... 5 • Do not place your TV set under direct sunlight or heat.
Connecting the Audio/Video Sockets (Playback) .................................................................. 6
Connecting the Audio/Video Sockets (Recording) ............................................................... 8 • Leave at least 5 cm around each side of TV set to allow for proper ventilation.
Functions of Remote Control ................................................................................................... 9
• Avoid placing your set (e.g. near the window) where it is likely to be exposed to rain
Functions of TV Controls ...........................................................................................................11
or water.
TV Installation
• No objects filled with liquids should be placed on top the TV so as to avoid dripping
Selecting the Menu Language and Automatic Tuning of Channels...................................... 12 or splashing of liquids on the set.
Directions for Use

Manual Tuning of Channels ......................................................................................................... 14

Selecting the Colour/Sound System ........................................................................................ 15
Fine Tuning Of Channels ............................................................................................................. 16
Sorting of Channels...................................................................................................................... 17 Useful Tips
Editing of Channels........................................................................................................................ 18
Naming of Channels...................................................................................................................... 19 • Do not leave your set on standby mode for a prolonged period of time. Switch off set
Features to allow it to be demagnetised. A demagnetised set supports good picture quality.

Using the Picture/Sound Menu................................................................................................... 20
Using the Active Control Feature.............................................................................................. 21
Activating the Timer...................................................................................................................... 22
Activating the Child Lock.............................................................................................................24
Using the Screen Format ............................................................................................................ 28
Using the Rotation Feature......................................................................................................... 29
Using the Blue Mute Feature...................................................................................................... 30
Smart Picture Control and Smart Sound Control................................................................ 31
Using the Teletext.......................................................................................................................... 32
General
Specifications...................................................................................................................................34
• Do not shift or move the set around when it is switched on. Uneveness in colour in
some parts of the screen may occur.
• Never attempt to repair a defective TV yourself. Always consult a skilled service
personnel.
Recycling Directive – To minimise harm to the environment, the batteries
supplied with the TV set do not contain mercury or nickel cadmium. If possible,
when disposing of batteries, use recycling means available to you. Your TV set
uses materials which are reusable or which can be recycled. To minimise the
amount of waste in the environment, specialist companies recover used sets for
dismantling and collection of reusable materials (contact your dealer).

2 3
 BEFORE CALLING SERVICE HOOKING UP YOUR TV (BASIC CONNECTION)
Below is a list of frequently occurred symptoms. Before you call for service, make these simple
Antenna Connection
checks. Some of these symptoms can easily be rectified if you know what to do.
• Connect the aerial plug to the antenna socket ¬
on the backcover.

Symptom What you should do • Insert the mains plug into the wall socket.

Colour patch • Switch off the TV by the mains power button. Wait for 20
(uneveness) minutes before switching on again.
• Check the TV is not placed too near speakers or magnetic
objects.
Mains Connection
No power • Check the TV’s AC power cord is plugged into the mains
• For correct mains voltage, refer to type sticker at
socket. If there is still no power, disconnect plug. Wait for
the rear of the TV set
60 seconds and re-insert plug. Switch on the TV again.
• Consult your dealer if mains supply is different.
No picture • Check the antenna connection at the rear of the TV.
Note : This diagram is not representative of the
• Possible TV station problem. Try another channel.
actual plug and socket.
Good picture • Try increasing the volume.
but no sound • Check that the sound is not muted. If it is muted, press the
Mute button on the remote control to restore sound.
Switching on the Set
Good sound but poor • Try increasing the contrast and brightness setting.
• Press the main power button to switch on/
colour or no picture
off the TV.
• If the set is on standby (indicator is red),
Snowish picture and • Check antenna connection at the rear of the TV.
press the Power button on the remote
noise
control to switch on set.
Horizontal dotted lines • Possible electrical interference e.g. hairdryer, vacuum
cleaner, etc. Switch off appliances.
Directions for Use

Double images or • Possible poor positioning of antenna. Using a highly

“Ghost” images
TV not responding to
remote control handset
directional antenna may improve reception.
USE/CARE OF REMOTE CONTROL
• Check life span of batteries of remote control handset.
• Aim remote control handset directly at remote control
sensor lens on the TV.
• Insert the correct type of batteries into the
compartment.
EM1.2A AA

• Ensure the batteries are placed in the right

direction.
3.

4 5
EN 7
 EN 8

CONNECTING THE AUDIO/VIDEO SOCKETS (PLAYBACK) CONNECTING THE AUDIO/VIDEO SOCKETS (PLAYBACK)
3.

Monitor out AV1 in AV2 in AV sockets

VIDEO
on rear of Connect headphone jack to
Y TV
L/Mono socket for personal listening
S-VIDEO
Pb
AUDIO

R
Pr
COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT

OUT OUT OUT

Camcorder
EM1.2A AA

Back of
ANTENNA VIDEO R AUDIO L VCR
IN IN IN

VCR (Equipped with

Video and Audio Output
sockets
For more convenient direct playback connections, the Side Audio/Video Input sockets allow for quick
You can view the playback of VCR tapes (Video Disc players, camcorders, etc.) by using the AUDIO and and easy connections, particularly Camcorder tape recordings.
VIDEO INPUT sockets on the rear of the TV.
– Connect the S-VIDEO socket (if available) from the Camcorder to the Side S-VIDEO
– Connect the VIDEO and AUDIO IN sockets on the rear of the TV to the AUDIO and socket of the TV. You need not connect the Side VIDEO IN socket of the TV if the
VIDEO OUT sockets on the VCR. S-VIDEO socket is connected.
– Connect the AUDIO OUT sockets (Right and Left) from the Camcorder to the Side
AUDIO IN sockets.
Monitor out AV1 in AV2 in
Directions for Use

VIDEO
AV sockets
Y
L/Mono on rear of
S-VIDEO
AUDIO Pb TV Monitor out AV1 in AV2 in

R VIDEO
AV sockets
Pr on rear of
Y
COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT
L/Mono TV
S-VIDEO
Pb
AUDIO

R
Pr
COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT

OUT OUT OUT OUT

R AUDIO L VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA Back of S-VHS VCR

IN IN
IN

OUT OUT

Back of DVD
Y Pb Pr L R
AUDIO

The S-Video connection on the rear of the TV is used for the playback of S-VHS VCR tapes, Video Discs, DVD (Equipped with “Y”,
Video Games or Compact Disc-Interactive (cd-i) discs. Better picture detail and clarity is “Pb” and “Pr” and Output
possible with the S-Video playback as compared to the picture from a normal antenna (RF) sockets)
connection.
– Connect the S-VIDEO socket on the rear of the TV to the S-VHS OUT socket on a
You can view the playback of DVD discs by using the COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT sockets on the
S-VHS VCR.
rear of the TV.
– Connect the AUDIO IN sockets from the rear of the TV to the AUDIO OUT sockets
– Connect the “Y”, “Pb” and “Pr” INPUT sockets on the TV to the “Y”, “Pb” and
on the VCR.
“Pr” OUTPUT sockets on the DVD to view playback of DVD discs.
Note : You need not connect the VIDEO IN socket of the TV if S-VIDEO IN socket is
Note : “Y”, “Pb”, “Pr” sockets and AV1 sockets cannot be connected simultaneously.
connected.

6 7
 CONNECTING THE AUDIO/VIDEO SOCKETS (RECORDING) FUNCTIONS OF REMOTE CONTROL
Connection for recording from the TV channel
& Power button
– Switch set off temporarily to standby mode.
Monitor out AV1 in AV2 in

AV sockets (The red light indicator lights up when the set &
VIDEO
Y on rear of is on standby mode).
L/Mono é
S-VIDEO
TV
Pb – To switch on set from standby mode, press
AUDIO

R Channel +/– , Digit (0 -9) or Power button.

Pr
“
COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT
é Teletext Colour buttons ‘
OUT OUT OUT
– In teletext mode, the colour buttons allow you to (
access directly an item or corresponding pages.
ANTENNA VIDEO R AUDIO L §
“ Teletext buttons
IN IN IN Allows you to access teletext information. For è
detailed description of functions, refer to section !
on “Using the Teletext” ç
‘ Smiley button
Not applicable. 0
VCR (Equipped with Video ( Timer Button
and Audio Input sockets Allows you to set the clock to switch to another 1
channel at a specified time while you are watching 2
another channel or when the set is on standby mode.
– Connect the corresponding INPUT sockets of the VCR to the MONITOR OUTPUT
§ Smart Sound Button
sockets on the rear of the TV. Press the Smart Sound button repeatedly to
– To enhance the sound of your TV, connect the AUDIO L and R sockets to an external access 4 different types of sound settings and
audio system instead of the VCR. For mono equipment, connect only the AUDIO L socket. choose your desired setting.
è Menu Button
Displays the main menu. Also exits menu from screen.
Connection for recording from one VCR to another VCR ! Cursor Up Button
Allows you to select the next item on the menu.
Monitor out AV1 in AV2 in
AV sockets on ç Cursor Left Button
rear of TV VIDEO
Y
Allows you to select the sub-menus and adjust the settings.
L/Mono
S-VIDEO
Directions for Use

Pb
0 Volume + / – Button
AUDIO OUT

OUT OUT Increases or decreases volume.

R
Pr
Back of
ANTENNA VIDEO R AUDIO L
COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT VCR 1 4
IN Allows you to switch from Stereo to Mono sound during
OUT
OUT OUT
stereo transmission or to choose between language5or
ANTENNA VIDEO R AUDIO L language6during dual sound transmission.
IN IN IN
2 A/CH(Alternate channel) Button
Allows you to change between the current
VCR (Equipped with channel and the previous channel.
VCR 2 Video and Audio
Output sockets
EM1.2A AA

VCR 1 VCR (Equipped with Video

and Audio Input sockets

– Connect the sockets of the VCR which you wish to record from, to the corresponding
sockets at either AV1 or AV2..
3.

– Connect the sockets of the receiving VCR to the MONITOR OUTPUT sockets on the
rear of the TV.
8 9
EN 9
 EN 10

FUNCTIONS OF REMOTE CONTROL FUNCTIONS OF TV CONTROLS

3.

( +
3 Main Index Button
CH
Not applicable.
4 Frownie button
Not applicable. ‘ – M + ‘
5 Smart Picture Button
Press the Smart Picture button repeatedly to
3 access 5 different types of picture settings and
4 – (
choose your desired setting. §
EM1.2A AA

5 61Incredible Surround Button

6 – Allows you to select Incredible Surround sound
when transmission is in stereo mode.

➩
7 – Allows you to select Spatial Sound when transmission
is in mono mode.
8 71Cursor Right Button
9 Allows you to access the sub-menus and adjust
the settings.
20 8 Cursor Down Button
21 Allows you to select the next item on the menu.
22 9 Channel + / – Buttons
Allows you to select channels in ascending or
descending order.
23
20 Mute Button
Directions for Use

Mutes sound. To restore sound, press button again.

➩
21 Teletext Button
24
Refer to section on “Using the Teletext”
22 OSD button 3
25
Allows you to display the current channel number.
It also allows to exit menu from the screen after & é “
control adjustments.
23 Digit (0 -9) Buttons
Press to select a channel. For a 2-digit channel
number, press the first digit and followed & Mains Power button Switch mains power on or off.
immediately by the second digit. é Standby Light indicator Indicate red light when standby mode is activated.
24 A/V Button
Allows you to select the AV channels. “ Remote Sensor Acts as a sensor for activating the controls of the
25 Sleeptimer Button TV when remote control handset is aimed at it.
Allows you to select a time period after which the ‘ Volume + / – button Adjust sound volume louder/softer.
setwill switch to standby mode automatically.
( Channel + / – button Select channel in ascending/descending order.

§ Menu button Press the MENU button to enter main menu.

Press the Channel + or – button to select the
next item on the menu. Press the Volume + or
– button to access the sub-menus and adjust the
settings.

10 11
 SELECTING THE MENU LANGUAGE AND SELECTING THE MENU LANGUAGE AND
AUTOMATIC TUNING OF CHANNELS AUTOMATIC TUNING OF CHANNELS

Operating instructions generally explains the operation of the TV set using

the buttons on the remote control unless otherwise stated. Please read the Step Press button Result on screen
following instructions carefully and follow the steps as shown to familiarise
yourself with the installations and all features available in your set.
Enter LANGUAGE mode. INSTALL
˙ Ñ LANGUAGE •É ENGLISH
• AUTO STORE B.MELAYU
Before you tune in the channels by the AUTO STORE method, select the menu language of ˚ • MANUAL STORE
Select desired language. • SORT
your choice. The LANGUAGE feature allows you to set the TV’s on-screen menu to be or • CHANNEL EDIT
shown in your desired language. ¸

Step Press button Result on screen INSTALL ▲

Ñ
Ñ LANGUAGE • É ENGLISH
˝ Exit from language mode.
•▲ AUTO STORE B.MELAYU
•É MANUAL STORE
MENU Enter main menu. É
• PICTURE BRIGHTNESS • SORT
▼

• SOUND COLOUR • CHANNEL EDIT

• FEATURES CONTRAST ▼

• INSTALL SHARPNESS
COLOUR TEMP

INSTALL ▲
Ñ

¸ Select AUTO STORE. • LANGUAGE

Ñ AUTO STORE •É SEARCH
• MANUAL STORE
• SORT
Press button repeatedly until • PICTURE LANGUAGE • CHANNEL EDIT
¸
• SOUND AUTO STORE
INSTALL is selected. • FEATURES MANUAL STORE ▼
▲
É
• INSTALL SORT
CHANNEL EDIT
Directions for Use

INSTALL ▲
Ñ

˙ Start automatic tuning. • LANGUAGE

• AUTO STORE •ÉSEARCHING
• MANUAL STORE PLEASE WAIT
• SORT CHAN.FOUND 8
• CHANNEL EDIT 048.31 MHZ
▲
Enter INSTALL menu. INSTALL ▼
˙ Ñ
Ñ LANGUAGE É
• ENGLISH
•▲ AUTO STORE B.MELAYU
•É MANUAL STORE
• SORT
• CHANNEL EDIT
▼
INSTALL
EM1.2A AA

Ñ ▲

m When tuning is completed, • LANGUAGE

9 exit menu from screen. Ñ AUTO STORE •É SEARCH
• MANUAL STORE
• SORT
• CHANNEL EDIT
▼
3.

12 13
EN 11
 EN 12

MANUAL TUNING OF CHANNELS SELECTING THE COLOUR /SOUND SYSTEM

3.

Manual tuning allows you to store each programme manually. This feature allows you to select your desired COLOUR and SOUND system. If AUTO
is selected, the respective colour and sound system will be automatically selected according
Step Press button Result on screen to the transmission system.
Note : Select your desired colour and sound system manually if reception is poor at AUTO
MENU mode.
Enter main menu.
• PICTURE LANGUAGE
• SOUND AUTO STORE Step Press button Result on screen
¸ Press button repeatedly until • FEATURES MANUAL STORE
▲
É
• INSTALL SORT
INSTALL is selected.
CHANNEL EDIT Repeat step 1 to step 5 as in “MANUAL TUNING OF CHANNELS”
EM1.2A AA

˙ COLOUR SYSTEM is selected.

˙ Enter INSTALL menu. INSTALL INSTALL
Enter COLOUR SYSTEM mode.
• LANGUAGE COLOUR SYSTEM MANUAL STOREÉ ▲
•▲ AUTO STORE SOUND SYSTEM Ñ COLOUR SYSTEM • AUTO
¸ Press button repeatedly until •▼ MANUAL STORE SEARCH
˚
• SOUND SYSTEM PAL•
or
Select the desired colour system.
MANUAL STORE is selected. • SORT CHANNEL • SEARCH SECAM
• CHANNEL EDIT STORE ¸ • CHANNEL
• • STORE
▼

INSTALL INSTALL
˙ Enter MANUAL STORE menu. ˝ Exit from colour system mode. MANUAL STORE
MANUAL STORE ▲ ▲

• COLOUR SYSTEM • COLOUR SYSTEM

Ñ SOUND SYSTEM • AUTO
¸ Select SEARCH. • SOUND SYSTEM Proceed to select SOUND SYSTEM.
Ñ SEARCH •É 048.31MHZ 9 ¸ • SEARCH B/G
• CHANNEL • CHANNEL D/K
• STORE • STORE
•
▼ ▼
Directions for Use

INSTALL INSTALL
Start manual tuning of channel. 10 ˙ Enter SOUND SYSTEM mode. MANUAL STORE ▲
˙ MANUAL STORE ▲
Searching stops once a transmitting • COLOUR SYSTEM • COLOUR SYSTEM
Ñ SOUND SYSTEM • AUTO
channel is found. • SOUND SYSTEM ˚ Select the desired sound system.
Ñ SEARCH •É 196.25MHZ
11 • SEARCH B/G
• CHANNEL or • CHANNEL D/K
• STORE • STORE
¸
▼

¸ ▼
Select CHANNEL. INSTALL INSTALL
MANUAL STORE ▲
MANUAL STORE ▲

• COLOUR SYSTEM 12 ˝ Exit from sound system mode. • COLOUR SYSTEM

Key in the desired channel number. • SOUND SYSTEM • MANUAL • SOUND SYSTEM
9 • SEARCH • SEARCH
Ñ CHANNEL •É 18 Press button repeatedly until • CHANNEL
• STORE ¸ Ñ STORE •É
STORE is selected.
▼ ▼

10 ¸ Select STORE. INSTALL INSTALL

MANUAL STORE ▲ Store selected system. MANUAL STORE ▲
• COLOUR SYSTEM ˙ • COLOUR SYSTEM
Store tuned channel. Note : If you • SOUND SYSTEM • SOUND SYSTEM
11 ˙ want to continue searching for • SEARCH • SEARCH
• CHANNEL • CHANNEL
another transmitting channel, repeat Ñ STORE •É STORED Ñ STORE •É STORED
steps 7 to 11. ▼
▼
INSTALL
INSTALL
MANUAL STORE ▲
MANUAL STORE ▲
• COLOUR SYSTEM • COLOUR SYSTEM
• SOUND SYSTEM • SOUND SYSTEM
Ñ SEARCH •É 196.25MHZ
Ñ SEARCH •É 196.25MHZ
• CHANNEL • CHANNEL
m Exit menu from screen. • STORE
• STORE
12 m Exit menu from screen. ▼
▼

14 15
 FINE TUNING OF CHANNELS SORTING OF CHANNELS
This feature allows you to adjust picture reception in areas of weak reception. This feature allows you to change the channel number to your choice for a particular TV
station.

▲
INSTALL
Ñ
▲
Ñ LANGUAGE •É ENGLISH INSTALL
➠ ➠ Ñ
É
➠ • AUTO STORE B.MELAYU Ñ LANGUAGE • ENGLISH
▲
•É MANUAL STORE ➠ ➠ ➠ •▲ AUTO STORE B.MELAYU
• SORT •É MANUAL STORE
• CHANNEL EDIT • SORT
▼ • CHANNEL EDIT
▼
▼
▼

1. Enter main menu. 2. Select INSTALL. 3. Enter install menu.

1. Enter main menu. 2. Select INSTALL. 3. Enter install mode.

Step Press button Result on screen

Step Press button Result on screen
¸
Press button repeatedly until INSTALL Press button repeatedly until
MANUAL STORE is selected. • LANGUAGE COLOUR SYSTEM ¸ INSTALL
•▲ AUTO STORE SOUND SYSTEM SORT is selected. • LANGUAGE FROM
•▼ MANUAL STORE SEARCH • AUTO STORE TO
• SORT CHANNEL •▲ MANUAL STORE EXCHANGE
• CHANNEL EDIT STORE •▼É SORT
• • CHANNEL EDIT
Enter MANUAL STORE menu. INSTALL
˙
MANUAL STORE ▲ Enter SORT menu.
Ñ COLOUR SYSTEM •É AUTO
˙ INSTALL
• SOUND SYSTEM PAL SORT ▲

• SEARCH SECAM Key in the channel number in the Ñ FROM • É 8

• CHANNEL FROM column, that is, the channel • TO
• STORE • EXCHANGE
▼ you want to swap from.
¸ Press button repeatedly until ▼
INSTALL
FINE TUNE is selected. MANUAL STORE ▲
• SOUND SYSTEM ¸ Select TO . INSTALL
• SEARCH SORT
Directions for Use

Start fine-tuning until desired • FROM ▲ 8

˝ • CHANNEL Key in the channel number in the É
Ñ TO • 6
or picture and sound is obtained. • STORE
Ñ FINE TUNE É
TO column. that is, the channel • EXCHANGE
˙ ▼ you want to swap to.
INSTALL ▼
MANUAL STORE ▲

˚ • COLOUR SYSTEM INSTALL

Select STORE. • SOUND SYSTEM 9 ¸ Select EXCHANGE. SORT ▲

• SEARCH • FROM
Store last fine-tuned status. • CHANNEL • TO
9 ˙ Ñ STORE •É STORED Ñ EXCHANGE • É EXCHANGED
▼
10 ˙ Activate exchange of channels.
EM1.2A AA

INSTALL
▼
MANUAL STORE ▲
• COLOUR SYSTEM INSTALL
• SOUND SYSTEM SORT ▲
Ñ SEARCH •É 196.25MHZ • FROM
• CHANNEL • TO
• STORE Ñ EXCHANGE • É

▼
3.

10 m Exit menu from screen. 11 m Exit menu from screen.

▼

16 17
EN 13
 EN 14

EDITING OF CHANNELS NAMING OF CHANNELS

3.

This feature allows you to edit or skip channels which have bad or weak TV signal or channels This feature allows a selection of 10 channels of pre-defined names. It also allows you to enter
that you do not watch often. a new name or modify an existing name of a channel for 40 channels including external
Note : Once a channel is skipped, you cannot have access to it by the CHANNEL + or – channels.
button. You can only access the channel by the DIGIT (0 -9) button.

▲
INSTALL
Ñ
Ñ LANGUAGE É
• ENGLISH
▲
➠ ➠ ➠
INSTALL B.MELAYU
Ñ •▲ AUTO STORE
➠ ➠ ➠ Ñ LANGUAGE •É ENGLISH •É MANUAL STORE
•▲ AUTO STORE B.MELAYU • SORT
•É MANUAL STORE • CHANNEL EDIT
• SORT ▼
EM1.2A AA

▼
• CHANNEL EDIT
▼
▼

1. Enter main menu. 2. Select INSTALL. 3. Enter install mode.

1. Enter main menu. 2. Select INSTALL. 3. Enter install mode.
Step Press button Result on screen
Step Press button Result on screen
¸ Press button repeatedly until
INSTALL ▲
NAME is highlighted. ▲
¸ Press button repeatedly until • AUTO STORE
INSTALL ▲
CHANNEL EDIT is selected. • MANUAL STORE
• LANGUAGE 3
• SORT
• AUTO STORE 4
• CHANNEL EDIT
• MANUAL STORE 5 Ñ NAME É
• PERSONAL
• SORT 6
Directions for Use

Ñ CHANNEL EDIT •É 7 ▼

▼
Enter NAME mode.
˙ INSTALL ▲

˙ Enter channel edit mode. • AUTO STORE

INSTALL ▲ • MANUAL STORE
• LANGUAGE 3 ˚ Select desired preset name and press
˙ (CURSOR RIGHT) button • SORT
• AUTO STORE 4 • CHANNEL EDIT
˚ or
• MANUAL STORE 5 to store selected pre-set name. Ñ NAME • É PERSONAL
Select the channel you want to skip. • SORT 6 ¸
or Ñ CHANNEL EDIT ▼
•É 7
¸ ▼
INSTALL ▲

˙ If you select PERSONAL, move • AUTO STORE

Activate skipped mode. INSTALL ▲ to first character slot • MANUAL STORE
˙ • LANGUAGE 3 • SORT
• AUTO STORE 4 • CHANNEL EDIT
Ñ NAME • É –
• MANUAL STORE 5
• SORT 6 ˚ Press button repeatedly to cycle ▼
Ñ CHANNEL EDIT • É 7 SKIPPED
through the characters and select INSTALL ▲
▼ or • AUTO STORE
m Exit menu from screen. ¸ desired character. • MANUAL STORE
Move to next character slot by the • SORT
• CHANNEL EDIT
˙ (CURSOR RIGHT) button Ñ NAME • É LUCKY
How to add back channels and select in the next character. ▼

(You can enter up to a maximum INSTALL ▲

▲
• Repeat steps 1 to 5 as in “Editing of Channels”. of 5 characters) • AUTO STORE
˚
• MANUAL STORE
¸
• Select the channel you want to add back by the (CURSOR UP) or (CURSOR MENU Store named channel. • SORT
DOWN) button. 9 • CHANNEL EDIT
Ñ NAME • É PERSONAL
• Press the ˙ (CURSOR RIGHT) button to activate adding back of channel.
• Exit menu from screen by the m (OSD) button. 10 m Exit menu from screen.

18 19
 USING THE PICTURE/SOUND MENU USING THE ACTIVE CONTROL FEATURE
The picture and sound menus allow you to make adjustments to the picture and sound. It also
allow you to select and activate other features in the menu. This feature automatically adjust settings for optimal picture quality continuously under any
1. Press the MENU button to enter main menu. signal conditions. To activate the Active Control feature, select the “ON” option in the
2. Use the CURSOR UP/DOWN buttons to select the items on the PICTURE/SOUND Active Control menu.
menu.
3. Use the CURSOR LEFT/RIGHT buttons to access the sub-menus.
How to access the Active Control function
Picture Activities PICTURE
▲
menu items Ñ BRIGHTNESS É 38 1. Press the MENU
(MENU) button to enter main menu
• COLOUR
Brightness Increase or decrease brightness level. and press the ¸ (CURSOR DOWN) button • PICTURE TIMER
• CONTRAST
• SOUND ACTIVE CTRL
• SHARPNESS ▲
Colour Increase or decrease color level. É
repeatedly until FEATURES is selected. • FEATURES
▼
CHILD LOCK
• COLOUR TEMP
• INSTALL FORMAT
Contrast Increase or decrease contrast level until PICTURE
▲
▲
ROTATION
lightest parts of the picture show good • CONTRAST
detail. • SHARPNESS
• COLOUR TEMP
Sharpness Increase or decrease sharpness level to • DIGITAL OPTIONS
improve detail in the picture. Ñ
DYN. CONTRAST •É MIN
Colour Temp Allows you a choice of 3 picture settings
(NORMAL, WARM and COOL). 2. Press the ˙ (CURSOR RIGHT) button to
Note FEATURES
* Digital Options Allows you to choose from Auto, Digital enter FEATURES menu. ▲

HUE feature is only • TIMER •

Scan, Progressive Scan and 100Hz options. Ñ ACTIVE CTRL • É OFF
applicable to NTSC • CHILD LOCK
Dynamic Allows you a choice of 4 settings (Minimum, programmes. The HUE
Contrast Medium, Maximum and Off) to boost the 3. Press the ¸ (CURSOR DOWN) button to • FORMAT
item will not appear on the • ROTATION
contrast level especially in dark scene so as menu if programme is in select ACTIVE CONTROL.
to make the picture more noticeable. PAL mode.

* Digital Options
– Digital Scan option improves background flickering.
– Progressive Scan option reduces line flickering resulting in sharper picture. 4. Press the ˙ (CURSOR RIGHT) button
FEATURES
– 100Hz option is most appropriate for still pictures. ▲
repeatedly to select ON option to activate the • TIMER •
Note : Progressive Scan option is only available in NTSC transmission. Ñ ACTIVE CTRL • É ON
Active Control function.
Directions for Use

• CHILD LOCK
• FORMAT
• ROTATION

Sound Activities
SOUND
menu items ▲

Ñ TREBLE É 38
5. Press the m (OSD) button to exit menu from screen.
Treble Increase or decrease the high frequency level. • BASS
• BALANCE
Bass Increase or decrease the low frequency level. • AVL

Balance Adjusts the balance of the right and left

speakers’ sound output.
EM1.2A AA

AVL As variation in signal conditions can result

(Auto Volume a sudden change in volume during in
Leveller) commercial breaks or channel switching,
selecting the “ON” function will enable the
volume to remain at a standard volume level.
3.

20 21
EN 15
 EN 16

ACTIVATING THE TIMER ACTIVATING THE TIMER

3.

The Timer feature allows you to set the timer to switch to another channel at a specified
time while you are watching another channel or when the TV is on standby mode. Step Press button Result on screen
Note : For the timer to function, the set must not be switched off. Once the set is switched
off, the timer is disabled. MENU
12 Exit from STOP TIME mode.
FEATURES
TIMER
Step Press button Result on screen ▲

• TIME
¸ Select CHANNEL. • START TIMEE
• STOP TIME
Ñ CHANNEL • É 3
Enter TIMER menu. FEATURES • ACTIVATE
▼
TIMER ▲ ▼
EM1.2A AA

Ñ TIME É
• --:-- FEATURES
• START TIME Key in the channel you want to TIMER
▲
• STOP TIME switch to.
• CHANNEL • TIME
• ACTIVATE • START TIMEE
▼ • STOP TIME
▼
Ñ CHANNEL • É 8
˙ Enter TIME mode.
FEATURES • ACTIVATE
▼
Key in the current time For TIMER ▲
▼

Ñ TIME • É 12:30
example, if the current time FEATURES
▼
• START TIME TIMER
is 12:30, key digit 1 and 2 in the • STOP TIME ¸ Select ACTIVATE. ▲

• CHANNEL • TIME
hour column, followed by digit • START TIMEE
• ACTIVATE
3 and 0 in the minute column. • STOP TIME
• CHANNEL
FEATURES Ñ ACTIVATE • É OFF
TIMER ▼
▲ ▼

• TIME 12:30
Directions for Use

MENU Exit from TIME mode. FEATURES

Ñ START TIME • É --:-- TIMER
• STOP TIME Activate timer. You can select ▲

Select START TIME. • CHANNEL

˙ • TIME
¸ to activate timer by DAILY or • START TIMEE
• ACTIVATE
▼ ONCE mode. • STOP TIME
▼
• CHANNEL
FEATURES Ñ ACTIVATE • É ONCE
TIMER ▼
▼

Enter the START TIME mode. TIME ▲

˙ Ñ FEATURES
• START TIME • É 13:30 TIMER
Select DISPLAY. ▲
• STOP TIME ▼ ¸
• START TIME
Key in the time you want the • CHANNEL
• STOP TIMEE
• ACTIVATE
programme to be switched on. Select ON mode if you want to • CHANNEL
˙ display the current time on the • ACTIVATE
FEATURES Ñ DISPLAY • É ON
TIMER TV creen.
▲

Exit from START TIME mode. • TIME

MENU • START TIME
STOP TIME • É --:-- 9 m Exit menu from screen.
• CHANNEL
Ñ
• ACTIVATE
Select STOP TIME. ▼
9 ¸ ▼

FEATURES
TIMER Note
˙ Enter STOP TIME mode. • TIME 60 seconds before the timer is activated, a message indicating the time left for the channel
10 • START TIME ▲
switch will appear on the screen. To disable the channel switch, press any button on the
Ñ STOP TIME É
• 15:30
Key in the time you want the ▼ remote control.
• CHANNEL
11 programme to be switched off. • ACTIVATE

22 23
 ACTIVATING THE CHILD LOCK (ACCESS CODE) ACTIVATING THE CHILD LOCK (CHANGE CODE)
The Child Lock feature allows you to lock channels to prevent your children from watching
programmes you deem undesirable. Step Press button Result on screen
Note : You cannot have access to the locked channels via the top controls of the TV set.
You can only have access to the locked channels via the remote control. Keep the remote
control out of reach so as to prevent your children from having access to it. FEATURES
¸ Select CHANGE CODE.
CHILD LOCK
• LOCK CHANNEL ENTER
Ñ CHANGE CODE NEW CODE
FEATURES • CLEAR ALL – – – –
▲
•É TIMER TIME
➠ ➠ ▼
➠ • ACTIVE CTRL START TIME
• CHILD LOCK STOP TIME
• FORMAT CHANNEL
• ROTATION ACTIVATE
9 ˙ Enter CHANGE CODE mode. FEATURES
CHILD LOCK
• LOCK CHANNEL ENTER
1. Enter main menu. 2. Select FEATURES . 3. Enter FEATURES menu. 10 Key in the access code of your Ñ CHANGE CODE NEW CODE
choice. • CLEAR ALL x x x x

Step Press button Result on screen

Confirm access code. FEATURES

¸ Select CHILD LOCK . 11 CHILD LOCK
FEATURES
• LOCK CHANNEL CONFIRM
• TIMER ACCESS CODE Ñ CHANGE CODE CODE
• ACTIVE CTRL - - - - • CLEAR ALL x x x x
▲
• É CHILD LOCK
▼
• FORMAT
• ROTATION

˙ Enter ACCESS CODE mode. FEATURES

FEATURES
• TIMER ACCESS CODE CHILD LOCK
• ACTIVE CTRL – – – –
When the new code is confirmed,
Key in access code 0711 • LOCK CHANNEL CONFIRM
Ñ CHILD LOCK the message CORRECT will Ñ CHANGE CODE CODE
(0711 is the default access code). • FORMAT • CLEAR ALL x x x x
appear.
Directions for Use

A message INCORRECT will • ROTATION CORRECT

appear.
FEATURES
Key in 0711 the second time. • TIMER ACCESS CODE
When the message CORRECT • ACTIVE CTRL X X X X
Ñ CHILD LOCK CORRECT 12 m Exit menu from screen.
appears, the CHILD LOCK
• FORMAT
menu is now accessible. • ROTATION

Note : After you have exit menu from screen and you want to enter child lock menu again ,
FEATURES ▲
you need to key the new access code only once. If you have forgotten the new access code,
CHILD LOCK
EM1.2A AA

Ñ LOCK CHANNEL • É 2
key in 0711 twice to enter the child lock menu. Upon entering the child lock menu, you can
You can now proceed to change
• CHANGE CODE 3 proceed to change code again.
the access code of your choice. • CLEAR ALL 4
5
6
3.

24 25
EN 17
 EN 18

ACTIVATING THE CHILD LOCK (CLEAR ALL)

3.

ACTIVATING THE CHILD LOCK (LOCK CHANNEL)

To unlock channels that you have locked, enter the Child Lock menu and activate the
CLEAR ALL mode.
FEATURES
▲
➠ ➠ ➠ É
•
▼
TIMER TIME
• ACTIVE CTRL START TIME
• CHILD LOCK STOP TIME FEATURES
▲
• FORMAT CHANNEL •É TIMER TIME
▼
➠ ➠ ➠
• ROTATION ACTIVATE • ACTIVE CTRL START TIME
• CHILD LOCK STOP TIME
• FORMAT CHANNEL
• ROTATION ACTIVATE
1. Enter main menu. 2. Select FEATURES. 3. Enter FEATURES menu.
EM1.2A AA

1. Enter main menu. 2. Select FEATURES 3. Enter FEATURES menu.

Step Press button Result on screen

¸ Select CHILD LOCK . Step Press button Result on screen

FEATURES
• TIMER ACCESS CODE
• ACTIVE CTRL - - - -
▲ Select CHILD LOCK. FEATURES
•É CHILD LOCK ¸
▼
• FORMAT • TIMER ACCESS CODE
• ROTATION • ACTIVE CTRL - - - -
▲
Enter ACCESS CODE mode. •É CHILD LOCK
▼
˙
• FORMAT
FEATURES • ROTATION
Key in access code . • TIMER ACCESS CODE
• ACTIVE CTRL X X X X ˙ Enter ACCESS CODE mode.
FEATURES
Ñ CHILD LOCK CORRECT
Directions for Use

• FORMAT • TIMER ACCESS CODE

• ROTATION Key in access code. • ACTIVE CTRL X X X X
Ñ CHILD LOCK CORRECT
˙ Enter LOCK CHANNEL mode. • FORMAT
FEATURES • ROTATION
CHILD LOCK
Ñ LOCK CHANNEL •É 2
• CHANGE CODE 3 ¸ Press button repeatedly until FEATURES ▲
˚ • CLEAR ALL 4 CLEAR ALL is selected. CHILD LOCK
Select the channel you want to 5 • LOCK CHANNEL
or
6 • CHANGE CODE
¸
block. Ñ CLEAR ALL É

FEATURES
Activate blocking of channel. A CHILD LOCK
9 ˙ Ñ LOCK CHANNEL •É 3F
keylock symbol will appear beside • CHANGE CODE 4 Activate clearing of all locked FEATURES ▲
the channel number indicating that • CLEAR ALL 5 ˙ CHILD LOCK
6 channels. • LOCK CHANNEL
it is locked.
7 • CHANGE CODE
Ñ CLEAR ALL É
• CLEARED
10 m Exit menu from screen.
9 m Exit menu from screen.

Note : You cannot have access to the locked channels via the top controls of the TV set.
You can only have access to the locked channels via the remote control.
When AV1 source is locked, CV1 source is automatically locked. Like-wise, if CV1 source is
locked, AV1 source is also automatically locked as they share the same audio input.
If you attempt to enter the INSTALL menu after locking a channel, a message
“Enter ACCESS CODE” will appear on the screen. You need to enter the ACCESS CODE
to enable you to enter the INSTALL menu.
Note
You can also unlock individual channel by the LOCK CHANNEL menu.
• Repeat step 1 to 7 as in “ACTIVATING THE CHILD LOCK (LOCK CHANNEL)”.
• Select the channel you want to unlock by the ˚ or ¸ (CURSOR UP / DOWN)
buttons.
• Press the ˙ (CURSOR RIGHT) button to unlock channel (the keylock symbol will
disappear).

26 27
 USING THE SCREEN FORMAT USING THE ROTATION FEATURE
Screen Format function allows you a choice of different formats for your viewing pleasure,
namely : - Auto, 4:3, Zoom 14:9, Zoom 16:9, Subtitle Zoom, Superwide and Due to the earth’s magnetic field and positoin of the TV set, slight tilting of the picture to the
Widescreen. left or right may occur when the set is switched on. When this phenomenon occurs, select
ROTATION in the FEATURE menu and adjust accordingly by the Cursor Right or Left
Enter the FEATURES menu and select FORMAT by the button.
FEATURES
▲ How to use the Rotation Feature
¸ button. Press the ˙ or ˝ button to cycle through • TIMER
• ACTIVE CTRL MENU
the various screen formats and select the format of your 1. Press the (MENU) button to enter main menu • PICTURE TIMER
• CHILD LOCK
choice. Ñ FORMAT É
4:3 • SOUND ACTIVE CTRL
• and press the ¸ (CURSOR DOWN) button ▲
É
• ROTATION • FEATURES
▼
CHILD LOCK
repeatedly until FEATURES is selected. • INSTALL FORMAT
ROTATION
Definition of Screen Formats 2. Press the ˙ (CURSOR RIGHT) button to
AUTO mode enter FEATURES menu. FEATURES
▲

When AUTO format is selected, it will select the correct screen format provided • TIMER
¸
3. Press the (CURSOR DOWN) button • ACTIVE CTRL
the specific signals are transmitted with the programmes. • CHILD LOCK
repeatedly until ROTATION is selected. • FORMAT
Ñ ROTATION • É 1

4:3 Mode 4. Press the ˙ (CURSOR RIGHT) button

FEATURES
when picture is tilted to the left. Press button ▲
This picture is reproduced in 4:3 format and a black band is • TIMER
displayed on either side of the picture. until you deem picture is in normal position. • ACTIVE CTRL
If picture is tilted to the right, press the • CHILD LOCK
• FORMAT
˝ (CURSOR LEFT) button until you Ñ ROTATION • É 8
Zoom 14:9 Mode
This picture is enlarged to 14:9 format, a thin black band deem picture is in normal position.
remains on both sides of the picture. The ˚ and ¸
buttons allow you to move the image up or down.

Zoom 16:9 Mode Picture tilted to the left After adjustment

This picture is enlarged to 16:9 format. This mode is
recommended when displaying pictures which have black
bands at the top and bottom (letterbox format). The ˚
Directions for Use

and ¸ buttons allow you to move the image up or down.

➠
Subtitle Zoom Mode
PHILIPS PHILIPS
This mode is use to display 4:3 pictures using the full surface of
the screen leaving the subtitles visible. The ˚ and ¸
buttons allow you to move the image up or down.

Superwide Mode Picture tilted to the right After adjustment

This mode is use to display 4:3 pictures using the full surface of the
EM1.2A AA

screen by enlarging the sides of the picture. The ˚ and ¸

buttons allow you to move the image up or down. ➠
Widescreen Mode
This mode restores the correct proportions of pictures transmitted
PHILIPS PHILIPS
3.

in 16:9 using full screen display. If you display a 4:3 picture in this mode,
it will be enlarged horizontally.

28 29
EN 19
 EN 20

USING THE BLUE MUTE FEATURE SMART PICTURE AND SMART SOUND CONTROL
3.

Blue Mute feature indicates to you the absence of signalwhen the TV screen turns blue. To SMART PICTURE feature offers you a choice of 5 picture settings, namely, RICH,
activate the Blue Mute feature, select the “ON” option in the Blue Mute menu. NATURAL, SOFT, PERSONAL and MULTIMEDIA.
SMART SOUND feature offers you a choice of 4 sound settings, namely, THEATRE,
How to access the Blue Mute function MUSIC, VOICE and PERSONAL.

MENU Press (SMART PICTURE) or (SMART SOUND) button repeatedly to cycle

1. Press the (MENU) button to enter main menu
and press the ¸ (CURSOR DOWN) button • PICTURE TIMER through the settings to select your desired mode.
• SOUND ACTIVE CTRL
▲
repeatedly until FEATURES is selected. É
• FEATURES
▼
CHILD LOCK
• INSTALL FORMAT Definition of Picture Settings
EM1.2A AA

ROTATION
PERSONAL : Picture settings are set to your PERSONAL
preference.
RICH : Emphasize very vibrant colours.
(Suitable for AV mode in brightly-lit RICH
2. Press the ˙
(CURSOR RIGHT) button to
FEATURES
room)
▲
enter FEATURES menu. • ACTIVE CTRL NATURAL : Emphasize original colours.
• CHILD LOCK
• FORMAT
SOFT : Emphasize “warm” colours. NATURAL
3. Press the ¸ (CURSOR DOWN) button • ROTATION (Suitable for dimly-lit room condition
Ñ BLUE MUTE É
• OFF
repeatedly until BLUE MUTE is selected. and gives cinema-like effect when light
is switched off). SOFT
MULTIMEDIA : Emphasize “soft” colours. (Suitable for
playing computer games, surfing, etc.)
Directions for Use

4. Press the ˙ (CURSOR RIGHT) button FEATURES

▲
to select ON option to activate the Blue Mute MULTIMEDIA
• ACTIVE CTRL Note : The PERSONAL setting is the setting that you
function. • CHILD LOCK
• FORMAT set up using the Picture menu in the main menu. This
• ROTATION is the only setting in the Smart Picture settings that
Ñ BLUE MUTE É
• ON
can be changed. All the other settings are pre-set at
the factory.

5. Press the m (OSD) button to exit menu from screen.

Definition of Sound Settings

PERSONAL : Sound settings are set to your PERSONAL
preference.

VOICE
VOICE : Emphasize high tone. (Treble boosted)

MUSIC

MUSIC : Emphasize low tone. (Bass boosted)

THEATRE

THEATRE : Emphasize sensation to action.

(Bass and Treble boosted)

30 31
 USING THE TELEXTEXT USING THE TELETEXT

If a TV channel broadcast contains teletext information, each channel that broadcasts Press button Result on screen
teletext transmits a page (index page) with information on how to use the teletext system,
usually on page 100. The system transmitted is indicated in the option line at the bottom
of the screen.
7 Hold Not applicable.
7
Press button Result on screen 8 Interrupt Not applicable.
10

1 On/Off teletext Press the button once to switch on

and teletext display. (A channel in which 8
4 Superimpose teletext is being transmitted must be
teletext page selected). 9 Selecting a For a teletext page with sub-pages,
6 over TV Press the button the second time 9 9 sub-page press the Cursor Left or Right
5 programme superimpose the teletext page over
the TV programme. button to access the previous sub-
Press the button the third time page or the next subpage.
3 to exit teletext mode.
9
2 Selecting a Key in the required teletext page
teletext page (3 digits). The page number is 10 Reveal/ Press the button once to reveal
displayed at the top left hand corner Conceal hidden information (solutions to
of the screen. When the teletext puzzles, riddles, etc). Press the
page is located, the counter stops button the second time to conceal
1
searching. If the counter keeps information. This button is applicable
searching, it means that the page is
2 not available for selection. If you only to teletext page with puzzles,
make a mistake in keying the page riddles, etc.)
number, you have to complete
keying the 3-digit number before
re-keying the correct page number.

3 Accessing Press the CURSOR UP button to

a teletext display the next page and the
page CURSOR DOWN button to
Directions for Use

display the previous page.

How to select your favourite page
This feature allows you select 4 of your favourite or most commonly viewed page and stored
4 Direct Access to The 4-colour buttons allow you to
an item or access directly an item or them in the favourite page selection. You can then access directly your favourite page by the
corresponding corresponding pages. colour buttons without having to key in the page number.
pages
1. Press the TELEXTEXT ON/OFF) button to enter teletext mode.
MENU
2. Press the (MENU) button to enter favourite page selection. Note : The colour
alphabets at the bottom of the screen is now changed to page numbers.
5 Main Index Not applicable.
3. Key in your favourite page by the (DIGIT 0 -9) buttons.
EM1.2A AA

4. Press the m (OSD) button to highlight pager numbers.

6 Enlarge Press the button once to enlarge and
view the top half of the page.
Press the button the second time to
enlarge and view the bottom half of
5. Select the colour button on your remote control you want your favourite page to be stored.
6. Repeat step 3 to 5 to select and store other favourite pages.
3.

the page. Press the button the third

time to return to normal size page.

32 33
EN 21
 EN 22 4. EM1.2A AA Mechanical Instructions

4. Mechanical Instructions
Index of this chapter: 4.3 Service Positions
1. Service connector
2. Set Disassembly
This chassis has several predefined service positions, for
3. Service Positions
better accessibility. They are explained below in more detail.
4. Assembly / Board Removal
5. Set Reassembly
4.3.1 Control-Jack-High-Definition-Interface Panel Solder Side
Note: Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual
product, due to different set designs.

4.1 Service Connector (for ComPair) 2

To perform service diagnostics with ComPair, it is not

1
necessary to disassemble the set. You simply have to connect
4
the ComPair interface box with the appropriate cable, to the 4
service connector. This connector is located on the rear of the
set behind a small plastic cover plate (see figure below.) Then 3
start the ComPair program (see chapter 5.)

4.2 Set Disassembly

2
Follow the disassembly instructions below.

4.2.1 Back Cover Removal

CL 26532072_013.eps
140602

Figure 4-2 Service position 1

To remove or access the “Control-Jack-High-Definition-

Interface” panel, do the following:
3 1. Remove screw [1.]
2. To release the peg, push it toward the CRT [2.] At the same
2 1 time use a screwdriver to release the clamp at the right side
of the bracket.
3. Now, pull the complete module away from the LSP [3.] It
hinges in the LSP bracket.
4. To remove the panel, remove the four panel screws [4.]
CL 26532072_012.eps
1 180602

4.3.2 LSP Component Side

Figure 4-1 Rear Cover Removal

SSB - bracket
Warning: Disconnect the mains power cord before you remove SSB

the back cover. LOT - bracket

To access the electronics of the set, you must remove the back LSP

cover:
1. Remove the screws [1] of the rear jack panel cover plate.
2. Remove the remaining screws [2] at the two sides, and the
top of the back cover.
3. Remove the back cover. Make sure that wires and cables
are not damaged while removing the cover.
4. Remove the rear jack panel cover plate by removing 1

screws [3.] Pull the plate backwards. 2

1
Bottom tray
2

CL 26532072_018.eps
180602

Figure 4-3 Service position 2

To better access the component side of the LSP, do the

following (see figure above):
1. Remove the LSP bracket from the bottom tray by pulling it
backwards.
2. Hook the bracket in the first row of holes of the bottom tray.
In other words, reposition the bracket from [1] to [2.]
 Mechanical Instructions EM1.2A AA 4. EN 23

4.3.3 LSP Solder Side 5. Now you can remove the complete bracket. Push it, at the
height of the LSP-bracket, towards the CRT [6] and lift it out
of the LSP-bracket [7.]
2

3
1

1502
SSB

2
3

CL 26532072_016.eps
CL 26532072_014.eps 140602
180602

Figure 4-4 Service position 3 Figure 4-6 SSB removal (part 2)

To access the bottom side (solder side) of the LSP, do the 1. Push the top of the SSB toward the LOT [1.]
following (see figure above): 2. Due to the pressure, the two metal clamps at both sides of
1. Remove the DAF module (see paragraph “DAF Assembly/ the SIMM-connector will release [2.]
Panel” below.) 3. Take the complete SSB out [3.]
2. To disconnect the degaussing coil from the LSP, remove
the cable from connector 1502 [1.]
3. Release the wires from their clamps to make room to
reposition the LSP.
4. Turn the LSP 90 degrees clockwise [2], and place it in the
hole at the left side of the bottom tray [3.]
SDM (4006)
SAM (4005)
4.3.4 Small Signal Board (SSB)

There is no predefined service position for the SSB. Most test

2
points are located on the A-side (the side that faces the tuner.)
1
If you have to replace ICs, you must take the complete SSB
module out of the SIMM-connector.
To access the SSB test points, do the following: 1

3
CL 16532044_008.eps
2 090501

2
1 Figure 4-7 SSB removal (part 3)
6
1. Once you have taken out the SSB, remove the A-side
6 shielding [2.] Sometimes it is necessary to unsolder some
5 3 7 solder tags before doing this [1.]
4
7 2. Replace the SSB module in the SIMM-connector in reverse
order.
4
Notes:
• For better access to the SSB, it is possible to order an
“extension board,” which is part number 9965 000 05769.
• If it is necessary for measurements, you can put the LSP in
CL 26532072_015.eps
“service position 3” (as described above.)
180602

Figure 4-5 SSB removal (part 1)

1. Put the LSP in service position 2 (as described above.)

2. Remove the fixation screw, which holds the SSB-bracket
[1.]
3. Release the clamping jaw at the top of the SSB bracket [2]
and [3.]
4. Push the two clamping lugs outwards, and pull the top of
the bracket at the same time upwards [4] and [5.]
 EN 24 4. EM1.2A AA Mechanical Instructions

4.4 Assembly / Board Removal 4. Release the two clamps on the front side of the bracket (the
board hinges at the back side.)
Sometimes, it may be necessary to swap a complete assembly 5. Remove the board from the bracket.
or Circuit Board Assembly (CBA.) This procedure is explained
below. 4.4.3 Mains Switch Assembly/Panel

4.4.1 Top Control Assembly/Panel

N
P

P
N

CL 96532023_010.ai
230399

CL 96532023_009.ai Figure 4-10 AC Power Switch / LED Panel

230399

Figure 4-8 Top control assembly 1. Release the fixation clamps by pushing them upward [1.]
2. At the same time, pull the complete assy backward [2.]
Note: Be aware that the degaussing coil may hamper this.
1. Remove the two fixation screws.
2. Pull the board backward. 3. Now release the two fixation clamps [3], in order to remove
the print from its bracket [4.]
Note: If necessary, you can replace the light guide.
4.4.2 Side-I/O Assembly and Panel

4.4.4 DAF Assembly/Panel

1 4

4
2

3
CL 16532044_011.eps
150501

Figure 4-11 DAF module

1. Remove the screw [1] (if present.)

2. Push the clamp [2] down, and, at the same time, pull the
complete bracket away from the CRT [3.] The module is
now free from the LSP bracket.
3. Release the clamps [4], in order to remove the board from
its bracket.

4.4.5 Small Signal Board (SSB)

CL 96532099_030.eps
200999
See section “Small Signal Board (SSB)” above.

Figure 4-9 Top control assembly

1. Remove the fixation screws

2. Pull the assembly backward.
3. Release the cable from its clamp.
 Mechanical Instructions EM1.2A AA 4. EN 25

4.4.6 Large Signal Panel (LSP)

1. Remove the SSB (see paragraph “Small Signal Board

(SSB)” above.)
2. Remove the DAF-module (see paragraph “DAF Assembly/
Panel” above.)
3. Disconnect the necessary cables.
4. Release the clamps on the left of the LSP-bracket (the
board hinges at the right side.)
5. Remove the board from the bracket.

4.5 Set Reassembly

To reassemble the set, perform all disassembly processes in

reverse order.

Before replacing the back cover:

• Be sure the mains power cord is mounted correctly in its
guiding brackets.
• Be sure all wires/cables are returned to their original
positions. This is very important due to the large “hot” area
of the set
 EN 26 5. EM1.2A AA Service Modes, Error codes, and Faultfinding

5. Service Modes, Error codes, and Faultfinding

Contents of this chapter: • Via ComPair (simulating the DST).
1. Test conditions. • Via short-circuiting the solder pads on the SSB (next to
2. Service Modes. connector 1304). Disconnect the set from the mains, short
3. Problems and problem solving tips (related to CSM). circuit pads, then reconnect the set to the mains.
4. ComPair.
5. Error codes. Caution: Entering SDM by short-circuiting the solder pads on
6. The “blinking LED” procedure. the SSB will override the 5V protection. This should only be
7. Protections. done for a short period. In case of SW protections (errors 1,2
8. Repair tips. and 4), the set will shut down in 15 seconds.
When doing this, the service technician must know what
he is doing, as it could lead to damaging the set.
5.1 Test conditions
After entering SDM, 'SDM' will appear at the upper right corner
Perform measurements under the following conditions: of the screen for recognition.
• Service mode: SDM (Service Default Mode).
• Video: color bar signal. How to navigate in SDM
• Audio: 1kHz, mono. When you press the 'MENU' button on the remote control
transmitter, the set toggles between the SDM and the normal
5.2 Service Modes user menus (with the SDM mode still active in the background).

When you press the 'STATUS/EXIT' button on the remote

The Service Default Mode (SDM) and Service Alignment Mode control transmitter, the set shows/hides the error buffer. To
(SAM) offer several features for the service technician, while
prevent interference with oscilloscope measurements, it is
the Customer Service Menu (CSM) is used for communication
possible to hide the OSD.
between the servicer and the customer.
How to exit SDM
There is also the option of using ComPair, a hardware interface
Switch the set to STANDBY by pressing the ‘POWER’ button
between a computer (see requirements below) and the TV
chassis. It offers the ability of structured troubleshooting, error on the remote control transmitter or press the 'POWER' switch
on the set.
code reading, and software version readout for this chassis.
Minimum requirements: a 486 processor, Windows 3.1 and a
CD-ROM drive (see 'ComPair' section). 5.2.2 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

5.2.1 Service Default Mode (SDM) Purpose

• To perform alignments.
• To change option settings.
Purpose
• To display/clear the error code buffer.
• Provide a situation with predefined settings in order to
retrieve the same measurement results as published in this
manual. Specifications
• Start the “blinking LED” sequence procedure. • Software alignments.
• Have the possibility to override the 5V protection. • Option settings.
• Error buffer reading and erasing. The most recent error
code is displayed on the left side.
Specifications
• Hours counter (in hexadecimal format)
• Tuning frequency: 61.25 MHz for NTSC.
• Colour system: NTSC. • Software version.
• All picture settings at 50% (brightness, color, picture).
• All sound settings at 50% except volume at 25% (bass, How to enter SAM
treble, and balance at 50%, volume at 25%). Use one of the following methods:
• All service-unfriendly modes (if present) are disabled, such • Press the following key sequence on the remote control
as: transmitter:
– (sleep) timer, • 0-6-2-5-9-6-STATUS/EXIT Do not allow the display to time
– child/parental lock, out between entries while keying the sequence.
– blue mute, • Via ComPair (simulating the dealer remote).
– hotel/hospitality mode, • By using the 'ALIGN' button on the dealer remote while the
– auto switch-off (when no video signal is received for 15 set is in normal operation mode.
minutes), • Via short-circuiting the solder pads on the SSB (next to
– skip/blank of non-favorite presets/channels, connector 1304). Disconnect the set from the mains, short
– auto store of personal presets, circuit pads, then reconnect the set to the mains. The set
– auto user menu time-out. will startup in SDM, press 0-6-2-5-9-6-STATUS/EXIT to
switch to SAM.
How to enter SDM
After entering SAM, 'SAM’ will appear at the upper right corner
Use one of the following methods:
of the screen for recognition.
• Press the following key sequence on the remote control
transmitter:
• 0-6-2-5-9-6-MENU Do not allow the display to time out Explanation of SAM menu
between entries while keying the sequence. The Service Alignment Mode menu will now appear on the
• screen. The following information is displayed:
• Note: It is possible that the main menu will appear when 1. ‘Operation hours’ timer (hexadecimal)
entering SDM. To switch it off, push the ‘MENU’ button 2. Software identification of the main microprocessor
again. (AAABBC-X.Y, example: EM12U1-1.0)
• • AAA is the chassis name.
 Service Modes, Error codes, and Faultfinding
• BB = Software code belonging to a certain stroke
number.
• C = language cluster number.
• X = main software version number.
• Y = software sub-version number.
3. Error buffer (7 errors possible).
4. Option bytes (8 codes possible); options are explained
below.
5. Sub menus are listed in a scroll menu.
How to navigate in SAM
Select menu items with the 'MENU UP/DOWN' keys. This will
highlight the selected item. When not all menu items fit on the
screen, use the 'MENU UP/DOWN' keys to display the next/
previous menu items.
With the 'MENU LEFT/RIGHT' keys, it is possible to:
• (De)activate the selected menu item (for example, SERV-
BLK).
• Change the value of the selected menu item (for example,
VER-SLOPE).
• Activate the selected sub menu (for example,
GEOMETRY).
Pressing the 'MENU/SELECT' button on the remote control
transmitter switches between the SAM and the normal user
menus (with the SAM mode still active in the background).
Press the 'MENU/SELECT' key in a sub menu to return to the
previous menu.
How to exit SAM
Switch the set to STANDBY by pressing the power button on
the remote control transmitter or press the 'POWER' switch on
the set.
5.2.3 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
Purpose
When a customer is having problems with his TV set, the
service technician can ask the customer to activate the CSM,
in order to identify the status of the set. Now, the service
technician can judge the severity of the complaint. In many
cases, he can advise the customer how to solve the problem,
or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer.
The CSM is a read only mode; therefore, modifications are not
possible in this mode.
How to enter CSM
The CSM will be turned on after pressing the ‘MUTE’ key on the
remote control transmitter and any of the control buttons on the
TV for at least 4 seconds simultaneously. This activation only
works if there is no menu on the screen.
Line 1:
HRS: Hexadecimal counter of operating hours. Example: 1B
(hex)= 0001 1011 (binary)= 27 (decimal).
Standby hours are not counted as operating hours.
Note: every time the set is turned on, the counter will advance
one hour.
SWID: Software identification of the main microprocessor (see
explanation of software version in the “Service Alignment
Mode” section).
Line 2:
Error code buffer (for more details see “Error buffer” section).
Displays the last 7 errors of the error code buffer.
Line 3:
Option bit setting controls the software and hardware
functionality. An option byte or option number represents 8 of
those bits. Each option number is displayed as a decimal
number between 0 and 255. The set may not work correctly
EM1.2A AA 5. EN 27
when an incorrect option code is set. See “Alignments” section
for more information on correct option settings.
Line 4:
Not valid in this set. No message here.
Line 5:
Indicates that the set is not receiving a signal on the selected
source.
Note: On some models, BLUE MUTE is displayed (if the BLMU
option is ON) when no signal is received.
If there is no signal, 'NO SIGNAL' is displayed.
Line 6:
Indicates whether the SLEEPTIMER function is ON/OFF. This
is displayed by 'TIMER ON.'
Line 7:
Indicates whether the CHILD LOCK function is ON/OFF. This
is displayed by 'CHANNEL LOCKED.'
Line 8:
Indicates whether the current channel is defined as SKIPPED
or NOT PREFERRED.
Line 9:
Not valid.
Line 10:
Indicates the source at entry to CSM: Channel number or
External source name (AV1, AV2, AV3, AV4, CVI).
Line 11:
Indicates which sound mode is installed for this channel: Mono,
Stereo, or SAP.
Line 12 to 17:
Values indicate parameter levels of volume, balance, hue,
color, brightness, and picture at CSM entry.
How to exit CSM
The Customer Service Mode will switch off after pressing any
key on the remote control transmitter (except the 'channel +' or
'channel -' key) or turning off the TV set with the 'POWER'
button on the remote control transmitter or the television set.
5.3 Problems and Problem Solving Tips
5.3.1 Picture Problems
TV switches off or changes channel without any user
action
The TV set switches off after 'TV SWITCHING OFF' was
displayed.
Auto standby switched the set off because:
• There was no signal identification signal for more than 15
minutes.
• There was no remote control transmitter signal received or
local key pressed for over 2 hours.
See “Alignments” section for a description of the options to
enable/disable auto standby (option SBNP).
Picture too dark or too bright
• Press the 'Smart Picture' button on the remote control
transmitter. If the picture improves, increase/decrease the
brightness value or increase/decrease the contrast value.
• If the picture is OK after entering Customer Service Mode,
increase/decrease the brightness value or increase/
decrease the contrast value.
 EN 28 5. EM1.2A AA Service Modes, Error codes, and Faultfinding
White line around picture elements and text
• Press the 'Smart Picture' button on the remote control
transmitter. If the picture improves, decrease the
sharpness value.
• If the picture is OK after entering Customer Service Mode,
decrease the sharpness value.
Snowy picture
Check CSM line 5. If this line indicates 'NO SIGNAL', check the
following:
• no antenna signal or bad antenna signal; connect a proper
antenna signal
• antenna not connected; connect the antenna
• no broadcast on this channel.
• the tuner is faulty (in this case the 2: CODES line will
contain number 13 (Main Tuner 'A'); check the tuner and
replace/repair the tuner if necessary
Snowy picture and/or unstable picture
• A scrambled or decoded channel is being received.
Black and white picture
• Press the 'Smart Picture' button on the remote control
transmitter. If the picture improves, increase the color
value.
• If the picture is OK after entering Customer Service Mode,
increase the color value.
Menu text not sharp enough
• Press the 'Smart Picture' button on the remote control
transmitter. If the picture improves, decrease the contrast
value.
• If the picture is OK after entering Customer Service Mode,
decrease the contrast value.
5.3.2 Sound Problems
No sound or sound too loud (after channel change/
switching on)
• If the volume is OK after entering Customer Service Mode,
increase/decrease the volume level.
5.4.3
5.4 ComPair
5.4.1 Introduction
ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a service tool for Philips
Consumer Electronics products. ComPair is a further
development of the DST (special remote control transmitter for
Service), which allows faster and more accurate diagnostics.
ComPair has three big advantages:
ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding how to
repair this chassis in a short time by systematically guiding you
through the repair procedures.
ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics (on I2C level) and is
therefore capable of accurately indicating problem areas. You
do not have to know anything about I2C commands yourself
because ComPair takes care of this.
ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically
communicate with the chassis (when the microprocessor is
working) and all repair information is directly available. When
ComPair is installed together with the SearchMan/ EM1.2A
electronic service manual, schematics and CBAs are only a
mouse-click away.
5.4.2 Specifications
ComPair consists of a Windows based faultfinding program
and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product.
The ComPair interface box is connected to the PC via a serial
or RS232 cable. In this chassis, the ComPair interface box and
the TV communicate via a bi-directional service cable via the
service connector at the rear side of the set.
The ComPair faultfinding program is able to detect and
diagnose problems occurring in the product. ComPair can
gather diagnostic information in two ways:
• Automatic (by communication with the television):
ComPair can automatically read out the contents of the
entire error buffer. Diagnosis is done on I2C level. ComPair
can access the I2C bus of the television. ComPair can send
and receive I2C commands to the microprocessor of the
television. In this way, it is possible for ComPair to
communicate (read and write) to devices on the I2C busses
of the television set.
• Manually (by asking questions to you): Automatic
diagnosis is only possible if the microprocessor of the
television is working correctly and only to a certain extent.
When this is not the case, ComPair will guide you through
the faultfinding tree by asking you questions (for example,
Does the screen give a picture? Click on the correct
answer: YES/NO) and showing you examples (for
example, Measure test point I7 and click on the waveform
you see on the oscilloscope). You can answer by clicking
on a link (for example, text or a waveform picture) that will
bring you to the next step in the faultfinding process.
By a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive
question/answer procedure, ComPair will enable you to find
most problems in a fast and effective way.
Besides fault finding, ComPair provides some additional
features like:
• Emulation of the Dealer Service Tool (DST).
• If both ComPair and SearchMan / Force (Electronic
Service Manual) are installed, all the schematics and the
CBAs of the set are available by clicking on the appropriate
hyperlink. Example: Measure the DC-voltage on capacitor
C2568 (Schematic/Panel) at the Monocarrier.
– Click on the “Panel” hyperlink to automatically show
the CBA with a highlighted capacitor C2568.
– Click on the “Schematic” hyperlink to automatically
show the electronic position of the highlighted
capacitor.
How to connect the ComPair Interface
1. First, install the ComPair Browser software on your PC
(read the installation instructions carefully).
2. Connect the RS232 interface cable between a free serial
(COM) port of your PC and the PC connector (marked 'PC')
of the ComPair interface.
3. Connect the AC power adapter to the supply connector
(marked with 'POWER 9V DC') on the ComPair interface.
4. Switch the ComPair interface OFF.
5. Switch the television set OFF.
6. Connect the ComPair interface cable between the
connector on the rear side of the ComPair interface
(marked with ' I2C ') and the ComPair connector on the
mono carrier (see “ComPair interface connection” figure).
7. Plug the AC power adapter in the AC power outlet and
switch on the interface. The green and red LEDs light up
together. The red LED extinguishes after approx. 1 second
while the green LED remains lit.
8. Start ComPair and select 'File' menu, 'Open...' select
'EM1.2A Fault finding' and click 'OK'.
9. Click on the icon to switch the communication mode 'ON'
(the red LED on the ComPair interface will light up).
10. Apply AC power to the television set with the 'POWER'
switch.
11. If the set is in STANDBY, click on 'Start up in ComPair
mode from standby' in the ComPair EM1.2A faultfinding
tree; otherwise, continue.
 Service Modes, Error codes, and Faultfinding EM1.2A AA 5. EN 29

Table 5-1 Error Codes

Error Device Description

1 FBX 3V3 protection FBX 3V3 protection
2 No HFB No Horizontal Flyback
4 5V protection 5V protection
L
R

AUDIO
EXTERNAL 2

EXTERNAL 1 5 No HOP POR Startup failure

SERVICE 6 General IðC bus error General IðC bus error
CONNECTOR
7 Mains Dip error HW error
9 TEDE9 Tuner protection
10 MC24C32 NVM communication error
11 MC24C32 NVM identification error
I2C
PC VCR Power
9V DC CL96532159_029.eps 12 SAA5667 Main uP, int. RAM test failure
190601

14 MSP3451 MSP34xx
Figure 5-1 ComPair interface connection 22 TDA9178 Histogram IC
30 TDA9320 HIP I/O video processing
The set has now started up in ComPair mode. Follow the 31 SAA4978 PICNIC
instructions in the faultfinding tree to diagnose the set. Note 32 TDA9330 HOP video control/geometry
that the OSD works, but the actual user control is disabled
35 M62320 I/O expander HD Jack

5.5 Error Buffer Explanation of error codes:

5.5.1 Introduction Error 0

No errors
The error code buffer contains all detected errors since the last
time the buffer was erased. The buffer is written from left to Error 1
right. When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code ‘FBX 3V3 protection’
buffer, it is written at the left side and all other errors shift one This protection is activated when the PICNIC (pos. 7709 on
position to the right. diagram B3) cannot communicate via I2C for a certain time.
This could mean that stabilizer 7009 (B7) or 7713 (B3) on SSB
5.5.2 How to Read the Error Buffer (depending on the set) is defective. When there is a short circuit
to ground behind the stabilizer, 7009 or 7713 could become
very hot. For safety reasons, the set will switch to protection
Use one of the following methods:
mode.
• On screen via the SAM (only if you have a picture).
Examples:
Error 2
– ERROR: 0 0 0 0 0 : No errors detected
‘No Horizontal Flyback protection’
– ERROR: 6 0 0 0 0 : Error code 6 is the last and only
The HOP (pos. 7301 on diagram B4 detects the absence of an
detected error
HFB pulse (pin 3 of connector 1424 on LSP, diagram A3)). A
– ERROR: 9 6 0 0 0 : Error code 6 was detected first and
bit will be set in the HOP. After filtering by the software, the set
error code 9 is the last detected (newest) error
will switch to protection mode.
• Via the blinking LED procedure (when you have no
picture). See 'The Blinking LED Procedure' section.
Error 4
• Via ComPair.
‘+5V protection’
When the +5V protection is active, the set is switched to
5.5.3 How to Clear the Error Buffer protection mode and error code 4 is placed in the error buffer.
The LED will blink 4 times (repeatedly).
Use one of the following methods to clear the error buffer: A 5V failure can cause a drop in the 5V supply output, resulting
• Activate the 'CLEAR ERRORS' command in the SAM in an undefined behavior of the set. Therefore, some I2C
menu. devices (Tuner and MSP) connected to the 5V supply are
• Transmit the command 'DIAGNOSE-99-OK' with ComPair. constantly monitored. When none of these devices responds to
• If the contents of the error buffer have not changed for 50 the microprocessor for a prolonged time, the microprocessor
hours, the error buffer resets automatically. assumes that there is a failure in the 5V supply.
By starting up (by disconnecting/reconnecting the set from the
5.5.4 Error Codes mains) the set while short-circuiting the SDM solder pads on
the SSB, the +5V protection will be overridden, and it will be
If the set has non-intermittent faults, clear the error buffer easier to determine the cause. The +5V protection will be
before starting repairs. This is to ensure that “old” error codes activated when these I2C devices fail (no I2C communication):
are not present. – Main Tuner (pos. 1200 on the LSP),
– MSP3452 sound processor (pos. 7651 on the SSB).
If possible, check the entire contents of the error buffer. In
some situations, an error code is only the result of another error The following tips are useful to isolate the problem area, after
code (and not the actual cause of the problem). For example, overriding the +5V protection. Determine whether:
a fault in the protection detection circuitry can also lead to a – The MSP sound processor is loading the +5V; isolate 3650
protection. and/or 4604 (see diagram B6).
– The main Tuner is loading the +5V source; isolate coil
5901.

Error 5
‘HOP POR error’
 EN 30 5. EM1.2A AA Service Modes, Error codes, and Faultfinding

When the POR bit is not communicated during startup, the – n short blinks (n = 1 - 9),
processor will generate 'HOP POR not successful.' – when all the error codes are displayed, the sequence
finishes with a blink of 3s,
Error 6 – the sequence starts again.
‘General I2C error’
This will occur in the following cases: Example of error buffer: 12 9 6 0 0
– SCL or SDA is shorted to ground. After entering SDM:
– SCL is shorted to SDA. – 1 long blink of 750ms followed by a pause of 1.5s,
– SDA or SCL connection at the microprocessor is open. – 2 short blinks followed by a pause of 3s,
– 9 short blinks followed by a pause of 3s,
Error 7 – 6 short blinks followed by a pause of 3s,
‘Mains Dip error’ Hardware error; this error indicates – 1 long blink of 3s to finish the sequence,
problems with the mains. – the sequence starts again.

Error 9 Note: If errors 1, 2, 4 or 7 occur, the LED always gives the most
‘TEDE9’ Tuner protection of the main tuner. recent error, even if the set is NOT in service mode.

Error 10
‘NVM error’ 5.7 Protections
Non Volatile Memory (EEPROM - pos. 7012) does not respond
to the microprocessor. 5.7.1 General

Error 11 This chassis has only one microprocessor (Painter) which

‘NVM Identification error’
During the last startup, the NVM and the microprocessor did
not recognize each other (for example, one of them was
replaced, or the NVM memory has been changed/adapted or
lost), therefore the NVM was loaded with default values.
remains active during Standby. This is because power for the
microprocessor and the memories comes from the 3V3 supply,
which is derived from the 5V Standby circuitry. Therefore, in
both Power On and Standby mode the microprocessor is
connected to this power supply.

Error 12 If a fault situation is detected, an error code will be generated,

‘Painter error’ and if necessary, the set will be put in the protection mode. The
Microprocessor (Painter - pos. 7001) internal RAM test failure. protection mode is indicated by blinking of the LED (at a
frequency of 3Hz). In some error cases, the microprocessor
Error 14 does not put the set in the protection mode. The error codes of
MSP error the error buffer can be read via the service menu (SAM), the
Sound controller MSP34xx (pos. 7651) does not respond to the blinking LED procedure, or via DST/ComPair.
microprocessor.
To get a quick diagnosis, this chassis has 3 service modes
Error 22 implemented:
Histogram IC error • The Customer Service Mode (CSM).
Error 30 • The Service Default Mode (SDM). Startup of the set in a
HIP I/O error predefined way.
TDA 9321 HIP I/O video processing I2C communication failure. • The Service Alignment Mode (SAM). In this mode, items of
the set can be adjusted via a menu and with the help of test
Error 31 patterns.
PICNIC error
SAA4978 PICNIC I2C communication failure. The “Protection Diagram” shows the structure of the protection
system. See diagram below.
Error 32
HOP error
TDA 9330 HOP video control/geometry I2C communication
failure (pos. 7301 on the SSB).

Error 35
I/O expander error
I/O expander IC M62320P I2C communication failure.

Note: Error codes 1, 2, 4, and 7 are protection codes, and in

this case supplies of some circuits will be switched off. Also, in
protection, the LED will blink the number of times equivalent to
the most recent error code.

5.6 The 'Blinking LED' Procedure

Via this procedure, you can make the contents of the error
buffer visible via the front LED. This is especially useful for fault
finding when there is no picture.

When the SDM is entered, the LED will blink the contents of the
error buffer.
Error codes > 10 are shown as follows:
– a long blink of 750ms (which is an indication of the decimal
digit),
– a pause of 1.5s,
 Service Modes, Error codes, and Faultfinding EM1.2A AA 5. EN 31

this does not succeed after 5 times (after 30 - 60 seconds), the

HFB X-RAY PROTECT
X-RAY PROTECT Painter will generate error 2 (this error can have several
causes, such as repeating flashes, BRIDGE_PROT/Non VFB
leading to DEFL_PROT, or a serious AC power dip). The red
EHT-INFO BCL
LED will start blinking.
XPR (43)

HOP
FLS (5)
5.8 General tips and repair tips
FLASH DETECT

5.8.1 General
HFB
NHF (13)

I2C Notice that a very large part of the set (Large Signal Panel) is
I2C SLOW BUS “hot,” meaning the primary part of the Standby supply, the
HIP
whole Main supply (except for the secondary Audio supply),
HOP
PICNIC and the complete deflection circuit are "hot."
TUNER Note that the deflection-coil is hot.
NVM
MSP
BOCMA DW This set is not equipped with an IR transmitting LED. Instead,
+5V2
IO-EXPANDER DW a Service (ComPair) connector is implemented at the rear of
TUNER - DW
MULTI-PIP PROC. DW
the set, which is directly accessible (it is not necessary to
IO-EXPANDER HD-JACK PAINTER remove the back cover to access the connector).
V-CHIP
In addition to this, there is a blinking LED procedure to show the
contents of the error buffer.
FBX I2C
PROTECTION PICNIC 3V3 I2C

The relay you hear during switching the set “on” (via the power
TUNER
PROTECTION TUNER 8V switch) is from the degaussing circuitry. So it is not used for
CL 16532043_013.eps switching the supply as in the MG chassis.
190601

When there is a menu on the screen, it is not possible to enter

Figure 5-2 Protection diagram
There are several types of protections:
• I2C related protections (for example, +5V supply check).
• HOP related protections (mainly for deflection items).
• Hardware errors which are not sensed by the Painter (for
example, BRIDGE_PROT)
I2C related protections
In normal operation, some registers of the I2C controlled ICs
will be refreshed every 200ms. During this sequence, the I2C
busses and the I2C ICs will be checked. The I2C protection will
take place if the SDA and SCL are short-circuited to ground or
to each other. An I2C error can also occur if the power supply
of the IC is missing (for example, FBX_PROT: error 1).
HOP related protections
Every 200ms, the status register of the HOP is read by the
Painter via I2C. If a protection signal is detected on one of the
inputs of the HOP, the relevant error bit in the HOP register is
set to “high.” If the error bit is still “high” after 1s, the Painter will
store the error code in the error buffer (NVM) and, depending
on the relevance of the error bit, the set may or may not go into
protection mode.
a service mode. Be sure there is no menu on the screen when
attempting to enter a service mode.
5.8.2 Main Power Supply
The simplest way to repair the main supply is to check (and
replace, if necessary) the gray marked components on the
Main Supply.
Do not try to perform measurements on the side of the SSB
connected to the "hot" heatsink. This is dangerous. Most
relevant service test points are connected to the Tuner side
and are pointed out by service printing. Where the circuitry was
too crowded to place this service printing, it has been explained
on the Test Point Overviews in this manual. It is also possible
to use the SSB extension panel (part number: 9965 000
05769), so that all test points are easily accessible.
5.8.3 Standby Power Supply
The simplest way to repair the standby supply is to check (and
replace, if necessary) the gray marked components on the
Standby Supply.

• HFB: Horizontal Flyback. If the horizontal flyback is not
present, then this is detected via the HOP (HFB_X-
RAY_PROT). One status bit is set to “high.” The error code
is stored in the error buffer and the set will go into the
protection mode.
• Flash detection. From the EHT info, via D6303 and T7303,
a flash will stop the H-drive and line output stage
immediately. The FLS bit in the status register of the HOP
is set to “high.” As the duration of a flash is very short, the
FLS bit will be reset to “low” again after the flash refresh,
and the set will be started again via a slow start.
Hardware related protections
Due to the architecture (with “hot” deflection) there are two
protections that are “unknown” to the microprocessor, namely
the 'BRIDGE_PROT' (coming from the line stage) and the
'DEFL_PROT' protection (coming from the frame deflection
stage).
If one of these protections is triggered, the set is switched to
“Standby” mode. The Painter will now try to restart the set. If
5.8.4 Horizontal Deflection
The simplest way to repair the horizontal deflection is to check
(and replace, if necessary) the gray marked components on the
Horizontal Line Deflection circuitry.
5.8.5 Vertical Deflection
Caution: When you suspect the Vertical Deflection circuitry,
please be careful. Since there is a DC voltage on the vertical
deflection, the beam current can damage the CRT neck,
leading to a defective CRT.
The best thing to do is:
1. Interrupt pin 2 of connector 1424 on the CRT panel
(diagram F), in order to remove the 'filament' voltage from
the tube (there is no beam current, so there is no chance of
destroying the CRT).
2. Measure the functionality of the Frame stage with a
multimeter or with an oscilloscope.
EN 32 5. EM1.2A AA Service Modes, Error codes, and Faultfinding

3. After you have found the cause, exchange the defective

component (for example, TDA8177), and resolder the
interrupted pin 2.
 Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overview, and Waveforms EM1.2A AA 6. 33

6. Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overview, and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram

DEGAUSSING COIL

P TOP CONTROL
PANEL AQUADAG
CRT
EHT
0215 CRT
3P
A (LOT)
(COMPONENT VIEW) FRAME
ROTATION
1940
F
COIL
1483 BROWN 1010
11X 1435 2P
3P
BLUE 1009
CRT BLACK 3P 1008
BLUE 2P
BLUE PANEL
RED
BROWN
SCAVEM
COIL BROWN
RIGHT
CRT
SPEAKER
SOCKET
LEFT
1434 F SPEAKER
CRT PANEL
O SIDE
I/O PANEL 1424
7X
SVHS

CVBS (YELLOW)

LEFT (WHITE)
1936
A LSP(LARGE SIGNAL PANEL)
1620
J MAINS SWITCH PANEL
(PV2 MODEL)
RIGHT (RED) 3P
11P

1146
HEADPHONE 0247

SWITCH
MAINS
N.C.

5P

5P
OR
8502 OR

1505 2P OR 0212 0211

1947

2P
2P
OR

2P
5P

1502
PV2 MODEL
OR
1946
9P

OR

1945
J MAINS SWITCH PANEL
(FL9 MODEL)
MAINS
CORD
3P

1735
0247
2P
5P
4P

8335 2P

SWITCH
MAINS
0201
2P
1205
1951 1936 0202
2P
5P

3P

3X 10P N.C. N.C.

10P

1681 1682 8937 1417

11P

SSB
B
1937

6P

2P
3P

3P

1680 80P N.C.

1P
1948 1955
8417 8418 (30")
1419
3P

1000 N.C. LOT

3P

1953
SSB N.C.
PANEL
1940
G DC SHIFT
1935
I HORIZONTAL (IF APPLICABLE)
11P

80P 8940 DAF PANEL

5P

N.C. 1499
1417 1418
2P 1424 0317
8424 2P 2P 1497
1934 1933 7P

2P
1P
1491
6P

4P

2P
1419
1693
2P

1498
1303 N.C.
SPLITTER

1492
TUNER

5P N.C.
3P N.C.
1304 1625 1492
7P 12x 3P 3P N.C.
1943 CINCH SVHS
3P
compair
interface

7P 6P 6P 4P 5P
N 1304 1680 1934 1933 1104

JACK HD PANEL -CL 36532061_001.eps

030903
 Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overview, and Waveforms EM1.2A AA 6. 34

Block Diagram LSP Supply and Deflection

SUPPLY DEFLECTION
1419
FRONT MAIN SUPPLY LINE DEFLECTION DC-SHIFT (OPTIONAL) I DAF
J A1A A3 G 0317 1

0201
INTERFACE
0202 DC-
1430 1 2
0231
OR OR OR SHIFT 400 mA 2
0211 1051 0212 1417 1417 1418
3550 CIRCUIT
2 2 4 2 8+ 1
2 1 1 1
1 1 LINE
1 3 RP
DEFLECTION

0+
+141V 2 2 2
RS 1502 COIL
2 3 +VBATT 5400 5401
3 2 5800
HOT
DEG.
5502 5511 6525 2 COIL COLD
A1 1 5430 1497
5503 5516 GBU4J
1505 5504 1503 DYNAMIC FOCUS 1 HOR. DAF
1 1
2
1501 4- + 1550 HOT HOT LOT CIRCUIT
T5AH F2.5AH FOR 4 COLD COLD 5 EHT 1693
+ TO

2516
1 V 3509 3 AP (PAL)
7501 1
MAINS F4AH FOR
7528 7421 A26 1
A4 VER. DAF
AP (NTSE) +11D
FILTER 6408 3415 BU2520DX CIRCUIT

V-START
ACTIVATING +5.2V_MP A25 TO E/W
+11D FOCUS A DRIVE (OPTIONAL)
+375V CIRCUIT DEGAUSSING B7
GND-STB LINE F
7505, 7506, 7503 5410 OUTPUT FOCUS B 1491
PAINTER +5.2V CRT
QUICK 4 9 CIRCUIT
SWITCH 6407 3416 1 2 3 1
OFF A24 1 6 VG2 1492
+

PULSES
A22 7409
MAIN SUPPLY

MENT
LINEDRIVE 1 2492 3406 3414

FILA-
2430 1424
3115 + EW +11D
STAND-BY SUPPLY A17 B4 1
A2 6110 CORR.

SUP-ENABLE
VTUN HOP 3431
A8 5421 2
SUP-ENABLE

V-START FILAMENT
A23 +11D TO
+VBATT

3116 7408 HFB_X-RAY-PROT.

5112 6113 3404 3 1224
STARTUP 6109 3450 3451
+11V_STBY 2431
10 EHT-INFO 4 F
5100 6117 6119 +11V_ROT
5101 5109 5 CRT
5 6
3161 6148 6118
+375V 7100 A10 6
COLD HOT
7101 7102 3 7 1148 A28
8 3400 6400 200V 7
7105 STP3NB60 5104 +11V
7120 A11 D 1A25 A4 FRAME DEFLECTION E/W - DRIVE
G 2 8 A18 +8V-S +141V EHT-INFO
S
5111 6130 5130 +8V6-SWITCH E/W DRIVE 1693 TO 1693 6480
11
2442 3437
7131
+8V6 3654 B4 3X
CONTROL A12 1 10 D S A20 I 5467 2443
CIRCUIT 5113 3492 7480 HOP
STP16NE06 2126 6456 DAF
EW-DRIVE 1 7450-B 3493 3488 STP3NB60 A47 HFB_X-RAY-PROT.
5
GND-STB B4 7 9 FILAMENT
3108 3118 G 7133 6 3484 A46 D A4 B4
HOP A37 1 7482 G
7130 A38 5 A30 A29
S 3 3460 6460
CONTROL A19 3481 A48 12 5461
A15 5103 6107 +11D
GND-STB
+5.2V A45 7486
1147 4 4
+8Vb 3461 7445
5 7103 OR 1 +5.2V_MP 2 3479 3480 B4
7104 6111 1A6 CURRENT 3483
+8Vb POR POR HOP
SOURCE 7487
3113 +5V-SWITCH 3457 6
A13 +5V 2403 A6
5106 3120 -20V -20V 5102 6103 7141
6122 D S A21 3455 AUDIO
4 2 3124 STP16NE06 5 7440-B 7442, 7654
2102 7 7653 HOT COLD
6 COLD
3456 FRAME DEFLECTION HOT
3114 G EW 6491
GND-STB 3419 7441 EW
7140 3463 6463
PROTECTION
CIRCUIT A31
A16 CONTROL +8V6 2404 2457 +13V - LOT
5463 3462 6462
7132 STANDBY 7455 +8V6 2462
HFB_X-RAY-PROT 5621
5517 B7 A3 1 6
A1B MAIN SUPPLY 3173
-20V

PAINTER HOP 3459 5 10 3465 6465

ARC-PROT
+11V_STBY
A32
MAINS 7504
7502 3641 -15V - LOT
5506 OR FRAMEDRIVE + +13V-LOT
STP5NB60FP
SUPPLY 7530 5512 A7 5465 3464 6464
D
G 5 6
5507 6535 5514 B4 7450-A 7614
7641 2464
CONTROL 3
+28V 3 7440-A 7443
S CIRCUIT HOP A33 1 3635
6539 + + + 1 2 7652 A50
A2 2
4 7 2512 2546 2542 A34 A36 +8V-S
3658 A35
A3 3514 GND-AUD B4 1495
3 9 PROTECTION SUP-ENABLE 1 3636 +13V LOT 1
HOP CIRCUIT 7613 3
FRAMEDRIVE - 3657 TL431 2 TO
3 4 1 10
N.C. -15V_LOT 2 3637 PANEL
3498 3499 ON
A4 HOT COLD 3
COLD COLD CRT
7507 3449 A49 -12V8 4 NECK
TCET1103 3520 HOT HOT 3627
+11D +8Vb (optional)
2 1
3506 6627 6626 6625
VBATT
+8V-S +13V-LOT A5 ROTATING CIRCUITRY
A5 ADJUSTMENT
3531 HOT
1 6619
3530 3507 6620 2622 COLD
3 A6 A42 1601
7506 +VBATT TV +11V_ROT
7529 3660 3640 3638 7620 2 6 3
TL431CZP 2 6514 125mA 7680
-20V 3510 2523 2515 TDA8177
ACTIVATING 3631 3642 TDA7052 1
7611 FLYBACK
CIRCUIT +Vp
3527
3643 3630 7 GENERATOR A43 3647 1625
5 1
OP. AMP 5 1620
SUP-ENABLE 1 5620 TILT
3526 3686 2
THERMAL A44 2 B4 1
GND-FB GND-SUP GND-FB 7612 3632 3634
A40 PROTECTION 3 ROTATION
VERT. HOP 2
4 DEFL. 7681 3684 DEFLECTION
A39 3620
COIL 7682 3685 8 3 COIL
-15V-LOT
SWITCH OFF
CIRCUIT 6
3623 CL 36532061_002.eps
HOT GROUND SUP-ENABLE IN STAND-BY 6080
020903
 Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overview, and Waveforms EM1.2A AA 6. 35

Testpoint Overview LSP and CRT

LSP COPPER TRACK SIDE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A1 E4 A58 C6
CRT PANEL (COPPER TRACK SIDE) F1 E4
A2 D3 A59 B5 F2 D3
S 1424
A20 A3 D4 A68 A9 F3 D4
G
G A4 C4 A69 A10 7 1 F4 C4
1 5 4 F15 F10
A A59 11 TUNER A A5 C4 A70 A10 F5 C4
A18 D 7131 D A6 C5 F6 C5
A19 A68 A69
+8V6 A21 A7 A4 F7 A4
8 S 7141 A7 A70 A10 C2 F10 C2
7680 +5V A11 C2 F12 F12 D3
A56
ROTATION A12 D3 F13 D1
14 1 A13 D1 F13 14 D1
SSB F4
B MAINS 80 B A14 D1
G
A15 C1
A17 10 SUPPLY 6 7701 12 A58 A15 C1 F5 R A16 C1
7307
AUDIO A16 C1 9 F9 A17 B1
6 10 TRAFO AMPL F7
A17 B1 B A18 A1
F8
1 5 A18 A1 A19 A3
A15 A16 STANDBY 1
A19 A3 A20 A2
SUPPLY 5506
5 TRAFO 1 A33 A20 A2 F6 A21 A3
C A6
C A21 A3 F14 A22 D8
5100 A4 A57
F1
A22 D8 1 A23 D8
A5 A35 A38 A23 D8 A24 D8
A10
D D A37 A24 D8 F3
A34 A25 D8
A11 A12 SC3
A23 A26 D7 1435
S S A36
A3 A28 G9 11 1
D G 7102 G 7504 A22 A24 D
D A25 A26
A29 G10
A14 A13 STANDBY MAIN A30 G10
SUPPLY SUPPLY A45 A31 E9
B C E A39
A2 G S A32 E9 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6
A46 7480 A48 7421 A31 A33 C8
E/W LINE A42
A34 D9
E A1 A47
A32
A40 E A35 C9
A36 D10
7620 1 1 V / div DC 1 V / div DC 1 V / div DC 20 V / div DC 20 V / div DC 20 V / div DC
A37 D9 20µs / div 20µs / div 20µs / div 20µs / div 20µs / div 20µs / div
FRAME A44
7 A38 C9
A43 A39 D10 F7 F8 F9 F10 F12
A41 A40 E10
56 8
A71 4 9 A41 E10
F F A42 E10
3 10
2 11 A43 F10
20 V / div DC 20 V / div DC 20 V / div DC 50mV / div DC 1 V / div DC
1 12 A44 E10
20µs / div 20µs / div 20µs / div 20µs / div 20µs / div
LOT 5430 A29 A45 D7
A46 E6 F13 SC3
A47 E7
G G A48 E7
A49 C9 Measured across
ATTENTION: A28
A50 D9 6, 10, 5300
A30
LIVE PARTS A56 C6 1 V / div DC 20 V / div AC
COLD HOT HOT COLD A57 B6 20µs / div 20µs / div

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A1 PM3394B A2 PM3394B A3 PM3394B A4 PM3394B A5 PM3394B A6 PM3394B A7: 33V DC A10 PM3394B A11 PM3394B A12 PM3394B A13 PM3394B A14 PM3394B A15 PM3394B A16 PM3394B A17 PM3394B A18 PM3394B A19 PM3394B A20: 8V DC

50V / div DC 50V / div DC 50V / div DC 50V / div DC 5V / div DC 20V / div DC 50V / div DC 5V / div DC 2V / div DC 5V / div DC 200mV / div DC 500mV / div DC 5V / div DC 20V / div DC 5V / div DC 1V / div DC
2us / div 5us / div 5us / div 5us / div 10us / div 10us / div 5us / div 5us / div 5us / div 10us / div 10us / div 5ms / div 5ms / div 5us / div 5us / div 5us / div

A21: 5V1 DC A22 PM3394B A23 PM3394B A24 A25 PM3394B A26: PM3394B A28: 206 V DC A29: 11V4 DC A30 PM3394B A31: 13V DC A32: 15V DC A33 PM3394B A34 PM3394B A35 PM3394B A36 PM3394B A37 PM3394B A38 PM3394B A39 PM3394B

1V / div DC 200mV / div DC 5V / div DC 1V/div DC 200 V / div DC 50 V / div DC 500mV / div DC 500mV / div DC 500mV / div DC 200mV / div DC 500mV / div DC 200mV / div DC 2V / div DC
10us / div 10us / div 10us / div 10us/div 10µs / div 10µs / div 2ms / div 2ms / div 2ms / div 10us / div 2ms / div 10us / div 10us / div

A40 PM3394B A41 PM3394B A42 PM3394B

A43 A44 PM3394B A45 PM3394B A46 PM3394B A47 A48 PM3394B
A56 PM3394B A57 PM3394B A58 PM3394B A59 PM3394B A68 PM3394B A69 PM3394B A70 PM3394B
PM3394B PM3394B

2 V / div AC 2 V / div AC 10 V / div AC 10V / div DC 200mV / div DC 1V / div DC 500mV / div DC 50V / div DC 500mV / div DC 20mV / div AC 500mV / div AC 20mV / div AC 500mV / div AC 500mV / div AC 2 V / div DC 2 V / div DC
5ms / div 5ms / div 5ms / div 2ms / div 2ms / div 10µs / div 10µs / div 10µs / div 10µs / div 1ms / div 1ms / div 200µs / div 1ms / div 20µs / div 100ms / div 100ms / div

CL 36532058_007.eps
030903
 Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overview, and Waveforms EM1.2A AA 6. 36

Block Diagram Video

VIDEO
B7
A8 TUNER, I/O, B1 B2 IF, I/O, B3 FEATUREBOX B4 VIDEO CONTROL+ B1 SIM CONN. A8 SIM CONN.
CVBS TXT 7307
SIMM-CONN. VIDEOPROC. TDA9181 7412
GEOMETRY
TO BLOCK DIAGRAM
1205 1000 AUDIO EF
1410 7410 COMB
12 FILTER 14
SOUND QSS-AM
BAND 7320 YLTP
PASS EF 16
COMB-C-OUT FROM
12
BLOCKDIAGRAM
CONTROL 7305
R-SC1 3 3 7306 6402
COMB-Y-CVBS-OUT R-2FH 6901
B-SC1 1 1
B7 CONTROL G-2FH
7411 Y-SCAVEM PROTECTION
G-SC1 2 2
EF
1407 7322
EF
B-2FH + CIRCUIT

FBL-TXT
FBL-SC1 4 4 SOUND 7716 FBL-2FH
N.C.

G-TXT
FILTER

R-TXT

B-TXT
822498 +8VS
B6
+5VT R G B R G B PICNIC 2429
VTUN EEPROM 1940
6200 I6 V2 V24 V26
BZM55-C33 7323 1
TDA9320H 10 14 26 29 28 41 42 43 36 37 38 V25 1000 1205 +11V5
7709 7302 7301 V27
I5 SAA4978H TDA9178 20 TDA9330H 35 36 37 38 32 HFB-X-RAY-PROT 2
1200 7.3 9 B4 3
SAW FILTER
ERR A68 43 33 EHT-INFO 4
VIF1 2 RGB
TUNER 9 11 IF 13 13 PLL MATRIX
VIF2 3 DEM V6 41 Y-SCAVEM 5
V11 V14 V19 V28
ERR Y U V 3755 6
3747 2323 3340
13
1408 Y50 4609 Y-PIP-MAIN-IN 23 Y 12 Y100 6 TOPIC 19 Y100 28 RGB R 40 R-CRT 25 R-CRT +8V 7
(OPTIONAL) INSERTION
5 4 1 Y 49 V7 V29
Y V12 V16 V20 Y/U/V
AGC HIP Y PROC. Y/U/V U 50 U50
4608 U-PIP-MAIN-IN 3757 25 3X SIGNAL 3X U 14
3748
U100 8
ERR
22 17 U100
2322
27 RGB
OUTPUT
AMPL. G 41
3341
G-CRT 24 G-CRT 8
15 15 TUNER AGC 62 SWITCH V 51 MATRIX
ERR V8 ADC PROC. DAC
CATHODE V30
30 V13 V15 V21
A69 A70 VIDEO U V CALIBR. 3342
V50 3759 3749 2321 B 42 B-CRT 23 B-CRT 9
SWITCH 4607 V-PIP-MAIN-IN 26 V 15 V100 9 16 V100 26
64 QSS +
MIXER 44 21 CUTOFF 10
N.C. 63 CONTROL Y U V
AM DECODER FBL-2FH 33
3201 3200
DEMO QSS-AM
C
C PROC. PAL PICNIC R-2FH 30
HOP F20 11
NTSC RGB E/W 3 E/W DRIVE 31
F ERR G-2FH 31 ERR TO
5 SECAM 31 YUV 32 DRIVE LINE
B-2FH 32 MATRIX 26
A3 DEFL. SEE
7304 F18 BLOCK-
SDA

SDL

N.C. F14 S7 S4
F17 2 FRAMEDRIVE - 29 TO DIAGRAM
3733 23
SYNC V-SYNC 61 VA50 VA50 VA50 29 V-SYNC 19 VD100 V-DRIVE RAMP DEFLECTION
SEPAR. PROC. PROC. PROC. GEN FRAME 1 FRAMEDRIVE + 28 A4 FRAME
DEFL.
CVBS-SC1-AV1-IN CVBS-SC1-AV1-IN VD
10 10 16 7704
L8 S6 S3 L12 F19
B 3728 24 8
Y-CVBS-SC2 6 6 Y-CVBS-SC2-AV2-IN 20 H-SYNC 60 HA50 HA50 HA50 28 H-SYNC 18 HD100 STARISTOP LINEDRIVE
A PROC. PH1-1 PH1-2
PROC. V23 H-DRIVE
Y-CVBS-FRONT-IN 63 63 Y-CVBS-FRONT-IN 23 3705 3321
5 11 L13
D C-FRONT-IN SDA-F SDA
C-FRONT-IN 64 64 24 HD100
C 3703 3320 V22
C-SC2-SVHS-IN 7 7 C-SC2-SVHS-IN 21 4 10
SCL-F SCL 7310, 7311
E
32 20 21 9 13 14 29 22 5
CVBS PIP (N.C.) VSYNC B7
O SIDE I/O
1936 1301 7303,7311

DYN-PHASE-COR
HFB-X-RAY-PROT
Y-CVBS-FRONT 2 7714
9 9 CVBS-SC2-MON-OUT 34 7708 1304 EHT-INFO
B4

SANDCASTLE
FIELD SAA4990H 1 R-2FH
2 3 MEMORY 12M
3377 PROZONIC
C-FRONT-IN 4 47 2 G-2FH
SDA-F 1318 41 7324
1 4 57 7715 3 B-2FH 7308
5 2x

POR
3376 V9 FIELD 4 FBL-2FH
SVHS 46 3.579545 MHz
SCL-F MEMORY STANDBY-INFO
NTSC M 5 HD100 B7
V10 6 VD B5
A11 I/O

MONITOR 7902
OUT
CVBS
3300
F CRT/SCAVEM PANEL +8V +200V
7992 SC3 1483
7993 7300 : 7310 5300
1933 1
U/B 1 SCAVEM 2 SCAVEM
SC1-B-IN-U-IN 1940
PROC. 3 COIL
1
N.C.
7994 2 7307
7995 TDA6108JF HOT
3
Y/G 2 COLD
SC1-G-IN-Y-IN 4 F6
5 Y-SCAVEM 3 7 CRT
7990
7991 6 F9
+8V F1 3352 8
R
V/R 3 7 R-CRT F2 F5 F8
SC1-R-IN-V-IN
3351 6
8 G-CRT F3 2 8 G
F7
9 B-CRT 3350 11
AV1 B
10
B CVBS CVBS-SC1-AV1-IN 11 1 9

VG1
VG2
CUTOFF 5
B F4
AV2
1424 HFB_X-RAY_PROT
1 6
CVBS 3417
(1)
2 FILAMENT +180V
2 3 FROM

FG-A
FG-B
3
1424
1 4 OF 4
EHT-INFO
5
SVHS-AV2 A3 5
1434
(LINE 6
N.C. F15
DEFL.) 3334 3349
7 +200V +8V SIN EHT
200V
3341 2318 FROM A3
1953
+200V (6-7307) LOT
C C-FRONT-IN 1 LINE
DEFL.
2
N.C.
D Y-CVBS-FRONT-IN 3

N3 SYNC SLICER
1935
B CVBS-SC1-AV1-IN 1 7750-A 12 7751-B
3 9
E C-SC2-SVHS-IN 3 7700 6
N.C. O.S. O.S. 10
LM1881M 11
A Y-CVBS-SC2-AV2-IN 5 1 4
Y-G 2 SYNC 7750-B H-770-3
PROC 3 13
1937 14 10 H-770-2 15
O.S.
SDA-5 1 16
SDA-S

SCL-S

11
SCL-5 2 NO-FBL YPbPr
3
6 7
O.S.
3261 3262 5 7713
7751-A
N.C. V-770
1943 17
1
7160
2 CONTROL 7109, 9110
3
N1 NO-FBL-RGB
COMPAIR CONN. 7166 10
(SERVICE) PULS 74HC4024
+8V 8 FORMER
MR NO-FBL
- HIGH DEFINITION INTERFACE - - TIMER
CIRCUIT
7106 7102
M62320 74HC4052D
INPUTS/ MATRIX CONTROL N2 INPUTS / OUTPUTS CP
N2 7901 N4 -MATRIX- N1 3132 7 IO-4 10
OUTPUTS TDA8601T SDA
3
9 IO-5 9
7400 LOGIC
2 7101 3130
7451 5 7107 2 I/O 6 IO-3 6
Pr-IN CLAMP TDA8601T SCL
3 12 PR-R 7 RA TDA8601T EXPANDER
6 3-STATE 6 1304 4 IO-1
CLAMP PR-R 2 9
1 RA 2 CLAMP
1934 1934 7990 : 7995 YPBPR CLAMP 1 12 R-OUT R-OUT 1 ERR 8 1
1 10 12 R-MATRIX 6 3-STATE 5 IO-2
SC1-R-IN-V-IN 3 7452 8 BA RN 6 3-STATE CLAMP 35
2 2 Pb-IN CLAMP 1 YUV 9 CLAMP 11 7108
2 Y-G 3 10 IO-6 5 V-OUT
2 7 11 YG GA 3
F SC1-G-IN-Y-IN 3 3 3-STATE MATRIX CLAMP 5 3 13
CLAMP 12 CLAMP 2 11 G-OUT G-OUT 2 11 IO-7 2
3 2 14 GA 11 G-MATRIX 7 3-STATE
SC1-B-IN-U-IN 4 4 GN 7 3-STATE CLAMP 6
13 CLAMP 12 IO-8
4 7453 4
CLAMP 2 PB-B 4
Y-IN BA 4 CLAMP 4
1 10 PB-B CLAMP B-OUT B-OUT 3 V
8 3-STATE 10 3 B-MATRIX 8 10
CLAMP 7450 BN 8 3-STATE 3-STATE 3
3 CLAMP CLAMP
5 15 15 V-770 12
1990 7 RN
5 3 6 13 FBL FBL 4 17
13 14 3-STATE H-770-3 14 7105 H-OUT
14 3-STATE
1933 1 R-IN 15
1 7904 : 7909 10 15 13 12
1 2 G-IN 8 BN 5 16 H
9 5 16 H-OUT 5
2 SIGNAL 2 H-770-2
2 13 3 B-IN DECODING DECODING 11
DETECTION 12 16
14
NO-FBL-RGB

3 14 GN
3 V-OUT 6
13
SC1-G-IN

IO-1

I0-3
Y-G
-Y-IN

IO-8

IO-6

IO-7

IO-2

CL 36532061_003.eps
I0-3

8.9
H

H
V

14.2.3 15.16.17 4.5.6 020903

1 2(2x) 3 2 1 4 5 6 14 7 8 9 10 11 9 12 13
 Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overview, and Waveforms EM1.2A AA 6. 37

Testpoint Overview SSB

SSB
TUNER SIDE LOT SIDE 1 40
1
7012 7005 V13 26 160 121
PICNIC 1 120
EPROM V14 12 FM
C3 1
V15 14
S3 100 76 7714
7716 PICNIC

1001
1 75 V17 4
S5
64 41 PAINTER C11 V18 5 7709
V12 20 21
65 40 S6 S3 18
PROZONIC V13 7001
25 51 C5 S5 25
S8 V15 V16 S7 26 50 40 81 40 21
7708 C6 S8 34 41 80 FM
80 25 S4 V14
1 24 C4 7715
C9 C7
1 20
1701

C8

F14
L8
C10
L8

V6 F14
64 62 60
1408

V19
V20
V21
64 49 1 51 51 V8
1 48
MSP V7 50 V7
I6 10 HIP
7651 V24 22 49 V6
16 33 V1 12
V26 HOP 7323 47 V9
17 32 V2 14
V27 V8 46
19 33 V10
7301 20 32
V28 12
1 11
V30 V22
V23

80 41 40 1 1 40 41 80

C3 C11 L13 S6 H-A V7 V16 V22 SCL V30 F14 S5 Y-IN V6 V10 SCL V17 SCL

500mV/div DC 200mV/div DC 1V/div DC 2V / div AC 500mV/div DC 500mV/div DC 1V / div DC 1V/div DC 2V/div DC 0.2V / div AC 500mV/div DC 1V / div DC 1V / div DC
10µs/div 250ns/div 10µs/div 10µs / div 20µs/div 5µs/div 0.2ms / div 10µs/div 10ms/div 10µs / div 20µs/div 0.2ms / div 0.2ms / div

C4 F03 S03 S7 V-A V8 V19 V23 SDA I6 VIF-Out S8 V7 V13 V-IN V18

200mV/div DC 200mV / div AC 1V/div DC 1V / div AC 500mV/div DC 1V/div DC 1V / div DC 0.5V / div AC 1V/div DC 500mV/div DC 0.2V / div AC 0,5V / div DC
10µs/div 100ns / div 10µs/div 5ms / div 20µs/div 10µs/div 0.2ms / div 10µs / div 250ns/div 20µs/div 10µs / div 10µs / div

C4 HSYNC F14 S04 S8 V13 V-IN V20 V28 L8 V8 V14

V1 PM3394B

1V / div DC 2V/div DC 1V/div DC 1V/div DC 0.2V / div AC 1V/dic DC 1V/div DC 1V/div DC 1V / div DC 500mV/div DC 500mV/div DC
20µs / div 10ms/div 5ms/div 250ns/div 10µs / div 10µs/div 10µs/div 20µs/div 10us / div 20µs/div 5µs/div

C5 VSYNC L12 S5 Y-IN V6 V14 V21 V29 S3 V2 CVBS_INT V9 SDA V15

1V / div DC 1V/div DC 0.2V / div AC 500mV/div DC 500mV/div DC 1V/div DC 1V/div DC 1V/div DC 0.5V / div AC 1V / div DC 500mV/div DC CL 36532061_007. eps
10ms / div 50µs/div 10µs / div 20µs/div 5µs/div 10µs/div 10µs/div 10µs/div 10µs / div 0.2ms / div 5µs/div 030903
 Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overview, and Waveforms EM1.2A AA 6. 38

Block Diagram Audio

AUDIO
3720
B2 IF B6 AUDIO DEMODULATOR 18.432MHz
B76 +8VC
B1 A8 A6 AUDIO AMPLIFIER
SEE
BLOCK DIAGRAM 3721
VIDEO 7651 +28V
7323
TDA9320H MSP3452G 54 55 31
7411 1410 7410 B65 SIMM 3722
HOP 7664 CONN. 7700
10 QSS-AM 50 DEMO- BC847BPN 1000 1205 TDA7497 24
ERR B66 B68 A56 1735
30
DULATOR 2714 A57
2643 76 14 4 R
R 20 2 3 AUDIO-R AUDIO-R 1
10W/
DAC 3 8Ω
L 21
7665
BC847BPN B69 A58
B67 A59
2 3 AUDIO-L 75 AUDIO-L 5 12 1 L
10W/
ADC DSP 2645 2 8Ω
DIGITAL 7666
MONO-IN SOUND BC847BPN
47 PROC. B69 1736

3 AUDIO-SW 74 AUDIO-SW 6 3 1 FOR

DACM-SUB 23
2 PASSIVE
SUBWOOFER
3 (optional)
SNDR-SC3-IN
L 36 R 17 HEADPHONE-R
9 MUTE/STBY
A11 I/O A8 B1 SIMM DAC 10 PROTECT
CONN. R 35 L 18 HEADPHONE-L 1740
AV1 1205 1000 SNDL-SC3-IN 1
L 4, 8, 11, 15,
L_SC1_AV1_IN 52 7656
44 MSP BC847BPN 2
B72 FOR
AUDIO-SL 7710, 7711 3 ACTIVE
R R_SC1_AV1_IN DACM-S 24 2 3
60 45 DAC A8 SOUND-ENABLE SUBWOOFER
MUTE 4
PROCESSING (optional)
POR
AV2 ERR A3 CIRCUIT 5
L 14
L_SC2_AV2_IN 53 AUDIO-SW
41 7668
+5V_AUD
1739
MUTE
R R_SC2_AV2_IN +5V2 CIRCUIT 1
58 42
38 2
(ANTI PLOP CIRCUIT) (optional)
39 R 28
7677 3
O SIDE I/O DAC N.C.
0240 1936 L 29 R-CL-VL-OUT
L L_FRONT_IN 6 65

7678-A
R R_FRONT_IN 8 66 B6A HEADPHONE B1 SIMM A8 O SIDE I/O
L-CL-VL-OUT AMPLIFIER
7681 1000 1205 1936 0240
NJM4556AM
R-HEADPHONE 3 SOUND R-HEADPHONE-OUT
+ 1 HP_AMPL_L 67 11
3559 3561 7678-B 2
SDA-F 3655 3514
-
2 L-HEADPHONE
R-SC2-OUT 5 68 10 SOUND L-HEADPHONE-OUT
3579 + 7 HP_AMPL_R
N2 I/O HD R 25 6 -
B74
SCL-F 3656 L-SC2-OUT
1 3575 7682 3510
L 26
1680 1680 +8V-AUD
MUTE
AV3 SND2_R_IN SND_R_IN 1 1 R B75
R A11 IMPUTS/OUTPUTS
SND1_L_IN SND_L_IN 3 3 L
AV3
L AV2-OUT
A8 SIMM B1 SIMM B7 PAINTER 7001 C7 R-SC2-OUT 70 R-SC2-OUT L
SAA5667HL
CONN. CONN. 48 3062 R-TXT
CVBS TXT 31 L_SC2-OU- L_SC2-OU- R
CONTROL B2
C8
69
HIP
SIDE I/O 3063
O 1936 1936 7007 C4
47 G-TXT
SEE
PAINTER C9 BLOCK DIAGRAM
FRONT DETECT 7 7 HS 53 B4
HFB VIDEO
B3 ERR 46 3064 B-TXT
12 HOP
FEATURE BOX
SIMM C10 AUDIO-OUT
CONN. 7006
1205 1000 C5 52 3006 FB-TXT AUDIO-SL AUDIO-SL L
72
VS C6
VSYNC 55
B4 3029 R-CL-VL-OUTT R-CL-VL-OUTT R
A10 FRONT HOP
82 SDA-F 70

3027 L-CL-VL-OUTT 69 L-CL-VL-OUTT R

ATT_SWITCH 2 81 SCL-F
B2 SEE
7013 3028 I2C DIAGRAM
J MAINS SWITCH PANEL IF 84 SDA-S
(VERSION 1 FOR PV2 MODEL) POR FLASH
79
B4 3026
(VERSION 2 FOR FL9 MODEL) 83 SCL-S
HOP
18 DEGAUSSING
FRONT DETECT A1A
62 6 70

0247 1947 2001

6001 OR 6691 69
5 5 SAM 1001
ON/OFF LED N.C. N.C. +5V2-CON
SDM 4006 2002
71 C11
ON/OFF LED 4 4 77
3054 7005
1010 OR 6692 MC33269D 13 STANDBY
A2
IR- 1 RC5 3 3 78
4 2 +3V3 98 SOUND ENABLE
RECEIVER A6
INT-
COLD 2 2 PAINTER

7002 :
1 1 7004 C3
+5V2 +5V2.
RESET
P TOP CONTROL RESET
73
0215
7012
KEYBOARD 2 2 1945 79 ON/OFF LED M24C32
28
5x EEPROM
RC5 80 SDA 5 (NVM)
76
78 SCL 6 ERR
97 WC 7 10
CHANNEL+ KEYBOARD
CHANNEL- 5
ERR
VOLUME+ 11
VOLUME-
MENU
CL 36532061_004.eps
020903
 Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overview, and Waveforms EM1.2A AA 6. 39

I2C Overview

I2C Overview
B7 PAINTER +5V2_CON +5V2_CON B2 IF, I/O, B4 HOP B6 AUDIO B3 FEATURE BOX B1 SIMM A8 SIMM
ERR GENERAL VIDEOPROCESSING DEMODULATOR CONN. +3V3
6 I2C
3032 3033 1000 1205
3029 3906
82 SDA-F 46
3027 3911
81 SCL-F 47

3377 3376 3321 3320 3454 3455 3655 3656 3705 3703 +5P
7001 C23 C22
V9 V10 B74 B75 V18 V17
SAA5667HL
SET 47 46 11 10 14 11 2 1 5 4 3746
PROCESSOR 2310 2309 1 SNERT-DA
(PAINTER) 7323 7301 7302 7651 7709
TDA9320H TDA9330H TDA9178 MSP3452G SAA4978H
+5V2_CON +5V2_CON 2 SNERT-CL
AUDIO
61 62
HIP HOP TOPIC DECODER PICNIC
(OPTIONAL) 3702
3030 3031 89 CLK32
3028 SDA-S ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR 7708
84 32 22 31 3739
30 14 88 CLK16 SAA4990H
3026
83 SCL-S
PROZONIC
ERR
12 7716
EPROM 26 15 26 15
7714 7715
PICNIC MSM54V MSM54V
12222A 12222A
+3V3-INTPAINTER
FIELD FIELD
MEMORY MEMORY

3074 3001 3002

80 SDA NVM

B1 SIMM. A7
A8 TUNER, I/O N2 N1 CONTROL
78 SCL NVM CONN.
1000 1205 1951 1104
5 6 SDA-S 3908 48 SDA-S 1 1 SDA-S
7012 3902
SCL-S 49 SCL-S 2 2 SCL-S
97 WC NVM M24C32 ERR ERR
7 (NVM) 10 11
EEPROM 3201 3200 3261 3262 1943 3132 3130
1
A69 A70 3 2
5 4 2
3 7106
1200 M6232O
TUNER COMPAIR
TEDE9 I/O
CONNECTOR
EXPANDER
FOR SERVICE
ERR (REACHABLE VIA ERR
9 HOLE IN REAR 35

Error Device Description Remarks COVER)

1 FBX 3V3 protection FBX 3V3 protection -
2 No HFB No Horizontal Flyback -
4 5V protection 5V protection -
5 No HOP POR Startup failure -
6 General IIc bus error General IIC bus error -
7 Mains Dip error HW error -
9 TEDE9 Turner protection -
10 MC24C32 NVM communication error -
11 MC24C32 NVM identification error -
12 SAA5667 Main uP, int. RAM test failure -
14 MSP3451 MSP34xx -
22 TDA9178 Histogram IC -
30 TDA9320 HIP I/O video processing -
31 SAA4978 PICNIC -
32 TDA9330 HOP video control/geometry -
35 M62320 I/O expander HD Jack -

CL 36532061_005.eps
020903
 Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overview, and Waveforms EM1.2A AA 6. 40

Supply Lines Overview

FRONT A1A MAIN SUPPLY

J INTERFACE
0201 0231 0202
OR OR OR HD PANEL
0211 1051 0212
2 2 4 2 FRONT J MAINS
A10 SWITCH PANEL A8 TUNER N2 INPUT/OUTPUTS N1 CONTROL N3 SYNC N4 MATRIX B6A
1 1 3 1 +5V2 9970 1947 0214 SIM CONN. SLICER HEADPHONE
3550 1951 1104 +5Vs
2 8+ 1 9972
1 1
+5V2 +5V 4 4 +5VS 3940 5903
+5Vs AMPLIFIER
+8V 5VS
RP 3941 +8Vs +8V_AUD
+8VS 5904

0+
5 5
RS 8VS
3 1502 +8V
2 3 5900 +8Vvideo
5502 5511 2 +8Vvideo +8Vvideo
6525 2
5503 5516 A1 DEG.
1505 GBU4J +8VD 6703 3424
1501 5504 1503 5901
4- 1 1 COIL
2 + VREF
T5AH 1 3942 5902 +8Vaudio
V + 1550 HOT
B2 IF/IO

2516
1 3509 3 +8VP
4 COLD -/C3V9
MAINS
+375V 3464
FILTER 7501 +5V_VDP

V-START
7528 +5VCOM
7505, 7506, 7503 +5.2V_MP
GND-STB ACTIVATING 5407 5409
+8V_VDP 3400
CIRCUIT DEGAUSSING B7 11 45
QUICK +8VP
7323
SWITCH
OFF
PAINTER
A8 TUNER SIM CONN. B1 SIM TDA9320H
+8V_VDP HIP
MAIN SUPPLY

9904

9203
1205 1000 +5VS
A17 3115
A2 STAND-BY SUPPLY 6110 VTUN 9 1200 +5V2 40 +5V2 2x
VTUN
TEDE9
V-START +8V 43
TUNER +8V
6200 N.C.
+VBATT

5112 6113 3116 -C33 3907 3910

STARTUP 6109 7.3 5903
+11V_STBY +8V_AUD 2x

5101 5109
5100 6117 6119 +11V_ROT 7911
L78L05 5904 +8V_VDP 2x B4 HOP
5 6 5901 +5VT
3161 6148 6118 IN OUT +8VS
A1B +375V 7100
7101
A10
3 7 1148
5904 +5VA 45 +5V 1x 5301
7102 +11V 7912 +8V_VDP
7105 STP3NB60 5104 MC78M05 5900 +5V_CON +8V_VDP
MAINS 7120 A11 D 1A25 +8V
N.C.
3329
G 2 8 A18 5901 5302
SUP-ENABLE

2x
SUPPLY S
5111 6130 5130 +8V6-SWITCH +8V6
5902
+5V_VDP +8VS
17 39
+8V +5V_VDP
CONTROL 1 10 7131 +8V 5902
A12 D S A20 +5V_AUD 1x +5V_VDP 7301
CIRCUIT 5113 2126 3941 TDA9330H
STP16NE06 3304
+8VS HOP
GND-STB +5VS
3108 3118 G 7133 3904
+5V2 5303
7130 +8VS2 +5V2_CON
CONTROL A19 +3V3 44
A15 5103 6107 +5.2V +11V 5903 +11V5
+3V3_SIM 1x
GND-STB
46 3906
1147 +5.2V_MP +11V SDA-F
5 7103 OR 1
7104 47 3911
6111 1A6
7910 SCL-F
A13 3113 +5V-SWITCH +5V +5V2 9909 IN OUT +3V3
5106 3120 -20V -20V 5102 6103 7141
4 2
6122
3124 STP16NE06
D S A21
9980
36 STANDBY 1x B7 PAINTER 7005
2102 +5V
4 2,3 +3V3-INTPAINTER
+5V2_CON 7012
3114 G 6,7
GND-STB 3054 NVM
7140
STANDBY
A16 CONTROL +8V6 3072
1003
7001 63
13
7132 INPUTS/OUTPUTS T315mA PAINTER 75

5517
STANDBY A11 3073
STANDBY 3070
MAIN SUPPLY 3173 7009
-20V

PAINTER +8VS 4007 3041 4 2

+11V_STBY
7504 +5V_PA +3V3_PA
7502 5506 OR 3071
STP5NB60FP STANDBY-INFO
7530 A7
D 5512 5507 6535 5514 +28V A6 AUDIO AMPLIFIER
G CONTROL 5 6
S CIRCUIT
6539 + + +
A2
4 7 2512 2546 2542

A3 3514 GND-AUD
3720
1940
B6 AUDIO DEMODULATOR
3 9
1
3721 +11V5 +3V3_SIM 5669 5664
+28V 13-7701 +3V3_INT
3 4 1 10 6
N.C. (AUDIO AMPL.) +8V
A4 3722 +5V_AUD
HOT COLD
7507 COLD +5V_AUD 3650 6650 5651
TCET1103 3520 +5DA
HOT
5652
2 1 +5DB
+8V_AUD
3506 VBATT HOT COLD +8V-AUD +5DB

3531 A5 ADJUSTMENT
A3 LINE 3644 6653 5653 +8VC
1
3530 3507 DEFLECTION 5430 CRT
3 A6
+VBATT +VBATT 5400 +141V 5401
F +5V 5654
5656
+8VA 49 31 10
7506 5 +5VF
7529 7651
TL431CZP 2 6514 1940
-20V 3510 2523 2515 +5V2 MSP3452G
ACTIVATING SUP-ENABLE LOT 1 +8V
EHT N.C. AUDIO
CIRCUIT
3527
+VBATT
FOCUS 1 F 6 +8V_+12V
3300
SCAVEM
PROC.

HOT FOCUS 2
3526 COLD
GND-FB GND-SUP GND-FB +5V2
SUP-ENABLE
LINE
5410
7421 9410 3400 6400
1424
7
1424
7
B3 FEATURE BOX 5798
+5V_PA +5VA 5720 32
DRIVE 8 7716
SUP-ENABLE LINE 200V
1 5701 PICNIC-
OUTPUT 2 2 3404 +5P
+11D 9 FILAMENT +5VA EPROM
STAGE 5799
COLD EW 3460
FILAMENT CRT
HOT GROUND HOT 3464
12 5461 6460 3V3_PA 5716 20,21
-15V-LOT 5465 +11D 7714
3 3719 FIELD
TO 3403 7713 3V3_INT 5711
6464 3461 3450 (OPTINAL) MEMORY
3465 3451 5703 5704 3720 5702
+5VF 2 +3D
3462 5441 5717 20,21
6465
+13V-LOT 5463 4 7715
6 FIELD
1492 5713
6462 +11D +11D 1 MEMORY
3463
6463 FILAMENT 3 5706 5705 +3A
+5M 5,12
PULSES 7708
PROZONIC
1498 1499
+141V 1 1
ROTATING A4 FRAME +13V-LOT +11D
A5 +13V-LOT 7701 7709
CIRCUITRY DEFLECTION 2 3635
HOT COLD DAF PICNIC
+11V_ROT E/W DRIVE 7620
+8V-S
I 3809
TDA8177 1485
+11V_ROT 1601 1
7813 1492 11VDC
7680 3449 4
+11D +13V-LOT 1 1 1
TDA7052 +8Vb PANEL ON CRT 149
125mA -15V-LOT 3498 3499 3807 3808
-15V-LOT 3 3 NECK 3 CL 36532061_006.eps
COLD HOT -15V-LOT (IF APPLICABLE) 020903
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 41

7. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Large Signal Panel: Main Supply

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0043 D1 7501 E9
1500 A2 7503 F7
MAIN SUPPLY 1501 B3 7505 E5
1502 C1 7508 E5
1503 A9 7528 E8
5516
54A-0018
A1 PM3394B 1505 A1 9501 A2

A2-42
1 1510 F2 9502 B2
4 1 1550 D8 9503 B7
4
5511 1590 A4 9504 B7
A 3 A 1591 A6 9507 A7
50V / div DC
3 2 2us / div
2 2505 E1 9513 B6
1590 3501 DSP 3562 2507 B4 9516 C2
9501 A1
GBU4J F2,5AH-250V 2508 B8 9518 C6
1500 DSP 100R 1591 100R for AP-PAL
1505 SDDF 1503 A1-8 2509 B8 9519 C7
FROM T5AH- 250V FOR AP
1501 9507 +375V
0202 OF
1 3 9503 2537 6525 2516 B8
22n F4AH-250V for
2 US AP NTSC 2517 B9
RES T6,3AH-250V 2 5503 3 2 5502 3
2 4 143V FOR 120V SETS
for US *

3509
1 3521 2507 277V FOR 230V SETS 2520 C2

V
MAINS SWITCH
470n GND-STB 2509 2508
PANEL 5 6 4M7 2521 E3
1 4 3500 1 4
22n 22n

2516

2517
9502 9504 2528 E9

10n
B * B
1R 2529 F6
2533 F9
2 5504 3 9513 2537 B7
GND-STB
GND-STB 2539 F4
1 4 2545 E4
9516

9519
* 3550 2547 C2
2 232266296
5515 3500 B6
33u 3 3501 A5
1502 Rs

2
3537 3502 F2

9518

3516
1
C C

+t
TO Rp +t 3503 F1
DEGAUSSING 2 1K 3509 B3

1
COIL 2520
2547

100n

1
100n 3516 C7
3521 B3
3524 E9
3528 E8
HOT 3529 E9
COLD 3532 D9
0043 A2-43
3534 F9
HEATSINK

3
D D 3537 C2

BAS216
4
3541 F9

6511
3
2
1 GND-STB 1550
3548 F6

1
3532 3550 C6

2
VBATT 47K
VBATT 3551 F6

BAS216
3554 E3

6512
BZX384-C56 BZX384-C56 BZX384-C47
3555 E3

6507
A1-8
3529 3556 F4
3554 2545 6522 4K7
7528 3557 F4
6M8 1n MCL4148 7508 BC337-25 3558 F5
E BF423 E
2528
3559 E5

6508
7505 1u
BC857B 3560 F3
2521 7501 A8-30 3561 F4
3555 3528
2505 * 470p 680K 10K 3562 A7
3524
3556 2539 3561 3558 3559 33K 5502 B7

6513
BC847B
47K 10u 1M 47K 10K 5503 B5
3534
5504 B5
3560
47K 5511 A7
3503 3502 1M2
GND-SUP

TUNERGND 5515 C2
F 3548 F
4M7 4M7 1K 5516 A5
7503 GND-SSP
BT151 6507 E6
1510 6508 E6
TO GND-SSP 3557 6511 D8
0301 OF 220K 2529 3551 3541 2533 GND-SUP
100n 330R HOT COLD GND-SUP 6512 E8
22R 4n7
6513 F6
GND-FB
FOR LATAM - AP SETS 6522 E5
HOT COLD COLD HOT
CL 36532038_083.eps
A3-A4-23 150703
3139 123 5522.2 GND-FB 6525 B8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 42

Large Signal Panel: Main Supply

1506 A2 7529 F7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2501 D3 7530 C2
2502 F6 9505 G7
2503 B8 9510 E9
2504 D2 9511 C8
MAIN SUPPLY 2506 F6 9571 G7
2510 D8 9572 B10

A1-8
1506

A2-12
2 2512 B11
VA 2513 E5
A 1
HOT COLD
A 2514 F5
2526 2515 D9
2n2 GND-STB 2518 A7
3513 2541 2518 3543
277V 2519 B10
330K
* 330p * BYV28 2523 D10
6510 2524 F6
5517 144V 3539 39K
GND-FB 83R 6539 2525 C4
BZX79-C33 3538 33K 6535 2526 A1
A2 3518 2527 D8
32V
* 3544 39K 2530 F9
7504 STPS8H100
5519 143V 9572 2531 F6
3511 2K2
B 0V 30R
3508
5512 5507 2519 5514 33u
B 2532 F10
2535 C1
BZX79-C15
S419C4-01 +28V
A3 15R 2503 2538 E4
83R 2n2
6505

* 6 9 2542 2540 F10

2546 470u 2541 A7
A7 2512
5 10 2m2 1m 2542 B11
3547 3545 6518 6519 2544 C2
4 11 2546 B10
220R 15K BZX284-C27 BYD33D 3504 C4
12
BZV85-C6V8

3552 3504 3512 GND-AUD 3505 C4

7502 3506 E5
6515

2535 * * 2 13
4n7 3546 2K2 BC547B 3507 E6
3514 9511
C 3515
*
*
7530
* C 3508 B5

BAT254
2525 GND-STB 3510 F7

6506
BC847B 3505 5506
5 6 3511 B7
1n5 * 3512 C5
5518

3535

1N4148
6520
47R 3553 4 7 3513 A3
2544
* * 3514 C2
3 8 3515 C2
A6 9 3517 E8
BYV95C

2504 2501 GND-AUD 3518 B3

6530

22n 1n 1 10 3519 F9
5520 3520 D5
83R COLD 3522 F5
D TCET1103(G) 3520
2527 HOT
VBATT
D 3523 F5
4 7507 1 33K 3525 E5
470p

BAS316

BY359X-1500
6538
3526 G7
2510

6534
A4

BZT03-C
3527 F7
2515

6514
220p 2523 3530 F6
3 2 47u 47u
3531 E7
GND-SUP 3533 F10
3525 9510 3535 C1
47R 5505 3536 E9
83R GND-SUP
3531 GND-STB 3538 B7
2538 GND-FB
* 3539 B7
10n
E E 3540 E6
BAS216
6509

2513 3542 G7
470p 3543 A8
3540 3507
3506 5K6 3517 GND-FB 3536 3544 B7
160K

*
A5 GND-FB 47K 3545 C4
1K5 3546 C3
2V2 *3519 6517 2532 3533
7529 A3-A4-23 3547 C3
7506 BC546B 3549 F7
TL431 1 16V6 2514 3522 BAT254 1u 15R
6K8 2531 3552 C2
2n2 Vbe=0V7
3523 * 3553 C2
1M (Vbe=0V)
3 3530 5505 E8

BAS216
BAS316

6516
2530 5506 C8

6537
2V5
F 2502
1K
2524 3510
1u F 5507 B9
820R 5512 B9
2 10n 2506 * 10n
5514 B10
0V * 2540 5517 A2
5518 C1
5519 B2
3527 3549
5520 D8
2K 220K GND-FB

BAS216

BAS216
6505 B2

6523
GND-FB

9505

6533
6506 C4
6509 E4
A2-44 6510 A4
3542 9571 3526
6514 D9
G GND-SUP 0R15 0R1 G 6515 C1
6516 F9
6517 E9
6518 B4
6519 B4
GND-FB
A2 PM3394B A3 PM3394B A4 PM3394B A5 PM3394B A6 PM3394B A7 = +28 VDC 6520 C3
6523 G7
6530 D3
6533 G8
6534 D7
6535 B10
50V / div DC 50V / div DC 50V / div DC 5V / div DC 20V / div DC
H 5us / div 5us / div 5us / div 10us / div 10us / div H 6537 F8
6538 D5
6539 B10
7502 C5
7504 B2
CL 36532038_084.eps 7506 F4
3139 123 5522.2 030903 7507 D4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 43

Large Signal Panel: Standby Supply

1146 F15 2103 A5 2109 F9 2116 B9 2123 E6 2140 F13 2148 B11 2154 B13 2161 B3 3104 D6 3111 B5 3118 E7 3126 F4 3134 D14 3141 F13 3147 F6 3153 C14 3160 E6 3167 E9 5100 C7 5106 G2 5112 C10 6105 D6 6111 C9 6117 C12 6130 B11 6144 E5 7102 C6 7131 B13 9102 D12 9122 D11
1147 D15 2104 D9 2110 E5 2118 D11 2124 F6 2141 C13 2149 G9 2155 F1 2162 C15 3105 B5 3113 E10 3120 G3 3127 F5 3135 C14 3142 F13 3148 E6 3155 F13 3161 D10 3168 B14 5101 B6 5107 D7 5113 D7 6106 F4 6112 B13 6118 D12 6132 C14 6147 E7 7103 F8 7132 D14 9103 F8 9123 F3
1148 C11 2105 A5 2111 E6 2119 D10 2126 B15 2143 C11 2150 C14 2156 F1 2163 B4 3106 F3 3114 F9 3121 F3 3130 B13 3136 D13 3143 F13 3149 E6 3156 C14 3162 B12 3169 F1 5102 G3 5108 E7 5130 B13 6107 D9 6113 C11 6119 D12 6133 C12 6148 C11 7104 F8 7133 C13 9106 F8 9126 E15
2100 E8 2106 B15 2112 E6 2120 C11 2130 D14 2144 E5 2151 F3 2157 F2 3101 B4 3107 E2 3115 B10 3123 F10 3131 C12 3137 D11 3144 B12 3150 D6 3157 D14 3164 B13 3170 F1 5103 C9 5109 C7 5131 F1 6108 E5 6114 G5 6120 G10 6134 B12 6149 C15 7105 E6 7140 E14 9107 C12 9128 F3
2101 B6 2107 D9 2114 B4 2121 G2 2131 C13 2145 D5 2152 C7 2159 C5 3102 B5 3108 E7 3116 B10 3124 F9 3132 C13 3138 B4 3145 G6 3151 C14 3158 C15 3165 C15 3171 C10 5104 C7 5110 C9 6103 G3 6109 B3 6115 D6 6121 G10 6141 E14 7100 F4 7120 F2 7141 E14 9108 D12 9129 E3
2102 F3 2108 C6 2115 C9 2122 G2 2132 B14 2147 E13 2153 F7 2160 B5 3103 B6 3109 E9 3117 D5 3125 F4 3133 D15 3140 C14 3146 F7 3152 E5 3159 D13 3166 E9 3172 C10 5105 C10 5111 C11 6104 B4 6110 B9 6116 E7 6122 F10 6142 E5 7101 D5 7130 C14 9101 B7 9112 C10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

HOT COLD

A1-8
STAND-BY SUPPLY +375V
A A

2105 2103

100p 100p
5130
A1-12 3101 3138 13V
138V 3111 2101
STARTUP 83R
1N5062 (COL) 4M7 1M 1K5 2n2
V-START

PDZ-27B
6104
A1-42 166V STP16NE06
6109 3102 3105 3103 A20
7131 2132
A17 2n2
B 1K 1K 1K 3144 8V5(0V) B
2148 2154
2161 BYV27-200 3116 A8-47 35v(0V) 12V +8V6

2160
470p

5101
680p 2114 2163 VTUN 3n3 220R 33n 10V5

STPS8H100
2
100n
100n
GND-STB 6110 * 3162
6112
+8V SWITCH

3130

47R

2126
6130

2m2
BZX384-C10
2116 3115 470R 3164 100K
9101

MCL4148

3168
1

100K
6134

2106
100R
3140

3156
*

4K7
MCL4148

2n2
GND-STB GND-STB 100p

6133
2131

2159

470p
GND-SSP
5109
5111 2120 7133 1n

5110

2115 22u
GND-STB
83R
* * BC857B

3171

3172

BZX384-C6V8
83R 1n5 GND-SSP

2108

2152

2162
220n
5100

1u0
10n

6132
3135

3153

4K7
S22992-02 BYW29EX
13V1 100R
C (0V) C

470R
+11V_STBY

3131

2141
5 6 9112 GND-SSP

10u
6113
GND-SSP A18
3 7 5112 3132
GND-STB GND-STB 2143 1148 A3-48 7130
83R +11V GND-SSP 47R

MCL4148
5103 6111

100R
2 8 5105

2150

6149
100R

100R
3151

3158

3165
10n
2n2 1A25

BAS316
9107
A19

6117
7102 STP3NB60 2u2
5104 SB360
150V 1 10 6148 MP125
6107 2 3161
1 9122 BC847B

3117
GND-SSP

47R
83R
A11
STPS8H100 BYV27-200
BZX79-C15 A10 100R
2118 3137 3136 GND-SSP
7132

BAS316
2107 1m 4K7

2119

6118
A8-9

2m2

2m2
2104
6105 10R 0V(0V7) 3134
18V(0V)

9108
3n3 STANDBY
3104 A12
D 47R 5113
1K 3133 +11V_STBY D

3159

3157
5107

2130
83R BC847B

10K

10K
30R

10n
GND-SSP 47K

BAS316
6115 BAT254

6119
GND-SSP +5.2V
GND-SSP GND-SSP
3150 +11V_ROT
2145

470p

GND-SSP 1147 A1-43

7101 9102
100R +5.2V_MP

BZX79-C6V8
BC337-25

2112 10n
* * 1A6

3160

3118
3108

6147
3148 2100

1K
A14 22R 3109 +5V -switch MP160
+5.2V_MP
9126

3149 * 680R
3167
7141
STP16NE06
5V2 (5V3)
GND-SSP
2144 1u0

GND-STB 10K
BAT254

E GND-STB
MCL4148

680R 19v(0V) E
6142

A21

5108
2123 3166
3152 1K

(0V3)

3113

2147
22R

15n
100n

BZM55-C5V6
680R 7140

BZM55-C15
GND-STB 5V1 (0V)
BC847B +5V
9129

6144

6116
3107

6141
7105 +8V6
1K 4V6
BAT254

GND-STB (0V)
6108

2111 BC557B A15

2110

1u0

3106 47n TCET1102

GND-STB RES (0V)

2K7
BZX79-B3V9
1K

100R
3125

3126

3155
5V(0V)
15R

10K

5131 4 1
3170 2102 GND-STB

6122
3146

3141
100u
47K 100u 3147 2124 47R 7103
3121 GND-STB 2K2 10u 9103 2 1146
10R 3 3124
BZX79-B22

GND-SSP 1
F F
6106

7120 A13
68R 3143
2155 9106 1 2
BC847B 2151 5 GND-SSP

220R
9128

9123

3114

2109

3123
100n

10R
1u0
3169 100u 3127 100R N.C.
2157 7100 3
7104 VTUN

2140

3142
3n3 BC557B

3K3
10u
1K 5K6 2153 TCDT1102G 4

15n
+11V
2156 4 2
10n 5
+5.2V_MP

2149

1u0

1N4148
6120
GND-SSP
2122

220n

5102
10u

A16

3120
G 10R G

1N4148
6121
BYD33D
2121

220n

6103

A1-44 5106
6114 3145 GND-SSP
-20V 30R

TO BYD33D 220R

A10 PM3394B A11 PM3394B A12 PM3394B A13 PM3394B A14 PM3394B A15 A16 A17 PM3394B A18 PM3394B A19 PM3394B A20 = +8V6 DC A21 = +5 VDC

H H

50V / div DC 5V / div DC 2V / div DC 5V / div DC 200mV / div DC 500mV / div DC 5V / div DC 20V / div DC 5V / div DC 1V / div DC
3139 123 5522.2 5us / div 5us / div 5us / div 10us / div 10us / div 5ms / div 5ms / div 5us / div 5us / div 5us / div
CL 36532038_085.eps
030903
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 44

Large Signal Panel: Line Deflection

0040 H2 1492 C13 2400 G2 2412 B3 2418 B5 2423 D6 2431 C7 2440 E3 2445 E12 2463 G11 2488 B6 3401 A9 3409 B4 3416 A3 3431 C8 3441 E2 3446 E12 3452 F10 3462 G10 3498 H12 5402 A6 5423 B6 5461 C11 6400 B11 6409 D10 6414 E10 6434 E8 6464 H11 7421 B4 9423 B6
1417 B7 1493 B10 2401 A8 2413 B3 2419 C6 2424 D8 2432 D7 2441 E12 2450 B10 2464 H11 2492 C1 3402 A9 3410 A4 3417 C4 3435 D8 3442 F2 3447 D12 3453 F11 3463 G10 3499 H12 5410 B3 5424 E6 5463 G10 6401 F12 6410 D11 6415 F10 6435 D8 6465 H11 7445 F2 9425 C5
1424 A12 1495 G13 2402 C12 2414 B3 2420 C5 2425 B5 2433 D7 2442 D10 2460 D13 2465 H11 2494 A5 3404 D3 3411 B3 3423 B6 3436 D8 3443 E3 3448 F10 3454 D11 3464 H10 3689 C10 5411 B4 5425 C5 5465 H10 6406 C2 6411 E10 6421 A6 6460 C12 7407 F11 9401 A8 9426 A5
1430 C9 1498 C13 2405 E9 2415 C2 2421 D6 2426 B5 2434 D7 2443 E12 2461 C12 2468 C11 2495 A6 3406 C2 3414 C2 3425 C6 3437 D11 3444 E11 3450 A10 3460 C11 3465 H10 5400 G2 5421 C7 5426 A5 5466 C10 6407 A2 6412 E10 6422 C6 6462 G11 7408 D3 9410 C10 9484 A12
1491 B13 1499 C13 2409 C3 2417 C4 2422 D6 2430 C7 2435 B5 2444 F10 2462 G11 2469 C10 3400 B11 3407 C2 3415 A3 3426 C6 3440 F2 3445 E11 3451 A10 3461 C11 3469 D12 5401 A8 5422 F6 5430 A9 5469 B10 6408 A2 6413 E10 6423 B6 6463 H11 7409 C3 9417 C4 9623 B4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

LINE DEFLECTION
RES HOT
9401

SUP-ENABLE
COLD

A1-A4-23
1424
5401 0V 1 TO
+11D 11V2 6408 10V4 3410 2494 5402 2495 +141V 5430
OV2076
A BYD33D COLD HOT 47R 220n 150u 220n 2401
18u
3401
EHT FILAMENT 0V 2
0224 A
+5.2V 6407
LINE DEFLECTION 6n8 27R FOCUS
TO
9484 -1V4 3

BY359X-1500
3402

100R
3415

3416
EHT-INFO
CRT

15R
5V8 4
MCL4148

9426

3450

3451
5426

6421
G2

10K

10K
90R
5V2
A26 120R 1 0V 5 PANEL
CRT PANEL
10 0V
6
7421 * * * A3-48

3411
A25 233V

2425

2435

2488

430n
39R
7

9n1
11n
BU2520DX 1493

2450

100n
8 A8-20
1417

BY228/20
3409 1 SIN EHT-INFO

6423
9423

RES3423
GND-SUP

RES 470p

5423
RES 560n
2418

6R8
1
B 0V 1 TO B

9 CE165T 6
1K 0V1

1 5410 4
2 11
A8-41
9623 1491
2413

0V 2
10u

2412

9
47n

5411 LINE RES

DEFLECTION 3400 BYV95C 1491
560n 5
2414 COIL VDAF

2426

27n
5469 1498 1499
3 12 1R 6400
47n +11D +11D

2402
9410 1 1

33u
2468 A28

9417
2417

220n

2420
1n2

GND-SUP
6V6 2430 3689
A8-3 A22 TO 4 2 2
A24 RES 470p
LINEDRIVE1 100u 3406 3414 3n3 1K
7409 1430

BY229X-600
1 6 2469
BC847B
C 100R 330R C

9425

RES 3425

3426

5421

3431

150R
5425

6422

2419

470p
10R

RES 10R
83R

3u6
2492 SIN 3n3
0V4 A29
2409 5466
NC
3417

10R
3460 5461 2461 +11D
22u
2431
MCL4148

47p
470p
3407
2415

220p
6406

10K

0V4 1R
3n3 1492

3469
6V6 3461 6460

1m
1K
+11D1

2460
7408 GND-SUP TO
A23
0V BC368 1R BYV95C 2 1492
2424
A8-4 A30
470R
3404

2u2 RES 3
GND-LINEDRIVE FILAMENT PULSES VDAF
* *

BYD33J
D * RES RES
D

RES
2423

2432
680n
2433

2434
470n

6435
680n
x
470n * 6409 6410 3454
2422

RES 3435

RES 3436
33K

33K
1R
1u2 * xx xx
A3-48 2421 2442 3437 3447

BYD33J
RES
6434

BAS316
680n * 6n8 10R 100R

3444

3445

3446
6412

RES
RES
#

1R
xx
2405 6411

POR-CIRCUIT x = AC FILAMENT

3 5424 4

1 CU15 2
RES
1n5

BAS316
E * E

6413

2441

2443

560p
#

22n
xx # = USA XRAY PROT

GND-SUP
x x = DC FILAMENT
3441

22K

680K
3443

PDZ-8.2B
2440

1u

GND-SUP

6414

2445

22n
3440 0V # xx

A6-A8-45 1K
3442
4 5422 3

1 CU20 2

7445 #

PDZ-15B
0V6 * 3453 6401

6415
# #
BC847B 470K
F 3448 7407 100R BAS316 A8-41 F
2K7 BC817-25
#
GND-SUP

470R
3452
2444
# #

1u
5400 +141V
VBATT
33u COLD
2400

47u

HOT
G A31 G
3462 2463 +13V-LOT

470p
1R

2462
3463 13V7 1495

1m
5463 6462 +13V-LOT 1
GND-SUP
A22 PM3394B A23 PM3394B A24 PM3394B A25 PM3394B A26: PM3394B BYW76 2
1R GND-SUP 0V
6463 3498 3499 N.C
13V7 -12V8 3
0040 0V
HEATSINK BYV29X-500 A32 5R6 5R6 4
3464 2465 -15V-LOT

H 1V / div DC 200mV / div DC 5V / div DC 2V / div DC 200 V / div DC 1R 470p H

2464

1m
1 2 3 4 5 6 5465 3465 6464
10us / div 10us / div 10us / div 10us / div 10µs / div
1R BYW76
GND-SUP GND-SUP 6465 GND-SUP
A4-46

-15V2
0V4
EW

BYV29X-500

CL 36532038_086.eps
3139 123 5522.2 030903

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 45

Large Signal Panel: Frame Deflection E/W Drive

1625 B13 2457 E4 2491 F12 2620 C9 2629 C12 2657 B3 3419 D3 3458 E3 3478 F11 3486 E3 3495 F13 3623 D10 3631 B7 3639 C6 3647 C12 3658 C2 3688 G10 6456 F3 6493 F12 6619 C11 6627 A6 7450-B F5 7612 D6 9405 F4
1627 C13 2458 E2 2493 G4 2621 D10 2630 B9 2659 C2 3420 C3 3459 E2 3479 F10 3487 F3 3496 F8 3624 C11 3632 C7 3640 A7 3648 D11 3659 C2 3690 C7 6457 F2 6494 F12 6620 A10 6628 C13 7455 D3 7613 A9 9481 F5
1693 F4 2466 D12 2497 E12 2622 A10 2631 B9 2660 F11 3421 D2 3466 E12 3480 F11 3488 E9 3497 D13 3625 C12 3633 B7 3641 C6 3652 A12 3660 B6 5467 F10 6458 G3 6499 F14 6621 A10 7440-A B3 7480 F10 7614 C5 9482 F7
2403 D3 2480 F9 2498 F14 2623 C3 2633 D7 2661 C8 3422 D3 3467 A12 3481 F10 3489 F10 3610 B5 3626 C12 3634 C9 3642 B8 3653 C11 3661 C12 5620 B11 6480 E10 6614 C5 6622 B10 7440-B D3 7482 F6 7620 B10 9483 E7
2404 D2 2481 F9 2499 E13 2624 C11 2635 A8 2662 C3 3449 F2 3472 E12 3482 F9 3490 E5 3611 B3 3627 C12 3635 A9 3643 B8 3654 F4 3662 B6 5621 A5 6481 F9 6615 E5 6623 A11 7441 D3 7483 E6 7641 A12 9499 F13
2448 B12 2482 G10 2603 C6 2625 C10 2642 B11 3403 A13 3455 C2 3474 E13 3483 F9 3491 F12 3620 D11 3628 A7 3636 A9 3644 A12 3655 B2 3663 C13 6405 A12 6482 F8 6616 C5 6624 C12 7442 D13 7486 F9 7652 B13 9620 B10
2451 F2 2487 A13 2604 C9 2627 C11 2653 D10 3412 D5 3456 D2 3475 F11 3484 E8 3492 E8 3621 D11 3629 C12 3637 A9 3645 A11 3656 B2 3664 C2 6442 B12 6483 F10 6617 B6 6625 A7 7443 A13 7487 F8 7653 F13 9622 B11
2454 F3 2490 E8 2605 C5 2628 A8 2656 B2 3418 E9 3457 C4 3476 E12 3485 F7 3493 E8 3622 D11 3630 B8 3638 B8 3646 C12 3657 C3 3665 B12 6455 E3 6491 E13 6618 B6 6626 A7 7450-A B4 7611 A7 7654 E12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
8Vb 8Vb

+13V-LOT
FRAME DEFLECTION MCL4148 MCL4148 MCL4148
+13V-LOT
+141V

PROTECTION CIRCUIT
FRAME DEFLECTION

+8V-S
E/W DRIVE 6627 6626 6625

330R
3635
3628

150K
3645
A50
100R +8V-S BC847B
RES
6405 7443
-10V
8V2 GND-SUP
A A

3640

3636
2628

100u
1 BZX79-C47

2K2

22K
(SEE NOTE)

100K
3467

2487
10u
13V7 0V -16V
COLD

1 2635 2
HOT 6621 BC847B

100n
3 1V9 -3V6 7641
A33 PM3394B 3V
BYD33D GND-SUP
6620 13V5 2622 A1-A3-23

3637
10K
GND-SUP 7613 0V9
5621 7611 3403 SUP-ENABLE
MCL4148 TL431CZ 2
BYV27-200 100u

3644
220R
0V4

6623
S13974 BC847B 3652 100R

BZV85-C

MCL4148
3660

9622
6618

2657

6622

2642

100u
5 6 0V

10n
100R
3655

9620 A42
12K

GND-SUP
5K6

470K
3610

3638

RES 3665
6K8
0V7

47R
500mV / div DC 6617 7652

47K

BZX284-C15
7620

3662
A33 3 A36 3

1K5
8 7V9 12V3
2ms / div 330K

6442
3642
A8-10 1V2 TDA8177 2 6 3 BC847B

470p
3 A35 1 MCL4148

2448
FRAMEDRIVE+ 8 VSUP VSUPO FLYB
3643

3631
1 10

2631
B A34 1V3 B

2K2
GND-SUP

2u2
PM3394B 1V1 0V4
2656

1 2 A40

3633
FLYBACK

56K
22n

7450-A GND-SUP GND-SUP

3656

1K2

1V3 4 LM393D GENERATOR

3630
2 1 IN- A43

33K
7440-A 0V
4 LM358N 2K2 GND-SUP GND-SUP
7V9 OUT 5 5620 0V3
0V POWER
3611

1V1

MCL4148

2630
1625

2u2
A34 AMPLIFIER 90R

MCL4148
3647
7 IN+

2R2
2605
6616
1

MCL4148
3646
1n
A8-11

120R
3625

3629
3624

6628
6624
RES100R
THERMAL

47K
1R5

RES
500mV / div DC FRAMEDRIVE- 3657 FRAME

3641
470R
3658

3639

2603

220p
56K
2
A41 PROTECTION
2ms / div 2V6 GND-SUP
GND DEFLECTION
22K 22K 3
2662 2623 4
2659

3664
22n

3659

BYD33D
COIL
2K2

A35 PM3394B 3632 3690 3634 -15V2

6619
2604 RES
15K 2625 2624

100R

150R

150R
6n8 2n2

3626

3661

3663
1627

2620

220n

2629
C C

220n

100n
RES RES 8Vb 8Vb 6614 39K 1K 39K 1

RES
3V5 470n 470n
RES
8Vb A39

RES
2661
8Vb BAT254 2

1n

3653

3627
2627
7614

22K

22K
10u
3457
3420

1K5

3
3K3

BC847B 4V1
3455

3K3

500mV / div DC A44

2403
-0V9 7612

2633

2621

100n
2ms / div 1V5

3n3
3421 BC847B
5 7440-B 1n
A36 8 0V1
PM3394B 470K LM358N
7 2V4 3422 -15V-LOT
GND-SUP
3K3 7441 3497
3456

D 6 8Vb GND-SUP -11V7 D

6K8

BC857B 18K *
4 3623
* * 21V2 7442 33K

3620

3621

3622

3648

RES
3R3
1R

1R

1R
2653 +141V BC857B
2404 3419 +8V-S 2466
200mV / div DC 3n3
3412

0V +141V 21V2
1K8

1V5 470K 7455

1n
10us / div
A8-41 2458 3459
PMBT2369
EW - FRAME 100n
3466

220K
3476
0V5
A37 PM3394B GND-SUP
MCL4148

560p 470R 4K7

6615
MCL4148

100R

3492
470R

HFB_X-RAY-PROT
2457

3490
3458

3K3
6455

15n

0V
RES

680K
3488
22V5
7483

3472

3474
2497

2499
E 0V7 E

39K

56K
BYD33D

33n

3n3
150K
3493

6480
TCET1102
7654
1 4 BC857B
500mV / div DC 6491

9483

2490

100u
22V7 21V1
2ms / div GND-SUP
3486

6K8

3484

3418
GND-SUP 1PS76SB10

4K7

56K
0V

BZX384-C10
A38 5V7

5467
PM3394B A37 7V9 2 3 7486 RES
A8-6 GND-SUP

9499
A45 A47

6499
1

7450-B BC847B
5 8
3

EW-DRIVE 1 5 7V8

RES

100R
3482
1V6
LM393D 7480
BC847B
7

2481 RES
7482 STP3NB60
2

1V2

9482
D A48
TCDT1102G 3481 G
BAV99

6 21V1 3495

2n2
BAS216
6493
6456

0V3
4 0V6 7487 3478 3475

6482
2 S
9405

F 4 A38 7653 F

BZX284-C15
1V2 33K

3489 15K
A49 1V
9481

200mV / div DC 100R BC847B

100R 4K7 BAT254

3483

BAT254
2480

6481

6483
1K8

4n7
10us / div 3449 A46

3480

3491
2454

3487

2498
470n
8K2

47K
4R7

4R7
15n

10u
2491
3479
+11D 8Vb
470R
3485

MCL4148
2660

RES 6494
BZX384-C2V7

1n
A39 PM3394B 3654 1693 TO
100R
2451

6457

3496

2K7
1m

4K7
2493

3n3

3688

100K
2482
47n
VDAF
BZX384-C5V6

6458

GND-SUP
2V / div DC GND-SUP GND-SUP GND-SUP GND-SUP
G GND-SUP GND-SUP GND-SUP G

A4-46
10us / div GND-SUP

A4-46
EW
EW
A40 PM3394B A41 PM3394B A42 PM3394B A43 PM3394B A44 PM3394B A45 PM3394B A46 PM3394B A47 PM3394B A48 PM3394B
NOTE BRIDGECOIL PROTECTION (5422) IS TRIGGERED VIA EW (SEE DIAGRAM A3 ALSO)

200mV / div DC 200mV / div DC 20V / div DC 10V / div DC 200mV / div DC 1V / div DC 500mV / div DC 50V / div DC 500mV / div DC CL 36532038_087.eps
3139 123 5522.2 2ms / div 2ms / div 2ms / div 2ms / div 2ms / div 10µs / div 10µs / div 10µs / div 10µs / div 150703
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 46

Large Signal Panel: Rotation Circuitry Large Signal Panel: Headphone Amplifier
2751 B4 2756 C3 2760 E3 2764 B3 3755 C3 3759 D2 3763 E2 4705 B2 7751-B D3
2752 B4 2757 C2 2761 E2 3752 B2 3756 C2 3760 E3 3764 A3 5750 A2 9716 A2
1601 A2 2601 B2 3681 D2 3683 D1 3685 C1 3687 C3 6080 C2 6082 B2 6084 C1 7681 D2
2754 B1 2758 D1 2762 C2 3753 C2 3757 C3 3761 E3 4703 E1 7712 B3 c703 D4
1620 C4 3649 D1 3682 E2 3684 B2 3686 B1 4601 D3 6081 B3 6083 C4 7680 B2 7682 D3
2755 C4 2759 E4 2763 D2 3754 C3 3758 D2 3762 E3 4704 C1 7751-A B3

1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
HEADPHONE AMPLIFIER
ROTATION CIRCUITRY
FOR EMG-STAR SET
9716
+11V_ROT A A
A A +5V
5750 3764
0u68 470R

125mA
MP13
1601
10V 470u

4705
7712 2764
BC847B
GND-STAR

B B
RES

7680
BAT254

13V1
TDA7052 1
6082

B B

3752

47K
+Vp

100n

2751

2752

100u
FROM A8-49 A8-34 5V
HEADPHONE-L 2754 7751-A
5 3 8
TILT 3686 NJM4556AM
2V5

BZM55-C15
2 1u 1 2V5

6081
RES
GND-STAR GND-STAR

100K
56K

3753

2762
3684

2601

100n
6K8

1n
3
3 2
OV 3757
2 2V5 4
3685

27K

RES 8 100K
1
GND-STAR
1620 *

RES
7 2756

BZM55-C15
4

4704
6083
C OV6 6 3687 ROTATION
C C GND-STAR
GND-STAR 33p
C

100n

2757

3754
68R
BZX384-C15

OV6 820R +11V_ROT DEFLECTION

MCL4148

3756 3755 100u

6080
6084

+11V_ROT
COIL
12K 12K
A8-37 GND-STAR 2755
HEADPH-L
470R
3649

3681

* FOR A02 SSB

10K

3758
47K
D D D A8-35 5V
D
1V2 HEADPHONE-R 2758 5 7751-B
8
3683 2V5 NJM4556AM
7681 0V1 1u 7 2V5 c703
BC847B

3759

2763
100K
10K
4601

1V3 7682

1n
6
OV6 BC368 3762
2V5 4
0V1
100K GND-STAR GND-AUD
*
GND-STAR

4703
100K
3682

GND-STAR 2760

GND-STAR 33p

100n

2761

3760
68R
E E E 3763 3761 100u E
12K 12K
2759
GND-STAR
A8-38
HEADPH-R
CL 36532038_088.eps
3139 123 5522.2 CL 36532038_090.eps
110703 3139 123 5522.2 110703

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 47

Large Signal Panel: Audio Amplifier

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1735 D8
1738 E8
1739 A8

AUDIO AMPLIFIER 1739

1740 B8
2701 E3
GND-STAR1 2702 E2

A8-19
AUDIO-SW
2
2703 C2

2709

100n

2710
3720 2704 D2

1m
3726 50V 100u GND-STAR 3
A A 2705 D1
10K 2722
1R N.C. 2706 D2
3721 2707 B4
GND-STAR GND-STAR GND-STAR
+28V
32V 2708 D3
1R 2709 A6
3722
2710 A6
FOR ACTIVE SUBWOOFER
2711 D7
1R
3723 GND-STAR 5 2712 D7
9722

3708

3710
47K

47K
50K 2713 D7
4
B B 2714 C7
MUTE = 5V
3716 NORMAL = 0V 3 2715 C7
7711
2
2716 C7
3711 10K
2717 E6
3707 10K BC847B 1

3725
2707
2718 E7

10K
GND-STAR 1740

1u
SOUND-ENABLE

A8-2 7710 2719 E7

10K BC847B
2721 D2
3719
POR 2722 A3
A8-45
47K 32V 3701 E2
GND-STAR GND-STAR GND-STAR
GND-STAR
3724

10K

* 9710 2715 3702 E2

C 3714 2716 C
3703 C2
7701
GND-STAR A56 TDA7497 13 2 4R7 47n 47n A57 3704 D2
GND-STAR MAIN SPEAKERS 3705 D2
3703 2703 14V VS VS-C 1m
AUDIO-R
1 INR OR 14 14V SPK-R
3706 D2
A8-14 4
1K 220n 10W 8E R
2704

9702 3707 B2
3704
10K

OPAMP 2714
1n

GND-STAR 3 3708 B2
4702 9 MUTE2
CENTER MUTE/STBY 2
3710 B3
GND-STAR 10W 8E L
10 MUTE1 L/R PROTECT SPK-L 3711 B2
GND-STAR
OL 12 14V
1m 1
3713 D7
1735
D 14V 5 INL D 3714 C7
OPAMP 2711
2712 2713 A59 3715 E6
2705 3705 2721 14V 6 INC 3713
AUDIO-SW
OC 3 14V
3716 B3
A8-19
1u 1K 1u 4R7 47n 47n
2706

3719 C2
3706
10K

1n

OPAMP GND-STAR
2708 3720 A1
7 SVR
FOR PASSIVE SUBWOOFER 3721 A1
GND-STAR 470u
PGND-C PGND SGND 1738 3722 B1
1m 1 3723 B2
3701 2701 4 11 15 8
AUDIO-L
2
3724 C1
A8-13 1K 2717
220n
2702

3725 B4
3702

9712

E
10K

2718 2719 E
1n

3715 3
A58 3726 A2
*
4R7 47n 47n 4702 D4
GND-STAR GND-STAR
GND-STAR 7701 C5
GND-STAR 7710 C2
7711 B3
9702 D4
c701 9710 C5
A56 PM3394B A57 PM3394B A58 PM3394B A59 PM3394B 9715 c702 9712 E5
9715 F4
F F
GND-STAR GND-SSP 9722 B1
GND-AUD GND-STAR c701 F5
20mV / div AC 500mV / div AC 20mV / div AC 500mV / div AC c702 F5
1ms / div 1ms / div 200µs / div 1ms / div

* ONLY FOR SUBWOOFER

CL 36532038_089.eps
3139 123 5522.2 030903
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 48

Large Signal Panel: Tuner, SIMM Connector (Female)

1200 F2 9983 C11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1201 G1 9987 B6
1205 I2 9988 B6
1932 F9 9989 B6
A68 PM3394B A69 PM3394B A70 PM3394B
1933 B6 9990 B5

TUNER SIM CONNECTOR (FEMALE) 1934 A6

1935 E9
1936 D6
9998 I13
c001 H2
c002 I2
1937 B13
1940 F6
3432 1943 E5
200mV / div DC 2V / div DC 2V / div DC 1948 D13
100K
5us / div 50us / div 50us / div 1951 A13
A 3427
BZX384-C5V6
3430
SDA-S 1
1951
A 1952 E9
1953 D9
5902 3999 EHT-INFO
9229 9228 SCL-S 2 1955 F5
+8V6 +8V 56K 100K
1934 6901 1961 C9
33u 1K 1 3
TO 1104
1965 D6
5903 R-SC1_V-IN 2 3428
BAS316 +5V 4 N2 1966 G9

2496

10n
+11V5
+11V TO 1934 1997 E3
33u 330K 6402 +8V OF HD-JACK
9292 G-SC1-IN_Y-IN 3
EW-DRIVE 5 2200 D2
PANEL 2201 F1
B-SC1-IN_U-IN 4 3429 2483
7910 2202 G2
HD JACK GND 2203 G3
LD1086 100K 4n7
FBL-SC1-IN 5 PANEL 2455 I7
B +5V 9980
IN GND OUT
+3V3
6 1937 B 2483 B9
1 2496 B8
SDA-S
2940

100u
2914 E2
9909 SCL-S 2
+5.2V 2915 E1
3 2916 C4

9990

9989

9988

9987
2917 E12
1933
1961 9907 4 2918 F11
1 VTUN
TO 1933 AUDIO-SL 2929 E10
4 5 TO 0201 2930 F8
A11-53 SC1-R_V-IN 2 9904
3907 3910 2916
9983 NOT EUR
+5.2V OF 2931 D9
3 HFB_X-RAY-PROT 6
A11-52
47R 68R +8VS
SC1-G-IN_Y-IN
R-CL_VL-OUT 3 N.C. 2T PIP/DW 2940 B3
8V1 330p HD JACK PANEL
C C

3944
9203 7 2941 I8

10K
7912 A11-51 SC1-B-IN_U-IN 2
4 +5VA
PANEL N.C. 2942 I8
MC78M05
5901 7901
3928 CVBS-TER-OUT
1 RES 3213 8
2943 I8
7V5 4V9 SC1-FBL-IN 5 9201
L-CL_VL-OUT

+8V
+5VT 3V 100R 15R +8V 2944 E12
IN GND OUT BC847B 9
+8V 10u N.C 9901 2945 H13
2V4 2
0V N.C. +11V5
10 2946 I13
10u
2200

9908 1 9902 2947 I7

2931 VTUN

3211
1965

2K2
7911 9903
2950 G3
7211
L78L05 1n AUDIO-SL 2951 G2
560R
3930

3929

10K

BC847B
1936 1953 1948 3200 F3
3212 HA
IN GND OUT 1 C-FRONT-IN 1 1 3201 F3
TO 0236
PROT_AUDIOSUPPLY NOT EUR 3210 D10
Y_CVBS-FRONT-IN OF 100R
D +8V +8V
2 2
2T PIP 7210
VA
2
N.C. D 3211 D10
3212 D11
TER-CVBS-OUT 3 Y_CVBS-FRONT-IN 3 3
DW PANEL BC847B
3213 C11
N.C C-FRONT-IN 4 3250 H3

3210

1K
+8V +8VS2
3261 E4

9226
5 PIP-MONO 9206
3262 F4
3904

3941
6R8

6R8

L-FRONT-IN 6 TO/FROM 1952 3427 A7

PIP-CVBS 9225 1 3428 A8
TO FRONT-DETECT 7 SIDE IO 3429 B8
+8VS COMPAIR 2 3430 A9
+8VS2 R-FRONT-IN 8 N.C.

2917

100n
CONNECTOR

3943

10K
TER-CVBS-OUT 9205 3
3432 A8
2914

10u

1997 3903 F11

E 1943 9250 9
E
2915

10u

GND-AUD
9906 1 SDA-S 1
9251 8V1 3904 E1
FROM HEADPH-L A7-37 10
2929
3905 I11
2 SCL-S 2 C-FRONT-IN 3942
EXTERNAL 7908 3907 C1
FM HEADPH-R A7-30 11 1V7 BC847B 2944 3910 C1
3261

FM 100R
100R

2V2 3 1935 220n SC2-C-OUT N.C.

0V CVBS-SC1_AV1-IN 1 1V1 3928 C4
8 3929 D4
100R

10 15 14 13 12 220n
3262

A69 2930 2
NC 2 GND TO 0200 3930 D3
1940

560R
3903
3945
C-SC2_SVHS-IN 3938 F10

2K7
5 3201
5V 9982 1 A11-70 1n 3 OF
SDA +11V5 3939 G11
2T PIP
11
TUNER 4
100R
3200
0V 2 4
DW PANEL
3940 G11
3941 E2

*
IF1 SCL 5V HFB_X-RAY-PROT Y_CVBS-SC2_AV2-IN
0V 3
F +5VT
4V9
MB2
TEDE9
1200
100R
EHT-INFO
A11-71 5
CVBS-SC2_MON-OUT
8V1 F 3942 E11
3943 E11
1955 6V 4
A68 7 AS A70 +8VS 3944 C11
SDA-S 1 3938

2918

100n
3 7902
MB1 2V8 5 1932 3945 F11
6 4V9 BC847B
1 AGC 100R 2V7
TU2 SCL-S 2 9905 1 3999 A3
TO 0340 PANORAMA 2V7
8V4 6 RESERVED 4915 I11
2201

220n

9 +8V A11-68
1V7 3 2 5901 C2
33V R-CRT 3V 7 SC2-CVBS_MON-OUT
5902 A1
N.C. G-CRT 5903 A1
CRT
BZM55-C33

3V 8
5904 H8

560R
3939

3940
2951

220n

100u

2203
2202

6200

10K
10n

B-CRT 3V 9 1966 6200 G2

1 6201 G3
2950
G 1201 1 GND-RGB-CRT 0V 10
2 N.C. G 6202 G3
SDA-S

TO CUTOFF 6402 B9
SCL-S

10n 5V711
1510
* 6201 6901 A8

SDA-S
SCL-S
7210 D10
9215

7211 D11
SUPPLY
* 7901 C3

A10-24
6202

A10-27

A10-25

A1-30
A6-19
A6-13
A6-14
7902 F11

N.C
7908 E11
7910 B2
A2-47

3250
VTUN

7911 D1
A3-4
A3-3

7912 C1

AUDIO-SW
AUDIO-C
22K

AUDIO-R
AUDIO-L
9201 C12

A11-72
A11-74
H H

A11-73
A11-55

A11-61

A11-64
A11-69

3V2

A11-62

A7-35
A7-34
A11-65
A4-10

A4-11

A4-41

A3-20

9203 C12
A5-49

A3-45
A4-6

A6-2
A2-9
2V6

N.C
N.C

9205 E8

DEGAUSSING
ON-OFF-LED

RC

KEYBOARD
9206 D8

-..-

2945
c001

2u2
9215 G2
IRQ-DIGITAL

+5V

N.C

HEADPHONE-L
+5.2V

GND

HEADPHONE-R
B-SC1-IN_U-IN

G-SC1-IN_Y-IN

R-SC1_V-IN

FBL-SC1-IN

CVBS-SC1_AV1-IN

SC1-STATUS
SEL-SVHS-RR_STATUS2

P50

CUTOFF

B-CRT

G-CRT

R-CRT

EHT-INFO

PIP-MONO

SDA-S

SCL-S

L-SC1_AV1-IN
L-SC2_AV2-IN

L-SC2-OUT

L-SC1_AV-OUT

R-SC2_AV2-IN

R-SC2-OUT

R-SC1_AV1-IN

R-SC1_AV-OUT

L-CL_VL-OUT

R-CL_VL-OUT

AUDIO-SL
Y_CVBS-SC2_AV2-IN

C-SC2_SVHS-IN

CVBS-SC2_MON-OUT

LINEDRIVE1

GND-LINEDRIVE

FRAMEDRIVE+

FRAMEDRIVE-

GND

EW-DRIVE

POR

SOUND-ENABLE

FRONT-DETECT

Y_CVBS-FRONT-IN

C-FRONT-IN

L-FRONT-IN

R-FRONT-IN
+8V
TILT

9225 E8
HFB_X-RAY-PROT

5904
CVBS-PIP_TUN1-2-CVBS-IN

83R

A11
PIP-CVBS

LIGHT-SENSOR

c002 9226 D9
GND-LINEDRIVE
9228 A4
GND-RGB-SC1_YUV

STANDBY

+5VA
2455

2946
9229 A4

2u2
* components with diversity
CVBS-TER-OUT

1n
GND-CVBS-OUT

GND-SCART-AV

GND-SCART-AV
GND-CVBS-OUT

9998
IF-TER

9250 E6
GND-RGB-CRT

2941

Y-SCAVEM
GND-CVBS-IN

A8-61

9251 E6
100n

2942

100n

2943

100n

9292 B4
DYN-FASE-COR

+3V3
GND-PIP

I I 9901 C12
A11-59

3905 100R
A11-56
A10-31

8V1

GND-AUD
9902 C12
2947

4915
4u7

9903 D12
0V

AGC
0V

+3V3
0V

TO

0V
0V

0V

0V
9904 C12
3V

3V5
3V
2V7

2V3

3V5
0V

2V7

3V2

5V7

0V9

1V4

5V2

2V8

5V1

3V5
0V

0V

1V6
0V

3V

2V5

3V5

3V5

3V3
0V

0V

0V

0V
4V1

1V1

4V5

3V6

3V1
0V

0V

0V
1000

0V8

4V5

4V3
0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

6V

4V

0V

0V

5V

5V

0V

0V

0V
0V

0V

0V
9905 F8
0V

0V

0V

0V

3V
0V

0V

0V

0V
0V

0V

0V

0V
9906 E3
1205

9907 C11
9908 C3
SIM CONN MALE
43

44

45

46

47

53

54

55

58

59

60

61

62

63

66

67

68

70

71

72

73

74

75

78

79

80
22

23

24

25

26

27

30

32

38

39

40

42

48

49

50

52

57

65

69

77
33

34

35

36

37

51
10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

28

29

41

56

64

76
31
3
1

9909 B1
CL 36532061_039.eps 9980 B1
3139 123 5522.2 290803 9982 F6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 49

Large Signal Panel: Receiver Large Signal Panel: Front

1950 A1 2900 B2 3900 A3 3901 B3 3902 C3 6900 B3
1 2 3
1945 E3
1946 B1
1947 A1

1 2 3 4 FRONT 1949 B1
2952 D2
3911 B2
3912 D3
3913 D2
1947 3914 C2
TO 9978 KEYBOARD A8-25
4911 A2

RECEIVER A
0214 5

4
4914
4912
ON-OFF-LED
A8-27
A8-24 A
4912 A2
4914 A2
9970 A3
RES 3
4911
RC
9973 B3
FRONT 9978 A2
2
1950 INTERFACE 9970 +5.2V
PANEL
A VS 2
A71 A 1
9973 +8V
CTRL
INP
CIRCUIT

3911
A8-24

10K
OUT 1 3900 1949
BAND +5.2V_MP
PIN AGC PASS
DEM
220R B 2
A8-24 B
M1 M2
GND 3 NC RC
1

3901
100u

470R
4 5
2900

1946
RC RECEIVER 1
A8-27
2 2V ON-OFF-LED
TO

TLDR5400
B B

3914
0241 3 3V1
6900

1K
4 5V2 +5.2V
A8-27 A8-24
C MAINS SWITCH
5 0V RCOUT C
6 0V
A8-25
3902

PANEL
1K8

7 3V3 KEYBOARD
N.C. A8-31
8 0V LIGHT-SENSOR
9 8V2 3912
+8V
8K2

C C

3913
2952

10K
1n
D D

A8-25
KEYBOARD

D D E E
1945 TO
0V1 0215
3V3 2
P
0V 3
TOP CONTROL
PANEL
CL 36532038_092.eps CL 36532061_040.eps
3139 123 5522.2 021003 3139 123 5522.2 290803

1 2 3 4 1 2 3
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 50

Large Signal Panel: Inputs/Outputs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1900-A B1 3960 D2 I963 F3
1900-B C1 3961 D3 I964 F3
INPUTS/OUTPUTS 1900-C B1
1900-D F1
3962 E2
3963 E3
I965 A4
I966 B4
SVHS-IN: 5900 1900-E F1 3964 E2 I967 B6

3950
10K
+8VS 1900-F D1 3965 F2 I968 B5
1901-A : A8 5u6
1900-G D1 3966 F2 I969 C8

100K

3980

3981

2988

100n

2989

100u
YKF51-5347 SEL-SVHS-RR_STATUS2

3979

1K

1K
1900-H D1 3967 B3 I970 C3
A8-69
A 8 3996 A 1900-I E1 3968 B2 I971 C6
C-SC2_SVHS-IN
1900-J C9 3969 B2 I972 C5
3 100R A8-70 7993
4 5 6 AV2 OUT: 1900-K B9 3970 C2 I973 C5

1987
3995
BC847B BC857B

75R
7 1900-L A9 3971 C5 I974 C5
2996 3982 7992
1901-B 1900-L
2 3952 1901-A A1 3972 C5 I975 D3
SC2-CVBS_MON-OUT 24 21
2u2 10R CVBS 1901-B A1 3973 C6 I976 D4
1 9 10 11 3985 SC1-G-IN_Y-IN A8-68 75R
AV2: 1902-A F9 3974 C4 I977 C4

1984
3967 Y_CVBS-SC2_AV2-IN 180R A8-52 1902-B E9 3975 D5 I978 D5

150R
3983

3984

3986
CVBS

27K
3 6 1902-C D9 3976 D5 I979 D6

1K
100R A8-71
1991

3968
75R
1900-C
1980 F9 3977 C5 I980 D3
1988

B 1900-K B
1981 E9 3978 D6 I981 E6
1900-A 3954 3953 1982 D9 3979 A5 I982 E5
L-SC2-OUT 23 20
3969 R-SC2_AV2-IN 4902 L
R A8-61 150R 150R 1983 D1 3980 A5 I983 E5
1 4 1K A8-64 1984 B9 3981 A6 I984 E4
1990

2998

100p

2991

330p

1999
1987 A2 3982 A4 I985 E5

100K
3971

3972

3973
1K

1K
1900-B 1988 B1 3983 B5 I986 A5
3970 SC1-B-IN_U-IN 1989 C2 3984 B5 I987 A6
2 5 L-SC2_AV2-IN 1900-J
L 1990 B2 3985 B5 I988 E4
1K A8-65 A8-51 R-SC2-OUT 3956 3955 22 19
1989

2999

100p

R 1991 B2 3986 B6 I989 E5

C 7995 A8-62 150R 150R C 1992 F1 3987 D5 I990 E6

2992

330p
BC857B

1998
BC847B 1993 F1 3988 D5 I991 B3
3974 7994
1994 E1 3989 D6 I992 E8
3957 10R 1995 E1 3990 E4 I993 E8
Y 3977 1996 D1 3991 E5 I994 E9
15 18 100R
1983

3958

75R

470R 1998 C9 3992 E5 I995 E9

1900-F

270R
1999 B9 3993 E5 I996 C7

3975

3976

3978
39K

1K
1900-H 2985 F8 3994 E6 I997 A5
3959 2995
U
14 17 AUDIO-OUT 2986 E8
2987 D8
3995 A2
3996 A3
I998 A5
I999 B8
D 100R 2u2 D
1996

3960

75R

4903 3997 3951 SURROUND 2988 A7 3997 D7

AUDIO-SL
150R 150R 3 6 2989 A7 4902 B4
A8-73 YKC21-2675
1900-G 2991 B8 4903 D4

2987

1982
330p
3961 1902-C

100K
3987

3988

3989
13 16 2992 C8 4904 F4

1K

1K
V
100R 2993 F2 5900 A7
1995

75R
3962

SC1-R_V-IN 2994 F2 7990 E6

7991 A8-53 2995 D4 7991 E5
BC857B L-CL_VL-OUT 3946 3947
BC847B 2996 A4 7992 A6
7990 L
E AV1: 9 25 3963 CVBS-SC1_AV1-IN 2997 3990 A8-74 150R 150R 2
YKC21-2675
5
E
2997 E4 7993 A5

2986

330p

1981
CVBS 12 100R A8-59 10R 1902-B 2998 B2 7994 C6
2u2
3964

1900-I
75R
1994

3993 2999 C2 7995 C5

100R 3946 E7 F960 B9
330R

3947 E8 F961 A2
3991

3992

3994
39K

1K
1900-E 3948 3949 3948 F7 F962 B9
R-CL_VL-OUT
8 11 3965 L-SC1_AV1-IN R 3949 F8 F963 C9
L A8-72 150R 150R 1 4
1K A8-55 YKC21-2675 3950 A2 F964 B2
2993

100p

2985

330p
1993

1980
4904 1902-A 3951 D8 F965 B2
3952 A8 F966 C2
F F 3953 B8 F967 C2
1900-D
3954 B7 F968 D2
3966
7 10 R-SC1_AV1-IN 3955 C8 F969 D2
R
1K A8-56 3956 C7 F971 E2
100p
1992

2994

3957 C3 F973 F2
3958 D2 F974 F2
3959 D3 F975 A8
CL 36532038_094.eps
3139 123 5522.2 110703

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 51

Layout LSP (Top Side)

 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 52

Mapping Large Signal Panel (Top Side) Mapping Large Signal Panel (Bottom Side)
0040 C6 2203 E7 3103 C2 3548 C4 5516 A3 9101 C2 9665 C6 9967 E5 2103 C6 2701 D4 3170 C7 3557 C5 3945 D2 6406 C2 7994 D1 9621 E7
0043 C4 2400 A5 3104 C2 3550 B3 5517 C3 9102 E2 9666 C6 9968 D6 2105 C6 2702 D4 3200 E1 3558 B5 3946 E1 6407 D2 7995 D1 9624 C3
1146 E1 2401 A5 3105 C1 3551 C3 5518 C4 9112 D2 9667 B5 9969 D6 2106 E6 2703 D4 3201 E1 3560 B5 3947 E1 6409 B1 9103 D7 9676 D2
1147 E2 2402 A7 3106 C1 3554 B4 5520 C3 9114 C1 9669 C5 9971 E7 2109 D7 2704 E4 3210 E3 3561 C5 3948 E1 6410 B1 9106 D7 9677 C1
1148 E1 2405 A5 3107 C1 3559 B4 5620 B7 9117 D2 9670 C5 9972 E7 2110 B7 2705 D3 3211 E3 3610 C1 3949 E1 6411 B1 9107 E7 9904 E3
1200 E7 2413 C6 3108 C2 3562 B3 5621 C7 9118 E2 9671 B4 9973 E3 2112 C7 2706 D4 3212 E3 3611 C1 3950 D1 6412 B1 9108 D7 9905 D2
1201 E4 2418 B6 3111 C1 3620 C7 5750 C5 9119 E1 9674 A6 9974 E4 2123 C7 2707 D4 3250 E1 3627 B1 3951 E1 6413 A1 9111 D7 9908 E1
1205 E6 2419 C5 3113 D1 3621 C7 5900 E7 9120 E2 9675 A7 9975 E3 2130 E6 2710 D4 3261 E1 3629 B1 3953 D1 6414 A1 9128 C7 9927 D2
1417 B5 2420 B6 3114 D1 3622 C7 5901 E7 9121 E3 9678 A7 9976 B1 2131 E7 2712 E4 3262 E1 3630 C1 3954 E1 6415 A1 9129 C7 9928 E3
1424 A7 2421 A4 3115 E1 3623 C7 5902 E2 9122 E1 9700 D5 9977 D6 2144 C7 2713 E4 3404 C3 3631 C1 3955 D1 6442 B1 9130 E6 9960 E4
1430 B6 2422 A4 3116 E1 3624 B7 5903 E1 9123 C1 9701 E4 9980 E5 2145 C7 2715 D4 3406 C2 3632 C1 3956 D1 6455 C2 9200 E2 9962 E4
1491 A5 2423 A4 3117 C2 3625 B7 5904 E6 9124 D2 9702 D4 9982 E6 2147 E6 2716 D4 3407 C2 3633 C1 3957 D1 6456 C1 9201 E3 9966 E5
1492 A7 2424 B4 3118 C2 3626 B7 6103 C1 9125 E1 9703 D4 9996 E5 2149 D7 2718 E4 3410 B2 3636 C1 3959 D1 6457 D2 9202 E2 9970 E5
1493 A6 2425 B5 3123 D1 3628 C6 6105 C2 9126 E2 9704 D5 2150 E7 2719 E4 3412 C1 3637 C1 3961 D1 6458 D1 9203 E2 9978 E5
1495 B7 2426 B5 3124 D1 3634 B7 6106 C1 9127 C2 9705 D4 2153 D7 2721 D4 3414 C2 3638 C1 3965 D1 6481 B4 9204 E2 9979 E5
1498 A7 2430 B5 3125 C1 3635 C6 6107 D2 9223 E5 9706 D4 2154 D6 2751 D3 3419 C2 3639 C1 3966 D1 6482 C3 9205 E2 9981 E1
1499 D7 2431 B5 3126 C1 3641 C7 6109 B1 9224 E5 9707 D4 2155 C6 2754 D3 3420 C1 3640 C1 3967 C1 6483 C4 9206 E2 9983 E2
1500 A2 2432 B4 3127 C1 3642 B7 6110 D1 9227 E4 9708 C5 2156 D7 2756 D3 3421 C1 3643 C1 3969 D1 6491 A4 9207 E2 9985 D1
1501 B1 2433 B4 3137 E1 3645 A5 6111 D2 9250 D5 9709 D5 2159 C7 2757 D3 3422 C2 3644 A3 3970 D1 6493 A4 9208 E2 9986 D1
1502 A2 2434 B5 3141 E2 3648 C7 6113 D2 9260 D7 9710 D5 2160 C7 2758 D3 3427 E2 3646 B1 3971 D1 6494 A3 9209 B7 9987 D1
1503 B2 2435 B5 3144 D1 3661 B7 6114 C1 9261 D7 9711 D4 2162 E6 2760 D3 3428 E2 3647 B1 3972 D1 6499 A4 9210 D3 9988 D1
1505 A2 2450 A7 3161 D1 3663 B7 6120 D1 9263 D7 9712 D4 2201 E1 2761 D3 3429 E2 3649 E7 3973 D1 6506 D6 9211 D3 9989 D1
1506 B2 2451 C7 3162 D1 3681 E1 6121 D1 9264 C7 9713 D5 2202 E1 2762 D3 3430 E2 3652 A3 3974 D1 6507 C4 9212 E1 9990 D1
1510 C4 2460 A7 3171 D1 3687 E1 6122 D1 9266 D7 9714 D4 2403 C2 2763 C3 3432 E2 3653 B1 3975 D1 6508 C4 9214 E2 9991 D1
1550 B2 2461 A7 3172 D1 3689 A6 6130 E2 9267 D7 9715 E5 2404 C1 2916 E1 3437 B1 3654 C2 3976 C1 6509 D5 9215 E1 9992 D1
1590 A2 2462 C7 3213 E5 3716 D5 6147 C2 9268 D7 9716 C5 2409 C2 2917 D2 3440 D2 3655 C1 3977 C1 6511 B6 9216 E1 9993 D1
1591 B3 2463 C7 3400 A7 3720 C5 6148 D2 9269 C7 9717 C5 2412 C2 2918 E1 3441 C2 3656 C1 3978 C1 6512 B6 9217 E1 9994 D1
1601 E1 2464 B7 3401 A5 3721 C4 6400 A6 9270 D7 9718 D4 2414 C2 2929 D3 3442 C2 3657 C1 3979 D1 6513 C4 9218 E1 9997 D2
1620 D1 2465 B7 3402 A5 3722 C4 6405 A5 9292 E4 9719 E4 2415 C2 2930 D1 3443 C2 3658 C2 3980 D1 6516 D5 9219 E1 9998 D3
1625 B7 2468 A7 3403 A5 3725 D4 6408 D6 9401 A5 9722 C5 2417 B2 2931 D3 3444 B1 3659 C2 3981 D1 6517 D5 9221 E6
1627 B7 2469 A6 3409 B6 3726 C5 6421 C5 9402 B4 9901 E5 2440 C2 2941 E2 3445 B1 3660 C1 3982 D1 6518 C6 9222 E6
1693 C6 2487 A5 3411 C6 3754 D5 6422 C5 9403 B4 9902 E6 2441 B1 2942 E2 3446 B1 3662 C1 3983 D1 6522 C4 9225 E1
1735 E4 2488 B5 3415 C6 3760 D5 6423 B5 9404 B4 9903 E6 2442 B2 2943 E2 3447 B1 3664 C2 3984 D1 6523 D5 9226 E1
1738 E4 2490 C4 3416 C6 3904 D7 6434 B4 9405 C6 9906 E7 2443 A1 2944 D1 3448 B1 3665 A3 3985 D1 6533 D5 9228 E6
1739 D5 2491 A4 3417 B6 3941 E7 6435 B4 9406 A5 9907 E5 2444 A1 2945 D3 3452 B1 3682 E7 3986 D1 6537 D5 9229 E5
1740 D5 2492 D6 3418 B4 3952 D7 6460 A7 9408 B7 9909 E5 2445 B1 2946 D3 3453 B1 3683 E7 3987 D1 6538 D5 9251 D3
1900 D7 2501 C3 3423 B5 3958 D7 6462 B7 9409 A7 9910 D6 2448 A3 2950 E1 3454 B2 3684 E7 3988 D1 6614 C1 9271 D1
1901 C7 2503 C2 3425 B5 3960 D7 6463 C7 9410 A6 9911 D6 2454 D2 2951 E1 3455 C1 3685 E7 3989 D1 6615 C3 9272 D1
1902 E7 2505 C4 3426 B5 3962 D7 6464 B6 9411 A7 9912 D6 2455 D2 2952 E4 3456 C1 3686 E7 3990 D1 6616 C1 9273 D1
1932 D6 2506 D3 3431 B5 3963 D7 6465 C6 9412 D6 9913 D6 2457 C1 2985 E1 3457 C2 3688 C4 3991 D1 6617 C1 9274 D1
1933 D7 2507 A2 3435 B4 3964 D7 6480 C5 9413 D6 9914 D6 2458 D2 2986 E1 3458 C2 3690 C1 3993 D1 6618 C1 9275 E1
1934 D7 2508 B4 3436 B4 3968 C7 6505 C3 9414 D6 9915 D6 2466 A3 2987 E1 3459 D2 3701 D4 3996 C1 6623 A3 9276 D1
1935 D7 2509 B3 3449 D6 3992 D7 6510 C2 9415 D6 9916 D6 2480 C4 2988 E1 3466 A3 3702 D4 3997 E1 6624 B1 9277 C1
1936 D5 2510 C2 3450 A7 3994 D7 6514 C3 9423 B5 9917 D6 2481 C4 2991 D1 3467 A3 3703 D4 3999 B7 6625 C2 9278 C1
1937 E5 2512 E3 3451 A7 3995 C7 6515 C3 9425 B5 9918 D7 2482 C4 2992 D1 3472 A3 3704 D4 4601 E7 6626 C2 9279 C1
1940 E6 2515 C3 3460 A7 5100 D2 6519 C2 9426 B5 9919 D6 2483 E2 2993 D1 3474 A3 3705 D4 4702 D4 6627 C2 9280 C1
1945 E4 2516 B3 3461 A7 5101 B2 6520 C2 9484 A7 9920 D6 2493 C2 2994 D1 3475 A4 3706 D4 4703 D3 6628 B1 9281 D1
1946 E3 2517 B3 3462 B6 5102 C1 6525 B4 9501 A2 9921 D6 2494 B2 2995 D1 3481 C4 3707 D3 4704 D3 6901 E2 9282 D1
1947 E3 2518 C2 3463 B7 5103 D2 6530 C2 9502 A2 9922 D7 2495 B3 2996 D1 3482 C4 3708 D3 4705 C3 7120 D7 9283 D1
1948 E5 2519 E3 3464 B6 5104 C2 6534 C2 9503 A3 9923 D7 2496 E2 2997 D1 3483 C3 3710 D3 4790 D3 7130 E7 9284 D1
1949 E1 2520 A2 3465 B6 5105 D2 6535 E3 9504 A4 9924 D7 2497 A3 2998 D1 3484 C3 3711 D3 4901 E5 7132 E6 9285 D1
1950 B1 2521 B2 3469 A7 5108 C1 6539 E3 9507 A3 9925 D7 2498 A3 2999 D1 3485 C3 3713 E4 4902 D1 7133 E7 9288 D1
1951 E5 2523 C3 3476 A5 5109 C2 6619 B7 9508 C3 9926 D7 2499 A3 3109 E7 3486 C1 3714 D4 4903 D1 7140 E5 9289 D1
1952 E6 2526 C3 3478 C4 5110 D1 6620 B7 9509 C3 9929 E6 2502 D5 3120 D7 3487 D2 3715 E4 4904 D1 7210 E3 9291 D1
1953 D5 2527 C2 3479 C5 5111 D2 6621 B7 9510 C3 9930 E6 2504 C6 3121 D7 3489 C4 3719 C3 4905 D1 7211 E3 9294 C1
1955 E6 2531 D3 3480 C4 5112 D2 6622 B7 9511 C3 9931 E7 2513 D5 3130 E7 3490 C3 3723 D3 4911 E5 7407 B1 9295 C1
1961 E5 2537 B3 3488 B4 5113 C2 6900 A1 9513 B3 9932 E6 2514 D5 3131 E6 3491 A4 3724 D3 4912 E7 7409 C2 9296 C1
1965 D7 2539 B3 3492 C5 5130 E2 7100 C1 9516 A3 9933 E7 2524 D5 3132 E6 3496 C3 3752 D3 4913 E7 7441 C2 9297 D1
1966 D6 2540 D3 3493 B4 5131 D1 7101 C1 9517 C3 9934 E7 2525 D6 3133 D6 3497 A3 3753 D3 4914 E5 7442 A3 9298 E1
2100 D2 2541 C2 3495 A4 5400 C4 7102 C2 9518 B2 9935 E7 2528 B7 3134 E6 3504 D5 3755 D3 5106 D6 7443 A3 9417 B2
2101 C2 2542 E3 3498 B7 5401 A5 7103 D1 9519 B3 9936 E7 2529 C5 3135 E7 3506 D5 3756 D3 5107 D6 7445 C2 9418 A4
2102 D1 2546 E3 3499 B7 5402 B5 7104 D1 9551 B3 9937 E6 2530 D5 3136 E6 3510 D5 3757 D3 5519 C5 7450 C1 9421 D1
2104 E2 2547 A2 3500 A3 5410 C6 7105 B1 9552 D3 9938 E6 2532 D5 3138 C7 3512 C5 3758 D3 6080 E7 7455 D2 9422 D2
2107 D2 2622 B7 3501 A3 5411 C6 7131 E2 9554 C3 9939 E6 2533 C4 3140 D7 3517 D5 3759 C3 6081 E7 7486 C3 9424 C3
2108 B1 2624 B7 3502 C4 5421 B5 7141 E3 9556 D3 9940 E6 2535 C5 3142 E6 3519 D5 3761 D3 6082 E7 7487 C3 9427 D2
2111 C1 2625 B7 3503 C4 5422 A4 7408 C6 9557 D3 9942 E5 2538 D5 3143 E5 3522 D5 3762 D3 6083 E7 7501 B7 9428 C1
2114 B1 2627 B7 3505 D2 5423 B5 7421 C6 9558 D2 9943 E6 2544 C5 3145 C7 3523 D5 3763 D3 6084 E7 7505 B5 9429 D2
2115 D1 2628 C7 3507 D4 5424 A4 7440 C7 9563 C4 9944 E6 2545 B5 3146 C7 3524 B7 3764 C3 6104 C7 7530 D5 9430 D2
2116 D1 2642 A5 3508 C3 5425 B4 7480 C4 9564 C2 9945 E6 2601 E7 3147 C7 3525 D5 3900 A7 6108 C7 7611 C1 9431 C1
2118 D2 2708 D4 3509 A2 5426 B5 7482 C5 9565 B2 9946 E6 2603 C1 3148 C7 3527 D5 3901 A7 6112 E6 7612 C1 9432 D2
2119 E2 2709 D5 3511 C2 5430 B6 7483 C5 9566 D3 9947 E6 2604 B1 3149 C7 3528 B6 3902 A7 6115 C7 7614 C1 9433 C2
2120 E2 2711 E4 3513 C2 5461 A7 7502 D2 9570 D4 9948 D6 2605 C1 3150 C6 3529 B6 3903 D2 6116 C7 7641 A3 9434 C2
2121 D1 2714 D4 3514 C3 5463 B7 7503 C3 9571 D3 9949 D5 2620 B1 3151 E7 3530 D5 3907 E2 6117 E7 7652 A3 9435 C1
2122 D1 2717 E4 3515 C3 5465 B6 7504 C3 9572 E3 9950 E5 2621 B1 3152 C7 3531 D5 3910 E1 6118 E7 7653 A3 9436 C1
2124 C1 2722 C5 3516 B3 5466 A6 7506 D3 9620 B7 9951 E1 2623 C2 3153 D7 3532 B7 3911 E5 6119 E7 7654 A4 9437 C2
2126 E2 2752 D5 3518 C2 5467 B5 7507 D3 9622 B7 9952 E4 2629 B1 3155 E6 3534 B7 3912 E4 6132 E6 7681 E7 9438 B1
2132 E2 2755 D5 3520 D3 5469 A6 7508 B4 9623 C6 9953 E4 2630 C1 3156 E6 3535 C5 3913 E4 6133 E6 7710 D3 9440 E7
2140 E3 2759 D5 3521 A1 5502 A3 7528 B1 9650 B7 9954 E6 2631 C1 3157 E6 3536 D5 3914 E5 6134 D6 7711 D3 9441 C1
2141 E1 2764 C5 3526 D3 5503 B2 7529 D3 9652 A7 9955 E4 2633 C1 3158 E7 3538 C6 3928 E1 6141 E5 7712 C3 9443 C2
2143 D1 2900 A1 3533 D3 5504 A2 7613 C7 9655 A7 9956 E4 2635 C1 3159 E6 3539 C6 3929 E1 6142 C7 7751 D3 9481 C2
2148 D1 2914 E7 3537 A3 5505 C3 7620 B7 9656 A7 9957 B1 2653 C1 3160 C7 3544 C6 3930 E1 6144 C7 7901 E1 9482 C3
2151 D1 2915 D6 3540 D3 5506 D3 7680 E1 9658 B6 9958 B1 2656 C2 3164 E6 3547 C5 3938 E1 6149 E6 7902 E1 9483 C3
2152 D2 2940 E5 3541 C4 5507 E3 7682 E1 9659 B4 9959 E7 2657 C1 3165 E6 3549 D5 3939 E1 6200 E1 7908 D2 9499 A4
2157 C1 2947 E2 3542 D3 5511 A3 7701 D4 9660 B4 9961 D6 2659 C2 3166 E7 3552 C5 3940 E1 6201 E1 7990 D1 9505 D5
2161 B2 2989 E7 3543 C2 5512 D3 7910 E5 9661 B4 9963 E7 2660 A4 3167 E7 3553 C5 3942 D3 6202 E1 7991 D1 9560 C5
2163 B1 3101 C1 3545 C3 5514 E3 7911 E7 9663 B4 9964 E3 2661 C1 3168 D7 3555 B5 3943 D2 6401 B1 7992 D1 9561 D5
2200 E7 3102 C2 3546 C2 5515 A3 7912 E6 9664 B7 9965 E3 2662 C2 3169 C7 3556 C5 3944 E3 6402 E2 7993 D1 9567 C5
CL 36532038_42m.eps CL 36532038_43m.eps
140503 140503
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 53

Layout LSP (Overview Bottom Side)

 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 54

Layout LSP (Part 1 Bottom Side)

 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 55

Layout LSP (Part 2 Bottom Side)

 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 56

Layout LSP (Part 3 Bottom Side)

 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 57

Layout LSP (Part 4 Bottom Side)

 F
E

H
D
C
B
A

G
v5 G3
v4 G3
v3 G3
v2 G3
v1 G3

2908
v9 G4
v8 G4
v7 G4
v6 G3

v10 G4

5900

1
1

100p
+5V_CON
+5V
2909

100p 5901
+5V_VDP
v15 G5
v14 G5
v13 G5
v12 G5
v11 G5

+5V
2910

3139 123 5525.3

100p 5902
+5V_AUD
+5V
2911
v20 G6
v19 G6
v18 G6
v17 G6
v16 G5

100p 5903
+8V_AUD
+8V
2912

2
2

TO 1205
100p 5904
+8V_VDP
v25 G7
v24 G7
v23 G7
v22 G6
v21 G6

+8V

( SIM CON. FEMALE )

1000
4918
1 v1 4909
F201
v30 G8
v29 G8
v28 G7
v27 G7
v26 G7

4910 B-SC1-IN_U-IN B2-50

2 v2
F202 4901
4911 G-SC1-IN_Y-IN B2-51
3 v3
F203 4902
4912 R-SC1_V-IN B2-52
v4

3
3

4 4903
F204
v35 G9
v34 G9
v33 G9
v32 G8
v31 G8

FBL-SC1-IN B2-53
5
F205
v5 4913
6 4904
F206 Y-CVBS-SC2_AV2-IN
v6 4914 B2-54
7 4905
F207
v36 G9

C-SC2_SVHS-IN B2-55
v40 G10
v39 G10
v38 G10
v37 G10

8
F208
v7 4915
9 4906
F209 CVBS-SC2_MON-OUT
v8 4916 B2-56
10 4907
F210
4917 CVBS-SC1_AV1-IN B2-57
v45 G11
v44 G11
v43 G11
v42 G10
v41 G10

v9

4
4

11 4908
F211 CVBS-TER-OUT B2-58
Small Signal Board: Sim Connector (Male)

12
F212
13 v10
F213 IF-TER B2-59
v50 G12
v49 G12
v48 G11
v47 G11
v46 G11

14
F214
v11 4930
15 4927
F215 4922 AGC
v12 B2-60
16 4919
F216 CVBS-PIP_TUN1-2-CVBS-IN B2-160
v55 G12
v54 G12
v53 G12
v52 G12
v51 G12

17
F217
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

v13 4924

5
5

18 4920 SC1-STATUS
F218
v14 4923 B2-61
19 4921 SC1-STATUS
F219
v15 2907 SEL-SVHS-RR_STATUS2 B2-62
v60 G13
v59 G13
v58 G13
v57 G13
v56 G13

20 100p
F220 4934 P50
v16 220R 3910 B7-63
21
F221 CUTOFF B4-64
SIM CONNECTOR ( MALE )

22
F222 GND-RGB-CRT
4926
v65 G8

v17
v64 G14
v63 G14
v62 G14
v61 G13

23 4925
F223 B-CRT
4956 B4-65
24 v18
4944
F224 G-CRT
v19 4957 B4-66

6
6

25 4945
F225 R-CRT
v20 4958 B4-67
1000 H2
v71 G12

26
EM1.2A AA

4946
0010 H15

2901 G13
2900 G13

F226 LINEDRIVE1
v21 4931 B4-68
27 4928
F227 GND-LINEDRIVE
v22 4959 B4-69
28 4947
F228 FRAMEDRIVE+
v23 4960 B4-70
2905 G8

29 4948
2906 G10
2904 G10
2903 G14
2902 G14

F229
FRAMEDRIVE- B4-71
30
F230
v24 4961
31
7.

4949
F231 EW-DRIVE
v25 4962 B4-72

7
7
2911 G2
2910 G1
2909 G1
2908 G1
2907 G5

32 4950
F232 HFB_X-RAY-PROT
v26 4963 B4-73
33 4951
F233 EHT-INFO
v27 4932 B4-74,B4-139,B4-140
34 4929
F234 DYN-FASE-COR
v28 4964 B4-76
3902 F9

35
2912 G2

4952
3903 F13
3901 F14
3900 F14

F235 TILT
58

v29 2905 3905 B4-77

36 100p
F236 STANDBY
v30 4955 220R B4-78 B7-141
37
F237 LIGHT-SENSOR
v31 4965 B4-79
3908 F9
3906 F9
3905 F8

38 4953
3907 F10
3904 F14

F238 IRQ-DIGITAL IRQ-DIGITAL

v32 4966

8
8

39 4954
F239 PIP-MONO
40 +5V2
F240 4936
41 v65
4902 F3
4901 F3
3910 F5
3911 G9

4935
3909 F10

F241
42 Y-SCAVEM B4-61
F242
43 +8V
F243
44
4907 F4
4906 F4
4905 F3
4904 F3
4903 F3

F244 +3V3_SIM
45 +5V
F245
46 v33 3906

9
9

F246 SDA-F B2-80 SDA-F SDA-F B4-84 SDA-F

v34 3911 100R B3-82 SDA-F B7-86 B6-88
47
4909 F3
4908 F4

4912 G3
4911 G3
4910 G3

F247 SCL-F SCL-F

v35 100R 3908 B2-81 SCL-F B3-83 B4-85 SCL-F B7-87 SCL-F B6-89
48
F248 SDA-S
v36 100R 3902 B7-90
49
F249 2906 SCL-S
v37 3909 100R B7-91
50
4917 G4
4916 G4
4915 G4
4914 G3
4913 G3

F250 100p POR B7-92

51 v38 220R 3907
F251 2904 SOUND-ENABLE B7-93
52 v39 220R
F252 100p L-SC1_AV1-IN B6-94
53 v40
4921 F5
4920 F5
4919 F5

4922 G5
4918 G3

10
10

F253 L-SC2_AV2-IN B6-95

54
F254
55 v41
F255 L-SC2-OUT
v42 B6-96
56
4927 F5
4925 F6
4926 G6
4924 G5
4923 G5

F256 L-SC1_AV-OUT B6-97

57
F257
58 v43
F258 R-SC2_AV2-IN
v44 B6-98
59
4929 F7
4928 F6

4932 G7
4931 G6
4930 G5

F259 R-SC2-OUT
v45 B6-99
60
11
11

F260 R-SC1_AV1-IN
v46 B6-100
61
F261 R-SC1_AV-OUT
v47 4940 B6-101
62 4937
4935 F8
4936 G8
4934 G5

F262
4938 F11
4937 F11

4941 FRONT-DETECT B7-102

63 v48
4938
F263 Y-CVBS-FRONT-IN
v49 4942 B2-103
64 4939
F264 C-FRONT-IN
v50 B2-104
65
4944 F6

F265
4939 F12

4942 G12
4941 G11
4940 G11

L-FRONT-IN B6-105
66 v51
F266 R-FRONT-IN B6-106
67 v52
F267
12
12

HEADPHONE-L B6-107
68 v53
4949 F7
4948 F7
4947 F6
4946 F6
4945 F6

F268 HEADPHONE-R
v54 B6-108
69
F269 L-CL_VL-OUT
70 v55 B6-109
F270 R-CL_VL-OUT
v71 B6-110
71
4954 F8
4953 F8
4952 F7
4951 F7
4950 F7

F271 GND-AUD
72 v56
F272 AUDIO-SL B6-111
73 v57
F273 AUDIO-C
v58 B6-112
74
13
13
4959 G6
4958 G6
4957 G6
4956 G6
4955 G8

F274 AUDIO-SW
v59 B6-113
75
F275 2901
AUDIO-L B6-114
76 v60
F276 100p AUDIO-R
v61 3903 B6-115
77
2900
4964 G7
4963 G7
4962 G7
4961 G7
4960 G7

F277 ON-OFF-LED
v62 220R 3901 B7-116
78
F278 100p RC B7-121
79 v63 3904 220R
F279 2902
KEYBOARD B7-117
80 v64 220R 3900
5902 F2
5901 F1
5900 F1
4966 G8
4965 G8

F280 100p DEGAUSSING

2903 220R B7-118
14
14

100p
5904 F2
5903 F2

0010

15
15

MECHPART
PAINTER

B2
B4
B7
B6

VDP-HIP
VDP-HOP

110703
CL 36532038_095.eps
FEATURE-BOX
AUDIO DEMODULATOR

B3/B8

F
E

H
D
C
B
A

G
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 59

Small Signal Board: IF, I/O Videoprocessing

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
0302 D1 5408 C5
1303 H13 5409 B5

B6-123,B3-123

B6-124,B3-124
1315 E10 5410 H7

IF,I/O VIDEOPROCESSING 1316 E11

1317 E12
5411 C12
5412 H13

B1-61

B1-62

B1-81

B1-80
1318 E12 5413 H13
1407 F4 5414 I13
1408 C2 7307 G10
A A

B7-162
1410 G4 7320 F8

B1-60
ATT-SWITCH

AGC

SCL-F
3377SDA-F

VA50

HA50
SC1-STATUS
SEL-SVHS-RR_STATUS2
2302 G13 7322 E5

c002
2344 H13 7323 D8

100R
F14 L8 2345 H13 7410 G5
+5VS +8V_VDP 2346 I13 7411 D4
2350 C10 7412 C13
3400 5407 COMB-Y_CVBS-OUT
2351 C10 7413 C11

2375

2374
22n

2u2

100R
3415

3376
+5V_VDP V9 2352 C10 c002 A7

10K
6u8

2377

100u

2378

100n

2422

100n
4R7 2353 I11

4407

2373

100n
3384 2354 G11
3378 2372 2356 E9
3464

3R9

100R 5409 RES

B B 2357 F10

V10
4V1
7V8

4V9

4V9

4V1
+8VP

0V

0V3
15K 1u

3463

0V
0V

0V
18K

0V
2358 E10

7V8
6u8 2371

2376

100n
+5VS 2359 F10
+5VCOM

100K
3401
5 9 45 11 44 35 33 31 48 15 17 19 22 46 47 58 61 60
4n7 2360 F10
2425

100u

QSS_AM

GND_2

+8_2
+8_1

GND_1

DEC

DIGDEC

DIGGND

ADSEL

AV1

AV2

SW0

SW01

SCL

SDA

HPLL

VA

HA
2361 F13

3450
2362 F13

1K
SYNC

3441

22K
2401 SUPPLY CTRL 2365 F6
64 2366 F7
SIF2 36 1V2 2350 R-SC1_V-IN
R1IN B1-52 2367 F7
1408 10n 63
K120A 17 16 12 11 15 18 SIF1 37 2V 2351 100n G-SC1-IN_Y-IN 2368 F7
G1IN B1-51
I5 3V7 1 2369 F7
IF-TER
2402 2 INP NC GND AGCSIF 38 2V2 100n 2352 B-SC1-IN_U-IN B1-50 2370 F7
B1IN

270R

150R
4406
3451

3452
C OUTP1 7 4V7 2 7412 C 2371 B10
B1-59 4n7 VIF1 39 0V 100n BC857BW
FBL-SC1-IN B1-53 2372 B10
4V7 3 FBL1IN
VIF2 7413 3460 5411 2373 B7

OUTP SWITCH
3 SWIINP 41 8V
5CCE 2410 4V7 4 R2IN BFS20 +8VP 2374 B7
2394 68u
1 8 7 8 5408 AGCDEC 42 100n +8VP 3461 3V6 3K3 2375 B7
2411 470n 3418 2V7 6 G2IN
GND

2423

2421
10p

6p8
OUTP2 PLLRILT 1K8 2376 B6

3462
4 43

1K5
GND 1 6 100n 390R 3V8 7 B2IN 2377 B5
+8V_VDP MODULATOR 7323 3V4
0302 COIL VCO1 40 4326 V6 2378 B6
2412 5 6 9 10 13 14 2 5 2418 12p 3V8 8 TDA9320H FBL2IN
1 2379 F11
VCO2 49 2V7 4409 2380 F12
3 4 IF DEM YOUT Y50 B6-125
4n7
3416

1V5 62
6R8 TUNERAGC 2381 F11
0u39

50
5401

2 2V3 U50 B6-126 2382 F12

D 3437 3V4 10 UOUT D
PH-S VIFOUT 51 2384 E6
8V2 2V2 V50 B6-127
1K VOUT 2385 G12
3V1 V7
2413

7411 2394 C10

47u

I6
BC847B GROUP V8 2401 C6
12 57 2V5
IN DELAY COR. X3.579 2402 C1
2V4 2410 C5
13 56
F14 V6 * OUT X3.575 2411 C5

3417
180R
+8VP 55
3403

2412 D1
X3.582
2413 D3
7V6 LUMA & CHROMA PROC. 54 2V5

RES
7322 X4.43 2418 D5

RES
1315 RES

4M433619

3M582056

3M575611

3M579545
2V3 52 5V2 2420 G7

HC-49/U

HC-49/U

HC-49/U

HC-49/U
I/O SWITCH

NTSC M
PAL N
COL_PLL

PAL M
V2 2421 C13

1316

1317

1318
E E

COMBOUT
CVBSOUT

SVBCOUT
CCOMBIN
YCOMBIN
53 0V

Y_CVBS3

Y_CVBS4
2422 B12
SEC_DEC
270R

100K
PIPOUT
3436

3393
CVBS1

CVBS2
2423 C13

SCOUT
2V/div DC 500mV/div DC 1V8 14

SYS1
SYS2
CVBSINT 2424 G9

2356

100n

2358
20us/div

3n3
C3

C4
10ms/div 2425 B1

RES
390R

2384

100n

2381 RES

RES

RES
3382

2359 RES

RES
I6 VIF-Out V7 3303 H9
16 18 20 21 23 24 32 34 26 28 29 25 27 30 59

2365 3V5

2360

2379

2380

2361
2357

100n

2382

2362
3370 F8

15p

1p5

15p

1p5

15p

1p5

12p

1p2
5406

2V8
3371 G8

100R
3370
3V5 100n
2367

100n
2369

100n
10u 3372 G8
1407 3376 B8

470R
3385
TPSCC 3377 A8
3378 B10

2368 0V1

0V1
F 1 3 F 3382 E5
0.5V / div AC 500mV/div DC NOT USED FOR US 3384 B4
+5VCOM

2366

100n

100n
2370

100n
+8VP
10µs / div 20us/div 3385 F6
3402

1K

2 3393 E10
L8 V8 7320 7V7
3400 B5

3V9
220K
3419

4319

CVBS-TXT
+8VP

RES
3401 B5

4322
+5VCOM 3402 F4
BC847BW 3V2 3403 E4
2354 4V8 2385 3405 H5

100R
1410
3456

3446
4K7

7307-p4 3415 B3
100n 100n

4318
TPSCC 7V6 3416 D3

470R
7307

3371

3372
500mV/div DC

47R
G
1V/div DC 3420 1 3 3V8 7410 TDA9181 6 5 G
3417 E5
20us/div 0V 3418 C6
20us/div BC847BW
VCC VDD
1K 2 INPSEL 3419 F3
V9 SDA Y|CVBSO
V1 1V5
3457

2420

150p
PM3394B 14 3420 G4
4K7

2 3V1 2424 1V7 12 Y|CVBS1 2H/4H DELAY 3436 E4

CLAMP
100n ADAPTIVE 3437 D6
1V5 3 Y|CVBS2
CLAMP COMB FILTER 2302 3441 C3
3405

COUT 16 COMB-C-OUT
1K

0V9 1 CIN 3446 G7

1V5 100n 3450 B13
7 SC SAND- FILTER CLOCK 3451 C12
5410

4401
6u8

1V / div DC 1V / div DC 0V7 CASTLE TUNING GEN 3452 C12

100K

100K
1303

3303

3468

OUTSEL
10us / div 5412 * 3456 G5

FSCSEL
0.2ms / div 5

DGND
AGND
H H 3457 G5

SYS1

SYS2
V2 CVBS_INT V10 SCL 100MHZ 2344

FSC
4 3460 C11
CVBS-PIP_TUN1-2-CVBS-IN

3461 C10
5413* 10p 3
13 4 9 8 11 10 15 3462 D11
COUT-3D 100MHZ
2345

0V
CVBS-SC2_MON-OUT

0V 3463 B3

5V
Y-CVBS-SC2_AV2-IN

COMB-Y_CVBS-OUT
2
3464 B1
Y-CVBS-FRONT-IN
CVBS-SC1_AV1-IN

5414 * 10p

100K
3466
2353

100n
YOUT-3D 1 3466 I11
C-SC2_SVHS-IN
CVBS-TER-OUT

100MHZ 2346 3468 H9

COMB-C-OUT
CVBS-AV3-IN

C-FRONT-IN

0.5V / div AC 1V / div DC 4318 G10

CVBS-TXT

CVBS-TXT
10p TO 1303 4319 F10
QSS_AM

10µs / div 0.2ms / div

7307-p4
SYS1 3D- COMB FILTER 4322 G7
SYS2

SYS1

SYS2
FSC

FSC
USED FOR US PANEL 4326 D10

SC

SC
I I 4401 H3
4406 C12
B1-55
B6-164

B1-103

B1-104
B1-57

B1-54

B1-56

B8-122
B6-119

B8-165

B8-166

4407 B3
B1-160
B1-58

4409 D10
5401 D1
CL 36532038_096.eps
3139 123 5525.3 110703
5406 F4
5407 B5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 60

Small Signal Board: Feature Box

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 0013 A4 3793-B G11
S3
1701 J3 3793-C G11
V13 V-IN
1702 J3 3793-D G11
7714 7715 2702 B3 3794-A G11
MSM54V12222A MSM54V12222A 3V3_INT 2704 C3 3794-B G11

A
FEATURE BOX 0013
** : only for PHILIPS DNR memory
1

2
VSS1

NC1
VSS3

VCC3
40

39
4725
RES
**
4724
1

2
VSS1

NC1
VSS3

VCC3
40

39
4733
RES
4734
1V/div DC
10us/div
0.2V / div AC
10ms / div A
2706 C1
2707 C2
3794-C H11
3794-D H11

600R
5713
5798 +5V_PA MECHPART 3792-D 2708 C2 3795-A H11
FM1I(0) 3 38 FM1O(0) FM2I(11) 3 DIN11 38 FM2O(11) S4 V14 V18
DIN11 DOUT11 DOUT11 2709 C3 3795-B H11
+5VA
100R3792-C
FM1I(1) 4 37 FM1O(1) FM2I(10) 4 37 FM2O(10) 2710 C3 3795-C H11
DIN10 DOUT10 DIN10 DOUT10
5701 +5P
100R3792-B
FM1I(2) 5 36 FM1O(2) FM2I(9) 5 DIN9 36 FM2O(9) 2712 D2 3795-D I11
+5VA DIN9 DOUT9 DOUT9
100R3792-A 2713 D9 3796 G11
3798 FM1I(3) 6 35 FM1O(3) FM2I(8) 6 35 FM2O(8)

FIELD MEMORY

FIELD MEMORY
DIN8 DOUT8 DIN8 DOUT8 1V/div DC 500mV/div DC 0,5V / div DC

2795

100n

2702

2728

100n
2718 F1 3797 C10

E(6)

E(7)

E(10)

E(11)
E(9)

E(8)
10u
100R3791-A
FM1I(4) 7 34 FM1O(4) FM2I(7) 7 DIN7 34 FM2O(7) 5ms/div 5us/div 10µs / div
5799 +3V3_PA DIN7 DOUT7 DOUT7 2719 F2 3798 B2

600R
5720
RES 100R3791-B S5 Y-IN V15
3722 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 FM1I(5) 8 33 FM1O(5) FM2I(6) 8 33 FM2O(6) 2721 G1 4703 F4
2799 DIN6 DOUT6 DIN6 DOUT6
100R3791-C 2723 G2 4711 E3
B
RES E(5) 20 30 E(13) FM1I(6) 9
DIN5 DOUT5
32 FM1O(6) FM2I(5) 9 DIN5 DOUT5
32 FM2O(5) B
3721 10u 100R3791-D 2725 G1 4712 F2
3V3_INT
E(4) 19 31 E(14) FM1I(7) 10
DIN4 DOUT4
31 FM1O(7) FM2I(4) 10 DIN4 DOUT4
31 FM2O(4) 2726 G2 4713 G2
RES

2755

100n
100R3790-A
7713 0.2V / div AC 500mV/div DC
5702 E(3) 18 32 FM1I(8) 11 30 FM1O(8) FM2I(3) 11 DIN3 30 FM2O(3) 2728 B13 4714 F2
MC33269D +3D DIN3 DOUT3
100R3790-B
DOUT3 10ms / div 5us/div 2729 I1 4715 G2
2 17 1 FM1I(9) 12 29 FM1O(9) FM2I(2) 12 29 FM2O(2) S6 H-A V16
4 7716 DIN2 DOUT2 DIN2 DOUT2 2730 H3 4716 F2
IN 100R3790-C
SOCKET PLCC32

2704
3 16 2 13 28 FM2I(1) 13 DIN1 28

10u
FM1I(10) DIN1 DOUT1 FM1O(10) DOUT1 FM2O(1) 2731 I1 4717 F2
3719 5 (PICNIC-EPROM) 100R3790-D
OUT 6 E(2) 15 3 E(12) FM1I(11) 14 27 FM1O(11) FM2I(0) 14 27 FM2O(0) 2733 J2 4723 D10
8 NC DIN0 DOUT0 DIN0 DOUT0
100R FROM 88-7709 2738 J2 4724 A11
1R5 7 E(1) 14 4 E(7)
FROM 88-7709 15 26 CLK-32
FROM 88-7709 15 26 FROM 88-7709
GND-ADJ 5705 +3A CLK-16 SWCK SRCK CLK-32 SWCK SRCK CLK-32 2V / div AC 500mV/div DC 2743 J2 4725 A10
5703 5704 3720 FROM 9-7709
+5VF
1 16 25 16 25 FROM 9-7709 10ms / div 5us/div 2747 J3 4726 D10
C RSTW RSTW RSTR RSTR RSTR RSTW RSTR RSTR C
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 FROM 8-7709 17 3797 FROM 9-7709 17 S7 V-A V17 SCL
2708

2709

100n
2710 24 24 2748 J3 4728 G13
10u

10u
1R5 FM1I(12) WE RE FM1O(12) WE RE FM2O(12)
2706

100u

2707

100n
2757

10u

E(14) 100R 2755 B7 4731 C11

FM1I(13) 18 23 18 23
IE OE IE OE 2756 E2 4732 D11

E(0)

E(0)

E(1)

E(2)

E(3)

E(4)
E(5)

E(6)
19
NC2 VSS2
22 **
4731 +5P 19
NC2 VSS2
22 4792 2757 C2 4733 A13

2792

100n

2790

100n
E(13)
5706 +5M 21 4726 5717 21 4791 2758 D14 4734 A13
** 20
VCC1 VCC2 4732 20
VCC1 VCC2
1V / div AC 1V / div DC

E(0)

E(1)
E(2)

E(3)

E(4)

E(5)

E(6)

E(7)

E(8)

E(9)

E(10)

E(11)

E(12)
5u6 RES RES 5ms / div 0.2ms / div 2759 D14 4791 D13
+5VA 3V3_INT
5716 2760 D14 4792 C13
2770

100n

2712

4723
10u

+5P 4793

5715
3V3_INT +3D

RES
3745 RES 2761 D14 4793 D13
FM2O(13)

2758 100n

2759 100n

2760 100n

2761 100n

2762 100n
2763 100n

2764 100n

2765 100n
2713 5711
3741

+5M 3V3_INT 2762 D14 5701 A3

1K

D 1K 2785 D
4V8
100n 600R 2763 D14 5702 B3
3707

3706

10R
3K9

7701 5V0 100n 2764 D15 5703 C1

+5P +5P
BC857BW

2776
4V2 2765 D15 5704 C1
interne SW 0V 0V 0V 0V
3704 2766 H4 5705 C3

100n
4V8
5 12 22 33 45 51 58 74

FM1I(0)

FM1I(1)

FM1I(2)

FM1I(3)

FM1I(4)
+3D FM1O(11)

VDD1

VDD2

VDD3

VDD4

VDD5

VDD6

VDD7

VDD8
2767 K7 5706 D1

1V2
RES 3V2 67 YA7
3708

7702
2K7

BC847BW 0V1 FM1O(10) 2770 D1 5707 H1

2788 68 YA6
3709

4711
RES
1R

3V2 2771 G4 5708 F2

3710
FM1O(9) 69 YA5
7709 160 159 158 157 156 155 154 153 152 151 150 149 148 147 146 145 144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 100n PRO(11) 2772 H4 5709 G2
100K 0V8 YD7 57
FM1O(8)
T1

T0

INT1

INT0

P0-0

P0-1

P0-2

P0-3

P0-4

P0-5

P0-6

P0-7

VDDO3

P2-0

P2-1

P2-2

P2-3

P2-4

P2-5

P2-6

P2-7

VSSD4

ALE

PSEN

EAN

VDDD4

VSSD3

VSSO5

UVC0

UVC1

UVC2

UVC3

UVC4

UVC5

UVC6

UVC7

UVC8

VDDO2

YC0

YC1
0V1 70 YA4 2773 I4 5710 G2
E YD6 56 PRO(10) E
FM1O(7) 2774 J11 5711 D10
TO 61-7708 3V11 SN-DA YC2 120 71 YA3
SNERT-DA FM1I(5) YD5 55 PRO(9) 2776 D6 5713 A13
3711

3740

3744
2756

100n

P0 P2 FM1O(6) 7708
1R
1K

1K

3V1 2 SN-CL YC3 119 72 YA2 2785 D8 5715 D9

SNERT-CL BUS C FM1I(6) SAA4990H YD4 54 PRO(8)
TO 62-7708 FM1O(5) 75 YA1 2786 I11 5716 D10
V17 3 VSSO6 YC4 118 FM1I(7) PRO(7)
YD3 53 2788 E10 5717 D11
B1-83,B3-
SCL-F
B1-82,B3-
V18 3703 4V7 4 SCL MICRO-PROCESSOR CLK YC5 117 FM1I(8)
FM1O(4)

FM1O(3)
76 YA0
YD2 50 PRO(6) 2790 C13 5718 H3
100R 3705 5 SDA YC6 116 77 UVA3 2792 C11 5720 B7
SDA-F 4V8 FM1I(9) PRO(5)

B4-128
100R 6 UP-RST
0V
PSP TIMING
YC7 115 FM1I(10)
FM1O(2) 78 UVA2
YD1

YD0
49

48 PRO(4)
2795 B3 5798 A3
3747 4717 4714 2796 K6 5799 B3
Y100 FM1O(1) 79
0V7 WD-RST YC8 114 FM1I(11) UVA1
F 68R F 2797 J11 7701 D2
TO 16-7714 AND 7715 8 FM1O(0) 80 UVA0
PROZONIC 2798 I3 7702 E2
2718

2719

RSTW WE-C 113

RES

RES

5708 RSTW
0V FM1I(12)

RES
TO 25-7714 AND 7715
TO 60-7708 RSTR
4703
0V 9 RSTR
PICNIC IE-C 112 FM1I(13) UVD3 47 PRO(3)
2799 B3
3702 J11
7704 H2
7708 E14
B4-129 5V 10 FBL SAA4978H VSSO4 111 PRO(2)
3748 UVD2 44 3703 F4 7709 E4
U100 4716 4712 FM1O(12)
+3A RES 3V211 3
68R
V14 VDDA1 BACK END RE-D 110
100R3793-A
3796
PRO(12)
RE1_OUT
UVD1 43 PRO(1) 3704 D8 7713 B2
CLK-32 3705 F4 7714 A9
2721

2723

1V2 12 Y-OUT YD8 109

RES
RES

5709 PRO(11) UVD0 42 PRO(0)

3706 D8 7715 A12
RES
V16 13 VSSA1 PEAKING YD7 108
100R3793-B
PRO(10) FROM 2-7709
SNERT-CL 3707 D3 7716 B6

G B4-130 3749
V15 1V5 14 U-OUT 3 X DAC YD6 107
100R3793-C
PRO(9)
20 CKL
G
3708 E2
V100 4715 4713 100R3793-D FROM 1-7709 PRO(12)
SNERT-DA 62 UPCL RE_IN 39 3709 E3
1V5 15 V-OUT YD5 106 PRO(8)
68R +5P 3746 3710 E2
2771 16 VSSA2 MUX YD4 105
100R3794-A 61 UPDA
2725

2726
RES

RES

5710 PRO(7) 4K7 UVC0 19 FM2I(11) 3711 E2

100R3794-B 60 RSTR
S3 100n 17 BGEXT YD3 104 FROM 9-7709 4728 3714 I1
RES
PRO(6) RSTR UVC1 18 FM2I(10)
100R3794-C RES 40 VRSYT 3716 H2
S4 3V 18 H-D YD2 103 PRO(5) UVC2 17 FM2I(9)
100R3794-D FM2O(11) 3717 I2
0V 19 V-D YD1 102 25 UVB0
PRO(4) UVC3 16 FM2I(8) 3718 H4
2730 100R FM2O(10) 26 UVB1
3718 1V3 20 AGND
MID END YD0 101
FM2O(9) FM2I(7)
3719 C1
22n 2772 220R 27 UVB2 YC0 15 3720 C1
21 DIFFIN BUS D VDDD3 100
H +3D 3V2 H
S5
100n 1V1 22 VDDA2 HISTOGRAM UVD8 99 3795-A
PRO(3)
FM2O(8) 28 UVB3 YC1 14 FM2I(6) 3721 B2
3722 B2
+3A
B4-131,B4-148 5707 100R3795-B FM2O(7) 29 YB0 YC2 13 FM2I(5)
HD100 0V6 7704 0V 23 Y-IN UVD7 98 PRO(2) 3725 J4
PMBT2369 5718
600R +3A
100R3795-C FM2O(6) 30 YB1 YC3 10 FM2I(4) 3728 K1
3716 0u33
3V2 24 VDDA3
ANALOG NOISE
UVD6 97 PRO(1)
3730 K3
2766

100n

0V1
2798 3 X ADC 100R3795-D FM2O(5) 31 YB2 YC4 9 FM2I(3)
2729

1V0 25 U-IN UVD5 96

56p

PRO(0)
3714
4K7 S5
680p
PROCESSING REDUCTION 100R FM2O(4) 32 YB3 YC5 8 FM2I(2)
3731 K3
3717

1V0 26 VIN UVD4 95 3732 K4

4K7

2786

100n
22R FM2O(3) 35 YB4 YC6 7 FM2I(1) 3733 K1
27 VSSA3 UVD3 94
FM2O(2) FM2I(0) 3739 J11
36 YB5 YC7 6
I
B4-132
VD100
3754
S6
S7
0V3 28 H-A
CLK
FRONT TIMING
UVD2 93
FM2O(1)
I 3740 E3
V13
0V029 V-A
END TBC/SRC UVD1 92 37 YB6
NC 66 3741 D3
10R 0V PLL TIMING TO 20-7708 FM2O(0) 38 YB7 3744 E3
2731

100p

3V2 30 HREF-EXT UVD0 91 NC

+3A TO 15-7715 65 3745 D2
TO 26-7715
2773

S8 31 VDDA4 VSSD2 90 NC 3746 G13

1n

TO 26-7714 64
B6-152 3755 2733
32 VSSA4 MUX CLK
CLK32 89 1V6
3702 CLK-32 NC
63
3747 F1
Y-PIP+MAIN-IN
1702 12M

3739 22R CLK-16 3748 F1

33 VSSX CLK16 88
DSX840

1V6
CX-5F

1R 22n

RES
1701

2797
3749 G1
12M

B6-153 2738 FM2O(12) 24 RE2_OUT

U-PIP+MAIN-IN
3757 1V5 34 OSC-I VDDD2 87 3V2 100R TO 15-7714
+3D HREF 41 3754 I2
3725
1R 22n 1M 1V6 35 OSC-O VSSO3 86 3755 J2
J B6-154 3759 2743 OSC J

2774

100n
V-PIP+MAIN-IN 3757 J2
2747

2748

36 TEST CLK-AS 85
18p

18p

1R 0V FM2O(13) 23 WE2_OUT

VSS1

VSS2

VSS3

VSS4

VSS5

VSS6

VSS7

VSS8
22n 3759 J2
0V1 37 TRST UVB0 84 SP AP 3790-A B10
3V2 38 TMS UVB1 83 1 2 4 11 21 34 46 52 59 73 3790-B B10

3V2 39 TDI BST BUS A

UVB2 82
3790-C C10
BUS B 3790-D C10
B2-124 40 TDO UVB3 81
3728 3791-A B10
100R
3730

3731

3732
RES

HA50
1K

VDDO1

VDDD1
VSSO1

VSSO2

VSSD1

3V2 3791-B B10

UVA0

UVA1

UVA2

UVA3

UVA4

UVA5

UVA6

UVA7

UVA8

WE-A

WE-B

UVB8

UVB7

UVB6

UVB5

UVB4

100R
TCK

YA0

YA1

YA2

YA3

YA4

YA5

YA6

YA7

YA8

YB8

YB7

YB6

YB5

YB4

YB3

YB2

YB1

YB0

B2-123 3733 3791-C B10

K VA50 K
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 3791-D B10
100R 1V8
3V3_INT 2796 2767 3792-A B10
3V2
3792-B A10
B1 B6 100n 100n
3792-C A10
+3D +3D
3V2 CL 36532038_097.eps 3792-D A10
3139 123 5525.3 040903 3793-A G11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 61

Small Signal Board: HOP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
0011 I8 3340 B9 6318 E11



 L12 L13 V19 V20 V28
V21 V29 V30
1301 G4 3341 C9 6319 D9

HOP 1304 H3
2300 I11
2301 B2
3342 C9
3343 D12
3344 D11
6321 C8
6334 H4
6336 H2

B3-128
B3-130

B3-129
 
   
   
  1V/div DC 1V/div DC 1V/div DC 1V/dic DC 1V/div DC 1V/div DC 1V/div DC 2303 E9 3345 D8 6337 H2
 
  
  
 50us/div 10us/div 10us/div 10us/div 10us/div 10us/div 10us/div 2304 H7 3346 C9 6338 H2
2306 H9 3347 D9 7301 B4

B1-161
2399

B5-134

B5-135

B5-136

B5-137
+8VS +8VS +8VS +8VS +8VS

4302 V100

4303 U100

4304 Y100

Yltp

R-TXT

G-TXT

B-TXT

FBL-TXT

B_2FH

G_2FH
R_2FH

FBL_2FH

Yltp

Y-SCAVEM

FBL-TXT
7V9 +8VS 2307 F3 3348 D9 7302 A1
100n +8VS
* 2308 G9 3349 E9 7303 G8

B5-137
7302

100K
3360
13 12 2 10 23 24 18 20

100K

100K
3373

3301
A TDA9178 A
B1 B6 2309 D3 3350 B10 7304 G2

100K
3352

3354
7V9

3353

2K2
GND VCC 0V9

1K
NC
2342 7306 2310 E3 3351 B9 7305 B8
SOUT 21 2V5 4305 3313 +8VS
B3-128 1V3 1V4 7375 BC847BW 7V9 2311 H4 3352 A10 7306 A9

3358
100n 2330
2331 100n
6 YIN LUMA

1K8
Y100 2429 BC847BW 3V4
PROCESSING YOUT 19 3V2 1K 100n 1V5 2343 7314 3V4 2313 F8 3353 A11 7308 H6
3319

3355

3374
33K

33K
B3-129 1V5 SPEC- BC847BW BC847BW 2V7 2314 E2 3354 A11 7309 G10
100n 100n 0V

2329

100n
U100 8 UIN UOUT 17 2V9 RES
TRAL res only for No HOP 1K

100K
3351

3359
PMBT2369

3465
CHROMA 7340

10K
2315 E2 3355 A8 7310 F12

33K
1V5 9 VIN V19 3332
PROC VOUT 16

3350
V100 PROCESSING 0V9 7315 BC847BW

1K
2317 E3 3356 E8 7311 G12

3459
2V7

2K2
B3-130 2V9 V20 7313
22 CF WIN- 4308 1K 3467 PMBT2369 N.C 2318 E3 3358 A12 7312 D10
CONTROL ADC BCL
DOW 7305
V21 10K 2319 G10 3359 B10 7313 B12

2323

100n
4309 1V9
ADR

DEC
SDA

SCL

AD1

AD2

AD3

3399
B 4307 B

10K
2320 H3 3360 A8 7314 A10
SC
4310

2322
100n
2321 B3 3361 G11 7315 B11

2321
100n
14 11 7 15 3 4 5 1
V28 2322 B3 3362 G10 7317 E10
2301 5V

3454 3V 1V

3V7

3V7
3V7
SDA-F

0V
2328 3340 2323 B3 3363 F3 7318 D9
100n

R-CRT B1-67
100R 7301 2324 H6 3364 G11 7324 G6
TDA9330 35 36 37 38 34 22p V29 100R
3455 2V8 3V5 3V5 3V5 2325 H5 3365 G12 7340 B12
3339

6K8

PWL
SCL-F

BL2
RI2

GI2

BI2
3341 G-CRT B1-66 2328 B7 3366 F9 7375 A8
100R
6308 YIN Y RO 40 3V V30 100R 2329 B6 3367 F9 C001 H12
HD100 28 R R R R OUTPUT
SATUR’N 2330 A6 3368 F12
B3-148 G CONTROL WHITE AMPL 3342
MCL4148 27 UIN U CONTROL G G G GO 41 3V B-CRT B1-65
SWITCH COLOUR RGB-INSERTION POINT +BUFFER 2331 B6 3369 F12
3305

C COLOUR B C
68K

3453 DIFF CONTROL +BLUE BO 100R

SANDCASTLE 26 VIN V DIFF MATRIX B B B 42 3V +8VS 2332 E2 3373 A8
MATRIX STRETCH
33K 3395 0V 2333 D11 3374 A8
B1-77
TILT 2334 E8 3375 E12
100R 3302 *

3346

33K
33
Y SAT WHITE P 6321 2335 H6 3386 G12
FBL_2FH 1K8 Y U V
2395 2336 E8 3387 G2
3396 1V2 RI1 MCL4148 3348 CUTOFF B1-64
R_2FH 30 CONTR 2338 G11 3388 F11
3397 100R 2396 100n PWL + CONTIN’S BLKIN 4V6 3345 2K2
G_2FH 1V2 31 GI1 RGB-YUV BLACK 44 2339 E12 3389 D10
BEAM CURR CATHODE 3343

3347
EHT-INFO

22K
2397 MATRIX STRETCH LIMITER B1-140
100R 3398 100n 1V2 32 BI1 CALIBR’N 10K 2340 I12 3390 D9
B_2FH 68K

2333
BZM55-C6V8
+8VS 2341 E1 3391 G12

2u2
100R 100n BRIGHT
D D
3320 5V 3V6 6319 3390 3389 2342 A7 3392 E11

6310
B1-85 SCL-F 10 SCL BCL 43
MCL4148BZX384-C22
*
3322 2343 A9 3394 E9
100R 18K 47K
2309

MCL4148
10p

6-BITS DACOUT 2V2 RES 6309 6311 1K 2347 I2 3395 C3

C22 2 25
I C

3344
7312

2K2
DAC 7318 2348 I2 3396 D2
+8VS
3321 BC847BW 3469 2349 I2 3397 D2

3356

3394
5V SDA

2334

2336
B1-84

4K7
SDA-F

2u2

2u2
11

1M
7V9 2363 F3 3398 D2
100R * 100K
2310

+8V_VDP
10p

18V3 3470 2391 G12 3399 B12

3310

47K
C23 47K
+8VG BC857BW 2395 D3 3453 C2
100K B1-72
EWO 1V5 3306 3349 2396 D3 3454 B1
3329

6R8

3 EW-DRIVE
E 5301 GND-RGB-CRT
7V9 EW 3308 E
17 VP1 B1-74 2397 D3 3455 C1
SYNC-GEO 220R
+8VS 5302 6u8 220K 3472 7317 EHT-INFO 2398 I10 3458 F2

3307
7V9

2303
VP2

18K
39 F20 6318 6317

1u
RGB EHTIN 4 3309 3375 B1-73 2399 A3 3459 B12
6u8 10K
2341

100u
2314

100u

2332

100n

4V7 18 DECBG 3V3

BANDGAP 470R 100RHFB_X-RAY-PROT 2426 H2 3465 B9

470R
3392
2315

100n

2339

100n
NoHOP1b PDZ-27B MCL4148
VDOB
2317

2318

GND2 1V2 2427 H2 3467 B8

2u2

22n

19 2 BC847BW UL ONLY
ANAGND
* FRAMEDRIVE- B1-71
SUPPLY

VDOA RES 2428 I2 3469 D11

5V7 7 DECVD FRAME 1 1V2
DIGSUP 3388

220R
3369
2307 F18 2429 A4 3470 E11
GND1

4369
6
DIGGND 680R 3300 I11 3472 E10
+5VS 100n IREF 3V9 3328 39K F19
16 3301 A9 4302 A3
3363
23 VD
PHI-2
START/STOP RAMP
3V8 2313
3368 * 3302 C3 4303 A3
F 0V2 H-DRIVE GENERATOR VSC 15
220R 3312
F
SC

3366
HD B1-70

3K9
0V6 24 3304 I12 4304 A3
1K 100n
3458

3367
PHI-1 2V4
4K7

3K9
8 +5VC +8VS
0V4 150R FRAMEDRIVE+ 3305 C2 4305 A4
F17 12 HSEL
Hsel HOUT
2363

470p

FBCSO

3306 E8 4307 B10

FLASH
XTALO

LPSU
SCO
XTALI

DPC

+5VS +5VS +5VS

HFB

0V1 L13 7310 3307 E9 4308 B4

3318

3325
1K

1K
PDTC144EU

4313
L12 3308 E10 4309 B4

3386
VD100 7304

22K
B3-132 20 21 9 13 14 29 22 5
3309 E11 4310 B4
0V1

3317

3362

3364

3365
0V8

10K

68K

4K7
PDTC144EU +8VS
3V9

3V3 NoHOP1a
0V6

3310 E9 4311 I9
220R

2308

3330
+5VC

10p

3K3
1V1 1V1 RES RES 3311 H7 4312 I9
VSYNC B7-142
+5VS 7324 7309 2338 0V6 7311
1301 +8VS 3312 F12 4313 G13
G 1 3 BC847CW G

1K
NoHOP2b

3315
MCL4148 7303 10n 3313 A7 4314 G6
3335

4316

3391
2319

2391
6312

3361
1K8

68K
3314 G7 4315 I6

10n

4n7
8K2
3333

4314
1K

3387 3315 G8 4316 G11

3336

VD CSTCV 12M PDTC144EU

2 3314 BC847BW
1K

3316 H10 4369 F13

B3-131 HD100 100R 3331
BC857BW 3317 G9 5301 E2
22K
1K B1-68
3338

3311

LINEDRIVE1
2335

100u

2304
3K9

33K

3318 F9 5302 E2
10p

BZX384-C6V8
2320

10p

C001 GND-LINEDRIVE B1-69 3319 A7 5303 H11

6336 1V8
3337

2324
33K

3320 D3 5304 H2
10n

BZX384-C6V8
* * *
6303 6304 3316 3321 D3 5305 H2
100K
3323

MCL4148

0V2
2311

EHT-INFO
68p

6337 B1-139
6334

H H 3322 D12 5306 I2

BZX384-C6V8 * 12K
100K

100K
3326

3327
2325

100n

BZM55-C47 MCL4148
3323 H3 5307 I2

2306

470p
7308
6338 +5V2 +5V_VDP
PDTC144EU 6313 6314 3324 I5 5308 I2
2426 10p 1304
5304 5303
R_2FH 100MHZ 1
* +5V2_CON 3325 F9 5309 I2
3334

BZX384-C22 MCL4148
BZM55-C5V6

2427 10p 3326 H5 6303 H8

1K

5305

3300

3304
3R9

3R9
2
BAT254

G_2FH 100MHZ 3327 H5 6304 H9

To 1304
3324

MCL4148

MCL4148
6306

2398

100n
6307
4K7

5306 2428 10p 0011

6316

6315
4315

B_2FH 100MHZ 3 3328 F8 6306 I5

2347 10p
JACK-HIGH MECHPART
5307 +5VC +5VS 3329 E2 6307 I5
FBL_2FH 100MHZ 4
DEFINITION res only for No HOP

2300

100u

2340

100u
2348 10p 3330 G9 6308 C2
HFB_X-RAY-PROT

5308 5 PANEL
100MHZ
DYN-FASE-COR

HD100
STANDBY-INFO

I 2349 10p
NoHOP1a 4311 NoHOP1b
I 3331 G3 6309 D11
SANDCASTLE

5309
POR_FLASH

POR_FLASH

VD 100MHZ 6 3332 B7 6310 D10

7 4312 NoHOP2b 3333 G3 6311 D12
HD100

3334 H4 6312 G7
: RESERVED
*
POR
HFB

3335 G7 6313 H8
3336 G6 6314 H9
B7-131

B7-163

B7-146
B1-76

B1-92

3337 H6 6315 I7
B1-73

B7-163

3338 H7 6316 I6
CL 36532038_098.eps
3139 123 5525.3 110703
3339 C3 6317 E12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 62

Small Signal Board: Audio Demodulator

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 11 12 13 14
1651 H8 3545 A12 5662 J7
1680 B2 3546 D11 5663 C1
1681 C2 3547 C13 5664 I9

MUTE_SSB
1682 H8 3550 E3 5665 I10

MUTE_CS

MUTE_CS
6657
AUDIO DEMODULATOR 5651

+5V2
ANTI-PLOP

+5V2

+5V2
4616 1683 I11 3551 D2 5666 J7
+5DA +5V_AUD
CIRCUIT 1684 H8 3552 I4 5667 D1
3650 7668 4617 PDZ-2.7B 2501 E4 3553 I5 5668 D1
6650 5652 3519 +8V_AUD

100K
3523

3524
100K
BC857BW
A +8VC
5656
+8VA +5V
5654
+5VF
BAT54WS
+5DB
RES
10K RES
6658 2637 * A
2502 H2
2503 I2
3554 I5
3555 J5
5669 I9
6650 A4
6u8 2R2 7675-B 2504 G2 3556 B14 6651 E3
330n

100u
2670

100n

2693

220p

100u

100u
2610

2611
B1 B6 RES 4523 4520 MCL4148 +8VA

2n2
BC847BS

1n
2505 H2 3557 C13 6652 C8

2665

2666
+5V_AUD

2695

2674
4606 4604 4603

1n
RES 6656 3525 3526 2506 E2 3558 D14 6653 C7
4689
* 2507 E2 3559 E13 6654 B6

220K
3681
+8VA
N.C A A
3540
MCL4148 7675-A 4521 680K 1M5
* 2508 C8 3560 E1 6656 A7

3545
2509 C12 3561 E13 6657 A10

1K2
RESET-AUDIO +5DB
BC847BS RES

100R
220n

3527
2512
2510 D13 3562 E1 6658 A10

10u
RES

2513
B1-113 3577 10K *7656-A * *

4522
MCL4148
*

2514
4 2511 E13 3563 F13 7651 D4

15n
AUDIO-SW

RES
*

220K
3533

3532

3659

3680
6654
BC847BPN

10K

1K2
2592 2512 B9 3564 F1 7652 H12

1K
BC847BPN
SCL-F B1-89 1n 100R 3656 +8VA +8VA +8VA RES 5 7656-B 2513 B10 3565 F12 7653 D13

B1-88 100R 2629 * 2

6 3 RES 2514 B8 3566 F12 7654-A H4

SDA-F 3655
* * 2690 B72 *7663-A 4
2546 G13 3567 G1 7654-B I4

B * B 2547 G13 3568 G14 7656-A B11

150K
3624

3625
330n BC847BPN

1K2
100R 100n
*
1 3682 * BC847BPN 2548 H13 3569 G14 7656-B B12

2673
1680 1 RES 5 7663-B

1n
2549 I13 3570 G1 7663-A B13

2591

2640

220n
SNDR-SC3-IN 6

10u
1 A15 3 RES
4 7674 * * 1K2 2
2550 E3
2551 E2
3571 H1
3572 H1
7663-B B14
7664-A C11

220R
*7666-B

3544

3675
B73

47K
2
2552 G2 3573 H14 7664-B C11
TO 1680

2696

330n
BC847BPN 5 BC847BW
SNDL-SC3-IN 3 3 * 2691
+8VA
* 3664 3556 B1-112 2553 H2 3574 I1 7665-A E11

100K
3699
2554 I2 3575 I14 7665-B E11
4 * A * * 1K2 100R AUDIO-C 2555 I2 3576 C1 7666-A C4

220R
100n

3547

3663
2509

2572
6

47K
2556 I7 3577 B2 7666-B B4

BZX284-C10

10u
B2-164
* A

1n
5663
CVBS-AV3-IN * 5
HD JACK PANEL
7666-A 2 2632
* 2557 I7 3612 G13 7667 I5

150K
3658

3698
BC847BPN

2508

100u
2609

6652

1K2
2558 I8 3613 G13 7668 A6

1n
STATUS_SC3
3531 6
3639 1 * * 330n 2559 J7 3614 I14 7674 B6

3630
*

2634
47K
N.C 3644 6653 B1-111 2560 J7 3615 I14 7675-A A8

1n
5653 330n
C 8K2
* +8V_AUD +8VC
8V1 3557
A AUDIO-SL
C
2561 J8 3616 G14 7675-B A9

220R
1K2
3576

3634
2570

2571

100p

4
2K7

7677
1n

100R 2562 E1 3624 B5 7677 C14

* * * 1R5 BAT254 * A
2646 7V3 BC847BPN
3528 2563 F1 3625 B5 7678-A E14

100K
3637

3520
2678

2573
47K
*

10u

10u
5 7664-B

1n
2677
2564 F1 3626 I4 7678-B E14
6 3
2643 2 7664-A 1K 2565 G1 3627 H4 7680 G13

B2-124 5667 1681

*
A A
4690 4688 * 330n 1V2 BC847BPN B68 BC847BW
RES
MUTE_SSB 2566 G1
2567 H1
3628 I5
3630 C5
C100 J3

HA50 1
8V 7V 1 3546
TO 1948 62 6V9

2644
7651 +8VA AUDIO-C 2568 I1 3634 C5

1n
5668 0V6 3V2
MSP3452G 8 7 9 4 3 5 6 12 31 30 32
VA50 2 +5DB
1K2
* * 2569 I1 3636 D11

4610
2570 C1 3637 C11

ADR-WS

ADR-DA

ADR-CL

ADR_SEL

I2S-WS

I2S-CL

I2S-DA-OUT1

I2S-DA-IN1

I2S-DA-IN2

AHVSUP

CAPL-A

CAPL-M
B2-123 7653

220R
3657

3636
B75

47K
3 16 2571 C2 3639 C4
63 74HC4053 *
2588

100p
2589

100p

STANDBYQ 2572 C14 3642 E9

B74 1 B71

4642
4V7 I2C_CL VCC 6 2573 C13 3643 E9
D TUNER SIM/CONNECTOR G3 D

B2-119
* * 4V8 2 I2C_DA DVSUP 10 5V
+8VA 14
A
3558
B1-114
2574 D14
2575 E13
3644 C7
3650 A4
3551 2653 A MUXDX AUDIO-L
QSS_AM
* * 46 VREFTOP
I2S INTERFACE
RESETQ 16 5V
12
1y0
11
100R
2576 F13
2577 F14
3651 F2
3652 G2

1n
2574
1K 330n

10u
PIP_AUDIO 2578 F14 3653 G2

2510
13
22 1y1
2551

2654

470p

6651

2682

2681

100n

2579 F14 3654 F2

3n3

10u

N.C DACM-C
2652 B1-110

150K
3666

3671
4652

51 2580 G14 3655 B3

1K2
ANA_IN- I2SL/R I2SL/R 3559 R-CL_VL-OUT
PIP_AUD_IN * * 47p DEMODULATOR FM1 DACM-S 24
2649 7665-B 2
15 2581 G14
2582 I14
3656 B3
3657 D11
2501 52 FM2 2679 100n 2y0 100R 7678-A

3521
ANA-IN2+ DACM-SUB 23 8V1 10 2583 I14 3658 C11
BC847BPN

2575
NICAM 3529 1K

47K
*

1n
NICAM A
SNDR-SC3-IN
3560 3692 * *2506 2550 2651 47p 50 ANA_IN1+
DECODER NICAM B AGNDC 34
2680 10u A A
330n
4 1
2y1
2584 J10
2585 J10
3659 B13
3663 C13

100K
MUTE_SSB

3667
7V3
E 100R 6K8 330n 330p 100n 5 E 2586 J10 3664 B13
6 4 BC847BS B1-109
20 0V2 3642 2645 3 2511 3561 2587 J8 3666 E10
3694

3550
2562

2659

470p

DACM_R 2 7665-A
22K

A L-CL_VL-OUT
1K

B65
1n

D/A
* * IDENT IDENT
DSP LOUDSPEAKER R
LOUDSPEAKER
100R 330n BC847BPN
1 3670
5
3y0
9
10u 100R SELECT_AUDIO_LR
2588 D1
2589 D1
3667 E10
3668 F10
3643 3V2
3562 * *
3693
*2507 47
LOUDSPEAKER L D/A
DACM_L 21 0V2 1V2
0V6
3
3y1 7678-B
2590 J9
2591 B6
3669 F11
3670 E11
SNDL-SC3-IN
*

2576 1n
MONO_IN
100R 1K2 3530 1K

3522
4645
2592 B1 3671 E11

47K
VEE GND
100R 6K8 B66
*

220R
330n

3668

3669
SCART 4

2694
2593 I3 3673 G12

47K
B67 B69

1n
7 8 MUTE_SSB
3695
2563

2660

470p

36
22K

3V7 SC4-IN-R 2594 I3 3675 B12

1n

* 3V7 35 SC4-IN-L DACA-R 17 0V

A A
BC847BS
B1-115
2595 J3
2609 C8
3680 B13
3681 A11
A/D SCART-L HEADPHONE R D/A 3563 AUDIO-R 2610 A5 3682 B12
B1-106
3564 3654* 2661
SCART 3 HEADPHONE
18 0V
A
100R 2577 2611 A5 3683 H13

2686
R-FRONT-IN 3V7 39 SC3-IN-R DACA-L B1-108

1n
F HEADPHONE L D/A 3565 1n HEADPHONE-R F 2629 B11 3684 H2
A/D SCART-R 4612
100R 6K8 330n 38
2632 C5 3685 I2
3V7 SC3-IN-L
100R 2578 2634 C5 3686 H2
3651
2564

2663

470p

B1-107
22K
1n

3566 1n HEADPHONE-L
* 3V7 42
SCART 2
SC2_IN_R
for MSP3410D only 4613
2579
2637 A11
2640 B6
3687 I2
3688 G2
D/A 100R
B1-105
for MSP3415D only
SCART-R SC2-OUT-R 25 3V7
*4632 1n B1-112
2643 C10 3689 H2

L-FRONT-IN 3567 3653* 2662

3V7 41 SC2_IN_L
SCART-L SC2-OUT-L 26 3V8
*4633
AUDIO-C 2644 D10
2645 E10
3690 G2
3691 H2

100R 6K8 330n 3V7

SCART 1 D/A 2546 * 3568 R-SC1_AV-OUT 2646 C10 3692 E2
45 SC1_IN_R
28 3V8 10u 3612 * 100R 2580 B1-101 2649 E10 3693 E2
3652
2565

2664

470p

SC1_OUT_R
22K

2651 E4 3694 E2
1n

* 3V7 44 SC1_IN_L
SCART Switching Facilities SC1_OUT_L 29 3V8
2547 * 47K 3569
B1-97
10n L-SC1_AV-OUT 2652 E4 3695 F2
2653 D2 3698 C11
G B1-98 10u 3613 * 100R 2581 G 2654 E3 3699 C5

R-HEADPHONE
*

L-HEADPHONE
3570 3688 2504 2659 E2 4520 A8

XTAL_OUT
R-SC2_AV2-IN

HP_AMP-L
XTAL_IN
3673 47K
AUD-CL-OUT

HP_AMP-R
1n 2660 F2 4521 A8

2687
+8VA
D-CTR-IO1

D-CTR-IO0

1n
100R 6K8
* 330n 2661 F2 4522 B9
TESTEN

AUDIO PLL
AHVSS

AVSUP
VREF2

VREF1

10K B7-145
3690
2566

2552

470p

2662 G2 4523 A7
DVSS
ASG2

ASG1

ASG0

AVSS
22K
1n

NC1

NC2

NC3

NC4

NC5

NC6
*7680
TP1

3616

4611
SEL_IN_2 2663 F2 4531 H14
8V 2664 G2 4532 I14

B70
19 27 33 37 40 43 48 56 11 53 57 58 59 60 61 64 49 54 2V2
55 13 14 15 BC847BW 2K7
2V4 1651 * RES 2665 A5 4603 A4

3683
B1-95 7652
* 5V HEADPHONE

22K
16 2666 A5 4604 A4
L-SC2_AV2-IN 3571 3689 2505 4614 74HC4053
B76 AMPLIFIER 2667 H7 4606 A1
A A CX-5F VCC 6 2668 H8 4607 I6
100R 6K8 330n 18M432
G3
+5DA 2670 A2 4608 I6
3691

SEE 2ND
2567

2553

470p
22K

+8VA A
1n

2673 B11 4609 I6

H * 1684
4615 SHEET
12
MUXDX
14 R-CL_VL-OUT
4531
H 2674 A11 4610 D13
1y0 2677 C8 4611 G11
2667 DSX840 2668 11
B1-100
3572 3684* 2502 * 3p3 18M432 3p3 13
1y1
2678 C8 4612 F10
3627

B77 B1-99 2679 E9 4613 F10

10K

R-SC1_AV1-IN RES
2548 2680 E9 4614 H10
100R 6K8 330n
7654-A
BC847BS * 1682 15 * * 3573 R-SC2-OUT
2681 E4 4615 H10

*4682 * 5658
5657 1
3686
2568

2554

470p

2
22K

Y50 B2-125 2682 E3 4616 A9

1n

* 2y0
10 10u 100R 2686 F9 4617 A9

* *4683 * 5659 2

3614
*

2582
B2-126 1

47K
U50 2687 G9 4632 F9

1n
3626 7654-B 3628 (NOT USED)
2y1
2690 B6 4633 G9
*4684 *
B1-94 B2-127
L-SC1_AV1-IN 3574 3685* 2503 12K BC847BS
RES
22K V50 3
4 * * 2691 C6
2693 A3
4642 D13
4645 F13
3554

4
2697

100n
2698

22K
10u

100R 6K8 330n

* 2694 F10 4652 E1
4607

4608

4609

2556

100p
2557

100p
2558

100p

5 9 4532
I 3y0 I 2695 A2 4676 J12
3687
2569

2555

470p

5 B78
22K

* * L-CL_VL-OUT
1n

* * * * * * 1683
*
3 2549 2696 B5 4677 J12

2593 +8VA
3552
B3-152
* * * 6 3V3_INT
5664
*5665 1
3y1

VEE GND
* 3575 L-SC2-OUT 2697 I3
2698 I3
4682 H7
4683 I7
A A B1-96
1n
10K
* 7667
3553
Y-PIP+MAIN-IN * 4685 * 5660 7 2
7 8
10u 100R 3519 A7 4684 I7

3615
2583

47K
B3-153 3520 C12 4685 I7
BC847BW

1n
2594
RES
22K
U-PIP+MAIN-IN * 4686 * 5661 8 +3V3_SIM 5669 3521 E13 4686 I7
3555

N.C. 0V
22K

B3-154 3522 E13 4687 J7

1n
2595 V-PIP+MAIN-IN * 4687 * 5662 9 A A * * 3523 A8 4688 C7
2590

100p

100n

2585
100n

2586
2584 3524 A9 4689 A6

1n
* 5666
SELECT_AUDIO_LR

PIP_AUD_IN 10 4676 * 3525 A9 4690 C7

1n
MUTE_CS

C100 * * 4677 *
3526 A10
3527 B10
5651 A5
5652 A5
2559

100p
2560

100p
2561

100p
2587

100p

*
J COMPONENTS WITH DIVERSITY J 3528 C14 5653 C7
3529 E14 5654 A3

A * * * * CL 36532038_099.eps
3530 E14
3531 C1
5656 A1
5657 H7

3139 123 5525.3 110703 3532 B6

3533 B5
5658 I7
5659 I7
3540 A6 5660 I7
3544 B11 5661 I7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 63

Small Signal Board: Audio Headphone Amplifier

2520 A3 2524 C1 2528 C1 3501 B3 3505 E3 3509 E2 3513 C1 7681-A C3
Personal Notes:
2521 A1 2525 E3 2529 B2 3502 B3 3506 E3 3510 A2 3514 C2 7681-B A3
2522 B3 2526 E2 2530 D2 3503 C2 3507 E3 3511 B3 3515 D3 7682 B1
2523 C2 2527 B1 3500 B3 3504 C2 3508 E2 3512 B1 6655 B1
1 2 3 4
AUDIO HEADPHONE AMPLIFIER
B6A +8V_AUD

2520

100n
A 2521
7681-B A
L-HEADPHONE 5 8 NJM4556AM
100n 7
3510

6
47K

7682
3511
BC857BW
100K
PDZ-3.9B
6655

2527

100n

2529

B B
1u

3512 3500 3501 HP_AMP-L

47K 68K 120R

+8V_AUD 2522 3502

22p 120R
3513
2528

47K
1u

3503

3504
2523
47K

10K
1n

+8V_AUD
C A A A
C
3514
47K

7681-A
R-HEADPHONE 2524 3 NJM4556AM
8
100n 1
2
4

D 3515
D
100K
2530

1u

3505 3506 HP_AMP-R

68K 120R
2525 3507

22p 120R
E E
3508

3509
2526
47K

10K
1n

A A A

CL 36532061_041.eps
3139 123 5525.3 280803

1 2 3 4
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 64

Small Signal Board: Painter

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 0012 H2 3056 G5
1001 C11 3057 G4

PAINTER 1002 H10

1003 B1
1004 D11
3058 B10
3059 E6
3060 C6

4002

4003
RES

RES
2001 D11 3061 A7
2002 D11 3062 F10
2003 B10 3063 G10

SDA-S

SDA-F

SCL-S

SCL-F

B4-163
A A

B1-121
To Mapping D13 2004 D10 3064 G10
+5V2_CON 2005 G9 3065 B10
2006 G5 3066 G11

+5V2_CON
+3V3_INTPAINTER

CEN

D(7)
D(6)
D(5)
D(4)
D(3)
D(2)
D(1)
D(0)
SDA-S

SCL-S

SDA-F

SCL-F

SDA_NVM

POR_FLASH

SCL_NVM

RC
+3V3_INTPAINTER

WC_NVM
+5V2_CON 2008 G8 3067 G11
3061
2009 C11 3068 G11
3074 10K 2010 G10 3069 G11

3038

3065
10K

10K
3030

3052

6K8
10K 2011 G10 3070 E2
7013
B1-93
3049 4K7 PDTC144EU 2012 G10 3071 F2
SOUND-ENABLE 3031

3021
T 315mA

22K
470R 3V3 2013 C1 3072 E2
4008
3054

1003
RES

B 4K7 B

3029 220R

470R
7005 2014 C2 3073 E2

220R 3026

3058
3032 3

470R
3035
MC33269D 1

3053
10K
2015 C3 3074 B7
2 +3V3_INTPAINTER

I/P MODE SELECT

4K7

3027 220R
3V3 0V

O/P SERIAL DATA

2016 C3 3076 G8

3028
5V2 4

I/P SERiAL DATA

IN SC1-STATUS 3033 2
3 2017 D2 3077 H8

2003
5

10n
B2-162 ATT-SWITCH

I/P CLOCK
4K7

220R
OUT 6 2020 C6 3078 F6
MCL4148
6003
2013

100u

2014

100n

2015

100n

2016

100u

2009

470p
8 NC +3V3_INTPAINTER 2023 G10 3079 F5
7 STANDBY-INFO 4007

470R
2024 G11 4002 A9

1K for FL

3048
GND-ADJ
B1-141 STANDBY
1 2025 G11 4003 A9

3012

2K2
2026 H11 4004 G4
3039

85 5V2
84 5V2
83 5V2
82 5V2
81 3V2
80 3V3
0V

79 3V2
98 0V
C3

77 3V2
C 4V1 3013 B1-117
KEYBOARD +3V3_INTPAINTER C 2027 F2 4005 H4
BC857B 7001

100
470R 2028 F3 4006 C6

99

97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86

78

76
2020
+3V3_INTPAINTER SAA5667HL C4 HSYNC

10n
7002 10K RESET
2030 C10 4007 C6

P2.0|TPWM
VSSC3
P2.6|PWM5
P2.5|PWM4
P2.4|PWM3
P2.3|PWM2
P2.2|PWM1
P2.1|PWM0
AD7
AD6
AD5
AD4
AD3
AD2
AD1
AD0
P1.5|SDA1
P1.4|SCL1
P1.7|SDA0
P1.6|SCL0
P1.3|T1
P1.2|INT0
P1.1|T0
A16-LN
P1.0|INT1

2030

100n
SAM-SDM 4006 1001
3014 2031 F6 4008 B2
3017

3060
4K7

2K7

0V4
3V3
4V6 C11
4K7 1
P2.7|PWM6 VDDP
75 2032 G8 6003 C1
0V7 2 74
0V B1-102 FRONT-DETECT 3040 P3.0|ADC0 MVX-RD 1004 2033 H8 7001 C7
3 73 0V
3015 7003 RESET
0V
A17-LN RESET 1V / div DC
470R 4
P3.1|ADC1 RESET_
72 DSX840 3001 G13 7002 C2
BC847BW 3V3 5 71 1V7 20us / div
470K 1V3 7004
P3.2|ADC2 XTALOUT 2001 12M 2002 3002 G14 7003 D3
A(14) 1V 6
P3.3|ADC3 XTALIN
70 1V7 C5 VSYNC
0V7 BC847BW RDN 7 69 0V 3003 G9 7004 D3
A15-LN OSCGND 33p 33p
WRN 8
A14 Painter - MVX-WR
68
3004 G9 7005 B2
3016
2017

100n

A(8)
1K

9 67
D 3041 RD_ A8 D
B4-146 3042 10
WR_ A9
66 A(9) 3005 G9 7006 G4
STANDBY-INFO
10K 470R
470R 11
12
VSSC1
VSSP1
Processor A10
A11
65
64
A(10)
A(11) 3006 E10 7007 H3
RES 2V8 13 63 3V3 1V / div DC 3007 F11 7009 E2
+3V3_INTPAINTER P0.5 VDDC +5V2_CON
3020 470R 3V3 14 62 10ms / div
3019 EA_ VSSC2 2004

3037
3008 F4 7012 F13

10K
A(7) 15
A7 INTD_
61
100n
0V3 16 60 3009 H4 7013 B10
N.C SEL_IN_1 3043 P0.0|RX VSSP2
3072 0V3 17
P0.1|TX P3.6
59
3036
0V 18 58 0V1 IRQ-DIGITAL 3010 H4 7014 F6
P50_OUT 470R P0.2|INT2 ROMBK0
C5
19
PSEN_ ROMBK1
57
470R 3011 G3
22R 3044 3050 20
ALE ROMBK2
56 VS
3073 DEGAUSSING 0V 21 55 3V3 3012 C6
B1-118 VPE1 VSYNC 3034

P3.4|PWM7|T2EX
22 54 3V SEL_IN_2 B6-145 3013 C3
+3V3_INTPAINTER 3059 470R 470R P0.3|INT3 P3.5

SYNC-FILTER
23 53 3V3
E A6 HSYNC 470R E 3014 C2
22R 4K7 24 52 0V HS

RAMBK1
P0.4|INT4 VDS

FRAME
P0.7|T2
3V

A15-BK
3015 D2

CVBS0
CVBS1
25 51

CORB

VDDA
P3.7 RAMBK0

VSSA
7009

VPE2
P50_IN

IREF
P0.6

A13
A12
A5
A4

A3
A2
A1

A0
MC33269D 3016 D3

G
R
B
+3V3_PA A(6) C4
2

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
+5V_PA 3070 BC857B 3006 3017 C3
4V4 4 B4-137
FBL-TXT

0V
IN 3V3
3
* * 3018 F8

1V

0V8
1V2

3V3
3079 3078 1K

0V
0V
0V
1R5 5 3019 D6
*

3007
OUT 6
2027

100n

2028

100n

470R
3051

1K5
3071

RESET-3DC
100R 7014 10K C10
8 NC 3020 D6
RES 3045
1R5 GND-ADJ
7 B1-116 ON-OFF-LED
C6 NVM SDA_NVM
3021 B10
470R 3026 B9
1 2031 A(16)

A(15)

A(13)
A(12)
A(5)
A(4)

A(3)
A(2)
A(1)

A(0)
F B2-122 CVBS-TXT F 3027 C9
4
100n 0V WC_NVM 3028 B9
VSS WC_
C7 3029 B9
7

B8-167
3V2 SCL_NVM
3062 B4-134 7012 SCL 3030 B9

3018

24K
10K 3V1
R-TXT 6
VS C8 3V2
3031 B9
+3V3_INTPAINTER 100R SDA E2
3008 3063 B4-135 5 3 3032 B9

2005

100n
G-TXT M24C32 E1

3001

3002
2008

100n

4K7

4K7
2006

3033 B9
4n7

2
RES

100R
4004

3064 B4-136 VCC E0 3034 E11

B-TXT 1

+3V3_INTPAINTER
100R 8 3035 B11
3V3
3056

100R

100R

100R
0V B4-142

3066

3068

3069
7006 VSYNC 3036 E10
G C9 G

150R

150R

150R
3003

3004

3005
PMBT2369 47K 3037 D11
3011

3057

2010

2011

2012
10K

47K

47p

47p

47p
100R +3V3_INTPAINTER
3038 B6

100R
3067
3076 3039 C7

2023

2024

2025
10p

10p

10p
3040 D6

2032

10p
HS 3041 D6
3042 D6
4005
RES

0012 3043 E6
3V
MECHPART 100R 3044 E6
3009 B4-131

10
7007 HFB 3045 F6

9
1

8
5
3077
H PMBT2369 0V
47K H
1002 3048 C7
2033

10p

B1: B6
3010

47K

3049 B7
2026 3050 E7
3051 F9
PTV-FTV ONLY 10p
3052 B11
CL 36532038_101.eps 3053 B11
3139 123 5525.3 110703 3054 B1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 65

Small Signal Board: 3d Comb Filter

1005 D12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2040 E3
2041 E4
2042 E3
2043 E5
2044 D4
3D COMB FILTER 2045 D4
2046 D4

B7-167
2047 D3
3V3IO
2048 C4
2049 C4
A A 2050 C4
3V3IO 2051 C5
2052 D5

5005
1K
2053 D5
2054 D5
2055 E4
2056 E5

100n

2070

2069

10u
2057 E5

3087

3088
22K

1K
2058 E5

3091
4K7
2059 F5

220R

3096
BC857B 2060 F5
7019
B 7018
GND_Y
B 2061 F5
2062 G5
2V5D 2V5A
BC847B 3V3IO 2063 B5
220R 2064 7020 2064 B5
3085 BC847B 2065 C9
1u
3V3IO 5004 3095 2066 C10

2063

470R
220K

3086

3089

3090
2K2
BC857B

1n
2067 C11

100n

2066
15u 470R 7021

3099
2068 C11

47K
100n

2065

2082

150p

2067

150p

2068
3093
47R

10n
2069 B13

330R
3084
2070 B13

GND_R
GND_B 2071 D12
2048 2050 GND_Y GND_Y 2072 D13

3092
47R
C C

220R

3097
B2-166 18p 2073 E12
1u 7015 GND_R GND_Y 2074 E11
BC857B 5003
uPD64083 GND_Y 2075 F12
3V3IO 7017 6u8 GND_R
GND_R 2076 G12

75

74

73

72
71

70

69

68

67

66
65

64

63

62

61

60

59
58

57

56

55

54

53
80

79

78

77

76

52

51
2V5A 2077 G11

150p

2049

2051
47p
2078 I5

DYCO1
CSI

AGND
ST1
ST0
ALTF
LINE

DVDD

AVDD
SCL
DGND

KIL

DGND

CKMD
DYCO9

DYCO8

DYCO7

DYCO6

DYCO5

DYCO4

DYCO3
DYCO2

DYCO0

NSTD
RPLL

CLK8

FSCI
SDA

RSTB
SLA0
100n 2071 2079 I5
330R

3082

AVDD FSCO 2080 I4

GND_Y1
GND_Y2 GND_Y2 2052 100n 81 50 22p 2081 I4
2047 2046 GND_Y2 CBPC AGND 2082 C10
220R 2053 82 49 GND_Y
B2-165 18p 3080 E3
1u ACO
1005 3081 D5
D BC857B 5002 220R 3083 83
AYO
GND_Y 3098
D 3082 D3
7016 6u8 3081 100n 84 XO 48 470R 3083 D5
CBPY
DAC DSX151 3084 C4
150p

2044

2045
47p

2054 85 XI 47 20M0
3085 B4
AGND 2V5A

2072
22p
3V3IO 86 AVDD 46 3086 B5
GND_Y2 GND_Y1
2042 3087 B5

100n

2073
GND_Y2 GND_Y2 GND_Y1 3088 B5
18p 7023 AGND DVDD 2V5D 3089 B5
220R 5001 2043 87 45
3090 B6
AYI TEST24

100n

2074
6u8 44 GND_Y 3091 B6
B2-122 3080 1u GND_Y1 88
VCLY TEST23 3092 C9
Y-ADC
2040

150p

2041

BC847B GND_Y
47p

100n 43
E 89
VRBY TEST22 E 3093 C9
3094 E4
470R
2055

100n
2056
3094

10u

2057 100n 90 42
3095 B12
VRTY TEST21 GND_R
GND_Y2 GND_Y2
GND_Y2 2V5A
GND_Y1 2058
GND_Y1
91
92
AVDD 3D Y/C DGND
41
40
3096 B12
3097 C12
3098 D11
GND_Y1GND_Y1 100n TEST20 3099 C10
39
2059 3V3IO 4010 H5
AVDD DVDDIO
GND_Y1 100n 93 38 5001 E3
VRTC TEST19 5002 D4

100n

2075
2060 100n 94 37

F GND_Y1 2061 95
VRBC

ACI
C-ADC TEST18
36
F
5003 C4
5004 B11
5005 A12
TEST17
96 35 5006 G12
GND_Y1
AGND TEST16 5007 H3
97 34 GND_B1 5008 H5
TEST15 7015 C5
GND_Y1 33
7016 D3
TEST25
98 7017 C4

EXTDYCO0

EXTDYCO1

EXTDYCO2

EXTDYCO3
EXTDYCO4

EXTDYCO5

EXTDYCO6

EXTDYCO7

EXTDYCO8

EXTDYCO9

DGNDRAM

DGNDRAM
TEST26 DVDDRAM 7018 B5

EXTALTF
TESTIC1

TESTIC2

99 32 5006 7019 B6
TEST01

TEST02

TEST03

TEST04

TEST05

TEST06

TEST07
TEST08

TEST09

TEST10

TEST11

TEST12

TEST13
TEST14
2V5D 2V5D
DGND

DVDD DVDDRAM 7020 B6

100 31 1K
7021 C12
7022 H5
G G
100n

2062

2077

100n

2076
11
10

12

18

19

21
13

14

15

16
17

10u
1

20

22

28

29
23

24

25

26

27

30
2

3
4

9
7023 E4

GND_R
GND_G

3V3IO 5008
H 30R
3V3_INT
GND GND_B GND GND_Y GND GND_R
H
4010
7022 2V5A
KF25BDT GND GND_B1 GND GND_Y
+3V3_INTPAINTER 5007 1 3 GND GND_R
2V5D
IN OUT
30R GND

2 GND GND_Y1
2081

2080

2079

100u
100n

2078
10u
33n

GND GND_R

GND GND_G GND GND_Y1

I GND GND GND GND GND I
GND GND_R

GND GND_Y2

CL 36532038_102.eps
3139 123 5525.3 110703

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 66

Layout SSB (Overview LOT Side)

 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 67

Layout SSB (Part 1 LOT Side)

 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 68

Layout SSB (Part 2 LOT Side)

 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 69

Layout SSB (Part 3 LOT Side)

 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 70

Layout SSB (Part 4 LOT Side)

 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 71

Mapping Small Signal Board (LOT Side) Mapping Small Signal Board (Tuner Side)
1000 D4 2350 C3 2698 C5 3377 C3 3901 D4 4947 D3 v1 D5 2012 B5 2556 B1 3001 A5 3351 C3 3575 D2 4369 C4 5718 A3
1303 A1 2351 C3 2702 A6 3387 B3 3902 D4 4948 D3 v2 D5 2014 A6 2557 C1 3002 A5 3352 C3 3577 D1 4401 C5 5720 A2
1315 B3 2352 C3 2704 B5 3393 B2 3903 D4 4949 D3 v3 D5 2015 A6 2558 C1 3003 A5 3353 D3 3624 C2 4406 C5 5799 A3
1316 B2 2353 D2 2708 B5 3394 B3 3904 D4 4950 D3 v4 D5 2017 A5 2559 C1 3004 A5 3354 C3 3625 C2 4407 B5 5900 D5
1317 B2 2356 B3 2713 A6 3395 B3 3905 D4 4951 D3 v5 D5 2020 A4 2560 C1 3005 A5 3355 C3 3630 C2 4603 C2 5901 D4
1318 B2 2357 B3 2729 B4 3396 B3 3906 D3 4952 D3 v6 D5 2023 A6 2561 C1 3006 A5 3358 C3 3634 C2 4604 D2 6003 A6
1407 C1 2358 B2 2733 A4 3397 B3 3907 D4 4953 D2 v7 D5 2024 A6 2584 B1 3007 A5 3359 C3 3636 C1 4610 C1 6303 C4
1408 C1 2363 B3 2738 B4 3398 B3 3908 D4 4954 D4 v8 D5 2025 A6 2585 B1 3008 A5 3360 C3 3637 C1 4616 C3 6304 C4
1651 B6 2365 C2 2743 B4 3400 C3 3909 D4 5001 B2 v9 D5 2026 A6 2586 B1 3009 A4 3361 B5 3639 C2 4617 C3 6306 C4
1680 C6 2366 C2 2757 B5 3402 C2 3910 D4 5002 A2 V14 D4 2030 A5 2587 C1 3010 A4 3362 B4 3644 D3 4652 B3 6307 C4
1681 B6 2367 D2 2758 A6 3403 C1 3911 D4 5003 A2 V57 D2 2031 A4 2595 C1 3011 A5 3364 B4 3650 D2 4676 C2 6308 C3
1684 B6 2368 D2 2765 A6 3417 C2 4002 A2 5004 A3 v10 D5 2032 A6 2610 B2 3012 A4 3365 B4 3651 B2 4690 C3 6312 C4
2003 A2 2370 C3 2767 B4 3418 C2 4003 A2 5005 A3 v11 D5 2033 A6 2611 B1 3013 A5 3366 C4 3652 B2 4703 A3 6313 C4
2009 A2 2373 C3 2771 A4 3419 C1 4010 A3 5006 A3 v12 D5 2302 C5 2629 C2 3014 A5 3367 C4 3653 B2 4711 A3 6314 C4
2013 A1 2376 C3 2772 A4 3436 C1 4302 C4 5007 A3 v13 D5 2303 C4 2632 C2 3015 A5 3368 C4 3654 B2 4712 A3 6315 C4
2016 A2 2377 C3 2773 A4 3437 C2 4303 C4 5008 A3 v15 D4 2304 C4 2634 C1 3016 A5 3369 C4 3657 C1 4713 A3 6316 C3
v16 D4 2306 C4 2637 C1 3017 A5 3373 C3 3658 C1 4714 A3 6317 C4
2027 A3 2394 D2 2776 A4 3458 B3 4304 B4 5301 C3 v17 D4 2307 C4 2640 C1 3018 A5 3374 C3 3659 C1 4715 B3 6318 C4
2028 A4 2395 B3 2785 A5 3460 B3 4305 B4 5302 B3 v18 D4 2308 C4 2643 C1 3019 A4 3375 C4 3663 C1 4716 B3 6334 C4
2040 B2 2396 B3 2790 A6 3461 B3 4311 B3 5303 D1 v19 D4 2309 C4 2644 C1 3020 A4 3378 C5 3664 C1 4717 B3 6336 A6
2041 A2 2397 B3 2796 B5 3462 B3 4313 C4 5406 C1 v20 D4 2310 C4 2645 C1 3026 A5 3382 C5 3666 C1 4724 A1 6650 C2
2042 B2 2398 D2 2797 A5 3464 C3 4322 D2 5409 C3 v21 D4 2311 C4 2646 C1 3027 A5 3384 B5 3667 C1 4725 A1 6651 B2
2043 A2 2399 C4 2912 D3 3466 D2 4326 C3 5412 B1 v22 D4 2313 C4 2649 C1 3030 A5 3385 C5 3668 C1 4728 A1 6654 B1
2044 A2 2401 B2 3021 A2 3500 C5 4409 B3 5413 B1 v23 D4 2319 B4 2651 B1 3031 A5 3386 D4 3669 C1 4910 D4 6655 B2
2045 A2 2402 C1 3028 A2 3501 C5 4520 D6 5414 B1 v24 D4 2320 B4 2652 B2 3032 A5 3388 C4 3670 C1 4911 D5 7001 A5
2046 A2 2411 C1 3029 A2 3502 C5 4521 C6 5653 C4 v25 D4 2321 B4 2653 B2 3034 A4 3389 C4 3671 C1 4912 D4 7002 A5
2047 A1 2418 C2 3033 A2 3504 C4 4522 D6 5656 C5 v26 D4 2322 B4 2654 B2 3035 A5 3390 C4 3675 C2 4913 D5 7003 A5
2048 A1 2426 A1 3036 B2 3505 C4 4523 C6 5663 C6 v27 D4 2323 B4 2659 C2 3038 A4 3391 D4 3680 C2 4914 D5 7004 A5
2049 A2 2427 A1 3037 B2 3506 C5 4531 D5 5667 B6 v28 D4 2325 B4 2660 C2 3039 A4 3392 C4 3681 C2 4915 D5 7005 A6
2050 A2 2428 A1 3058 A2 3507 C5 4532 D5 5668 B6 v29 D4 2328 B4 2661 B2 3040 A4 3399 C3 3682 C2 4916 D5 7006 A5
2051 A2 2429 B3 3061 A3 3509 C4 4606 C5 5702 B5 v30 D4 2338 B4 2662 B2 3041 A4 3401 B5 3684 B2 4917 D5 7007 A5
2052 A2 2508 C4 3065 A2 3511 C5 4607 B5 5703 A6 v31 D4 2339 C4 2663 B2 3042 A4 3405 C5 3685 B2 4918 D4 7012 A5
2053 A2 2514 D6 3070 A3 3515 C4 4608 B4 5707 B4 v32 D3 2342 C3 2664 B2 3043 A4 3415 B5 3686 B2 4922 D5 7014 A4
2054 A2 2522 C5 3071 A3 3519 C6 4609 B4 5711 A5 v33 D3 2343 C3 2673 C2 3044 A4 3416 C6 3687 B2 4923 D5 7301 B4
2055 A2 2525 C4 3072 A4 3520 D6 4611 C6 5713 A5 v34 D3 2344 A6 2674 C1 3045 A4 3420 C5 3688 B2 4924 D5 7302 C3
2056 A2 2529 C5 3073 A4 3523 D6 4612 C5 5715 A6 v35 D3 2354 D5 2679 C2 3048 A4 3441 B5 3689 B2 4926 D4 7303 C4
2057 A2 2530 C4 3080 B2 3524 C6 4613 C5 5716 A6 v36 D3 2359 B4 2681 B2 3049 A4 3446 D4 3690 B2 4930 D5 7305 C4
2058 A2 2546 C5 3081 A2 3525 C6 4614 C5 5717 A6 v37 D3 2360 B5 2686 C1 3050 A4 3450 C6 3691 B2 4931 D4 7306 D4
2059 A2 2547 D5 3082 A2 3526 C6 4615 C5 5798 A4 v38 D3 2361 B5 2690 C1 3051 A5 3451 C5 3692 C2 4932 D4 7307 C5
v39 D3 2362 B5 2691 C1 3052 A5 3452 C5 3693 C2 4934 D3 7308 B4
2060 A2 2548 D5 3083 A2 3527 C6 4632 C6 5902 D5 v40 D3 2369 D4 2694 C1 3053 A5 3453 C3 3694 C2 4936 D3 7309 B4
2061 A2 2549 D5 3084 A2 3528 D6 4633 C6 5903 D5 v41 D2 2371 C5 2696 C2 3054 B5 3454 C3 3695 C2 4940 D3 7310 D4
2062 B2 2562 C6 3085 A2 3529 D6 4642 C6 5904 D3 v42 D2 2372 C5 2706 A1 3056 A5 3455 C3 3698 C1 4941 D3 7311 B4
2063 A2 2563 C6 3086 A2 3530 D6 4645 C6 6309 C4 v43 D2 2374 C5 2707 A2 3057 A5 3456 C5 3699 C2 4942 D3 7312 C4
2064 A2 2564 D5 3087 A2 3531 B6 4677 C5 6310 C4 v44 D2 2375 C5 2709 A3 3059 A4 3457 C5 3707 A3 4955 D4 7313 C3
2065 A3 2565 D5 3088 A2 3552 C6 4682 B4 6311 C4 v45 D2 2378 C5 2710 A3 3060 A4 3459 C3 3708 A2 4956 D4 7314 C3
2066 A3 2566 D5 3089 A2 3553 C6 4683 B4 6319 C4 v46 D2 2379 B5 2712 A2 3062 A5 3463 B5 3709 A3 4957 D4 7315 D3
2067 A3 2567 D5 3090 A2 3554 C6 4684 B5 6321 C3 v47 D2 2380 B5 2718 B3 3063 A5 3465 D4 3710 A2 4958 D4 7317 C4
2068 A3 2568 D5 3091 A3 3555 C6 4685 B4 6337 A1 v48 D2 2381 B5 2719 A3 3064 A5 3467 D3 3711 A2 4959 D4 7318 C4
2069 A3 2569 D5 3092 A3 3560 C6 4686 B4 6338 A1 v49 D2 2382 B5 2721 B3 3066 A6 3468 C5 3718 A3 4960 D4 7322 C5
2070 A3 2570 B6 3093 A3 3562 C6 4687 B5 6652 C4 v50 D2 2384 C5 2723 A3 3067 A6 3469 C4 3719 A2 4961 D4 7324 B4
2071 A3 2571 C6 3094 A2 3576 C6 4688 D4 6653 D4 v51 D2 2385 C5 2725 B3 3068 A6 3470 C4 3720 A2 4962 D4 7340 C3
2072 A3 2572 D6 3095 A3 3612 D5 4689 C6 6656 C6 v52 D2 2391 B3 2726 A3 3069 A6 3472 C4 3721 A2 4963 D4 7375 C3
2073 A3 2573 D6 3096 A3 3613 D5 4723 A5 6657 C6 v53 D2 2410 C5 2728 B1 3074 A5 3503 C3 3722 A2 4964 D4 7410 C5
2074 A3 2574 D6 3097 A3 3614 D5 4726 A6 6658 C6 v54 D2 2412 C6 2730 A3 3076 A6 3508 C3 3725 A3 4965 D5 7412 C6
2075 A3 2575 D6 3098 A3 3615 D4 4731 A6 7009 A3 v55 D2 2413 C6 2731 B2 3077 A6 3510 C2 3730 A3 4966 D3 7651 B1
2076 A3 2576 D5 3099 A3 3616 C6 4732 A6 7013 A2 v56 D2 2420 D4 2747 A3 3078 A4 3512 C2 3731 A3 5304 A6 7656 C2
2077 A3 2577 D6 3300 C3 3626 C5 4733 A5 7015 A3 v58 D1 2421 C5 2748 A3 3079 A4 3513 C2 3732 A3 5305 A6 7663 C2
2078 A3 2578 D5 3301 D3 3627 C6 4734 A6 7016 A2 v59 D1 2422 C5 2755 A2 3303 C5 3514 C2 3740 A3 5306 A6 7664 C1
2079 A3 2579 D5 3302 B3 3628 C5 4791 A6 7017 A2 v60 D1 2423 C5 2756 A2 3305 C3 3521 D1 3741 A2 5307 A6 7665 C1
2080 A3 2580 D5 3304 C3 3642 C6 4792 A6 7018 A2 v61 D1 2424 D5 2759 B1 3306 C4 3522 D2 3744 A2 5308 B6 7666 C2
2081 A3 2581 D5 3313 B3 3643 C6 4793 A6 7019 A2 v62 D1 2425 D4 2760 B1 3307 C4 3532 B1 3745 A2 5309 B6 7674 C1
v63 D1 2501 B1 2761 A2 3308 C4 3533 C1 3746 A1 5401 C6 7681 C2
2082 A3 2582 D5 3317 C3 3655 B6 4901 D3 7020 A2 v64 D1 2502 B2 2762 A1 3309 C4 3540 C1 3747 B3 5407 C5 7682 C2
2300 C3 2583 D5 3318 C3 3656 B6 4902 D2 7021 A3 v65 D3 2503 B2 2763 A1 3310 C4 3544 C2 3748 B3 5408 C5 7701 A2
2301 C4 2588 B6 3319 B3 3673 C6 4903 D3 7022 A3 v71 D2 2504 B2 2764 A1 3311 C4 3545 C2 3749 B3 5410 D4 7702 A3
2314 C3 2589 B6 3322 C4 3683 C6 4904 D2 7023 A2 0302 C6 2505 B2 2766 A3 3312 D4 3546 C1 3754 A2 5411 C5 7708 A1
2315 B3 2590 D6 3329 C3 3702 A5 4905 D2 7304 B3 1001 A6 2506 C2 2770 A2 3314 C4 3547 C1 3793 A1 5651 C2 7713 B2
2317 C3 2591 C6 3332 B3 3703 A4 4906 D2 7320 C2 1002 A6 2507 C2 2774 A2 3315 C4 3550 B1 3794 A1 5652 C2 7716 A3
2318 B3 2592 D6 3335 B3 3704 A5 4907 D2 7323 C2 1003 B5 2509 D1 2786 A2 3316 C4 3551 B3 3795 A1 5654 D1
2324 C4 2593 B6 3336 C4 3705 A4 4908 D2 7411 C1 1004 A5 2510 D2 2788 A2 3320 C4 3556 D1 3796 A2 5657 B1
2329 B3 2594 C5 3337 C4 3706 A5 4909 D3 7413 B3 1005 A4 2511 D2 2792 A1 3321 C4 3557 D1 3798 A2 5658 C1
2330 B3 2609 C4 3338 B3 3714 B4 4919 D2 7652 C6 1301 B4 2512 C1 2795 A1 3323 C4 3558 D1 4004 A5 5659 C1
2331 B3 2665 B5 3343 C4 3716 B4 4920 D2 7653 C6 1304 A6 2513 C1 2798 A3 3324 C4 3559 D1 4005 A5 5660 C1
2332 B3 2666 B5 3344 C4 3717 B4 4921 D2 7654 C5 1410 C5 2520 C2 2799 A3 3325 C4 3561 D2 4006 A6 5661 C1
2333 C4 2667 B6 3345 C3 3728 B4 4925 D3 7667 C6 1682 B1 2521 C2 2900 D3 3326 C4 3563 D1 4007 B3 5662 C1
2334 C4 2668 B6 3346 C3 3733 B4 4927 D2 7668 C6 1683 B1 2523 C3 2901 D3 3327 C5 3564 D2 4008 B5 5664 B1
2335 B3 2670 C5 3347 C4 3739 A5 4928 D3 7675 D6 1701 B2 2524 C2 2902 D3 3328 B4 3565 D2 4307 D3 5665 B1
2336 C4 2677 C5 3348 C3 3755 B4 4929 D3 7677 D6 1702 B3 2526 C3 2903 D3 3330 B4 3566 D2 4308 B4 5666 C1
2340 B3 2678 C5 3349 C4 3757 B4 4935 D4 7678 D6 2001 A5 2527 C2 2904 D3 3331 B4 3567 D2 4309 B4 5669 D1
2341 C3 2680 B6 3356 C4 3759 B4 4937 D4 7680 C6 2002 A5 2528 C2 2905 D3 3333 B4 3568 D2 4310 B4 5701 A1
2345 B1 2682 B5 3363 B3 3790 A6 4938 D4 7704 B4 2004 A5 2550 B1 2906 D3 3334 C4 3569 D2 4312 B3 5704 A2
2346 B1 2687 C6 3370 C2 3791 A6 4939 D4 7709 A5 2005 A5 2551 B2 2907 D3 3339 C3 3570 D2 4314 B4 5705 A3
2347 A1 2693 D6 3371 D2 3792 A6 4944 D3 7714 A6 2006 A5 2552 B2 2908 D5 3340 C3 3571 D2 4315 C3 5706 A2
2348 B1 2695 C5 3372 D2 3797 A6 4945 D3 7715 B6 2008 A4 2553 B2 2909 D3 3341 C4 3572 D2 4316 B4 5708 B3
2010 B5 2554 B2 2910 D2 3342 C4 3573 D2 4318 C5 5709 B3
2349 B1 2697 C5 3376 C3 3900 D4 4946 D3 2011 B5 2555 B2 2911 D2 3350 C3 3574 D2 4319 C5 5710 B3
CL 36532038_38m.eps CL 36532038_39m.eps
010703 010703
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 72

Layout SSB (Overview Tuner Side)

 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 73

Layout SSB (Part 1 Tuner Side)

 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 74

Layout SSB (Part 2 Tuner Side)

 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 75

Layout SSB (Part 3 Tuner Side)

 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 76

Layout SSB (Part 4 Tuner Side)

 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 77

Side I/O Panel

Personal Notes:
0240 A4 1256-B A1 3285 A3 3294 C3 6291 E2
0241 C4 2286 A3 3286 A3 3295 D3 6292 E2
0242 C4 2288 B3 3287 B3 3296 E2 6293 E2
1254 D1 2292 C3 3288 B3 3297 E3 6294 E2
1255-A D1 2294 C3 3289 B2 4201 A2 6295 A3
1255-B C1 2296 E3 3291 C2 4202 A2 6296 A2
1255-C B1 2297 E3 3292 C3 4241 E4 6297 A2
1256-A A1 2298 B3 3293 C2 4243 E4
1 2 3 4

SIDE IO PANEL
S_VHS C 3286
6296 100R
8
Y6 5 4
3 4201 2286
3285
A 7
SG02 75R
6295
100p 0240
EH-B
A
11 10 9
1
2
Y_CVBS_FRONT 2
YKF51-5347 1 4202
1256-B
1256-A 3
YKF51-5347
6297 3288
100R C_FRONT_IN 4

5
VIDEO IN 3287 2288
SG01 100p L_FRONT_IN 6
75R
2
B 3 SG08 3289
FRONT_DETECT 7 B
1K8 R_FRONT_IN 8
YKC21-5599 1
1255-C 2298 9
100p
HP_OUT_L
10
3291
1K HP_OUT_R 11
LEFT
5
3292 2292 TO 1936 OF
6 SG03 47K 470p LSP
C YKC21-5599 4
1255-B C
3293
RIGHT 1K
8 0241 0242
9 3294 2294 EH-B EH-B
SG04 47K 470p 1 1
YKC21-5599 7
2 2
1255-A
3 3
SG05
3295 4 4
D HEADPHONE 5 3K9
5
D
5
1254 4
YKB21-5101A 6
2
3 GND
TO 1740 OF
7 4243
6292 LSP
SG07 SG06 6293
8 3296 3297 2297 Headphone_gnd GND
2296
10K 10n 10K 10n 4241
1
FOR SUBWOOFER
E 6291 Audio_In_gnd GND ROUTING VIA
SIDE IO
E
6294

CL 36532061_031.eps
3139 123 5483.3 021003

1 2 3 4
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 78

Layout Side I/O Panel (Top Side) Layout Side I/O Panel (Bottom Side)

0240 C1 2298 C1
0241 A1 3292 C1
0242 A1 3294 C1
1254 D1 3296 D1
1255 C1 3297 D1
1256 A1 4201 B1
2286 B1 4202 A1
2288 A1 4241 B1
2292 B1 4242 D1
2294 C1 4243 C1
2296 D1 6291 C1
2297 D1 6292 C1
3285 B1 6293 D1
3286 B1 6294 D1
3287 A1 6295 B1
3288 A1 6296 B1
3289 A1 6297 B1
3291 C1
3293 C1
3295 D1

CL 36532061_029.eps CL 36532061_030.eps
3139 123 5483.3 270803 3139 123 5483.3 270803
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 79

CRT Panel

0031 F7 1237-G F9 1298-E G12 1424 H2 2302 A5 2315 B5 2322 E5 2334 D2 2407 G6 2421 D11 3302 A7 3311 C6 3325 B5 3339 E8 3350 E7 3358 C2 3403 H3 3414 B4 3422 A10 4301 B6 6301 B7 7301 A7 7310 B10 9401 H5 9408 G4
1237-A G13 1237-H H9 1298-F F9 1434 H13 2304 A8 2316 F5 2323 F5 2336 H7 2408 H7 2422 C9 3303 A6 3312 C6 3329 B7 3340 E8 3351 E7 3359 C2 3404 G3 3416 A7 3423 B10 4302 B7 6305 E7 7302 A10 9310 A12 9402 A11 9409 C4
1237-B G9 1237-I E9 1298-G G9 1435 D9 2305 A8 2317 H13 2324 H13 2337 B13 2409 C7 2423 B9 3304 A8 3316 C8 3334 H10 3341 F4 3352 F7 3360 D2 3405 C7 3417 G2 3424 B10 5300 B11 6306 E7 7303 C10 9311 B12 9403 C11 9410 B4
1237-C G11 1298-A G12 1298-H G9 1483 B13 2306 C6 2318 H11 2325 A8 2403 H6 2410 B3 2424 A10 3306 B7 3318 C8 3335 E5 3342 D5 3354 F6 3361 B13 3410 B3 3418 B5 3425 B10 5302 A11 6307 F7 7304 C7 9317 B11 9404 A8 9411 G3
1237-D E9 1298-B G12 1298-I E9 1940 D2 2307 B8 2319 G7 2330 B8 2404 H6 2411 B5 2425 G2 3307 B6 3319 C8 3336 F5 3345 G7 3355 A9 3370 H11 3411 B3 3419 A8 3426 C10 5303 B11 6310 F6 7307 E6 9318 B11 9405 E2 9412 G9
1237-E G12 1298-C G11 1298-J G9 2300 A8 2309 C8 2320 F6 2332 C2 2405 H5 2412 C4 3300 A5 3308 B8 3323 B7 3337 E5 3347 H12 3356 B12 3401 G4 3412 A4 3420 A10 3427 D10 5400 H4 6401 H5 7308 B4 9320 F2 9406 G6 9413 G9
1237-F F9 1298-D E9 1298-K H9 2301 A5 2313 F5 2321 E5 2333 C2 2406 H6 2420 A7 3301 A8 3310 B13 3324 B8 3338 F8 3349 H11 3357 C9 3402 G7 3413 C4 3421 A10 3999 F2 6300 B7 7300 A6 7309 A10 9400 G7 9407 G4 9414 G1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

F5 F8 F12 F14
3419
200V
2424
SCAVEM 10K
9404
470n

3301
3300

10K
+8V

3416
2420

470n

2325

100n
39R
F1 3420
20 V / div DC 20 V / div DC 1 V / div DC 50 V / div DC

3303
10K
10R 22R 84V

390R
3302
A 20µs / div 20µs / div 20µs / div 20µs / div 7302 A

820R
3304
BCP53
+8V 8V1

2301

220u

2300

2305
22u

22u
F6 F9 F13 7301 GND_RGB F14
3355 83V 41V
BFS20

3421
GND_RGB

22K
1 V / div DC 3V2 2V5 10R
GND_RGB GND_RGB
20µs / div

3412
15R
2302 1V8 7300 3422
F12

9402
BCP53
2304 5302 MEASURED ACROSS

MCL4148
BFS20 7309 9310
F2 47p F11 1K PIN 1,3 OF 1483

6300

2423
22n
20 V / div DC 20 V / div DC 1 V / div DC +8V 3307

3323
22n

3423
4R7
4301

18K
20µs / div 20µs / div 20µs / div GND_RGB 9317 5 6 SC3
10R

3308
2411

100n
1483

56K
2V5 5300 1

100K
3410
F7 F10 0V7 3306 2330

MCL4148
BFS20 3325 GND_RGB 3
TO

6301
2
B 470n 3414 4R7 560p S13974 SCAVEM B

220R
3324

3356

3310
F10

3424

150R
3361
18K

1K

1K
1 V / div DC GND_RGB 220R 5303

3329
1 10

4R7
3
20µs / div 2410 10R 3418 2315
2307

9410
7308 F13

RES
10R
100K
3411

220p 4302 9318 9311

F3 22n 3425 7310

2337

220p
2V5
20 V / div DC 50mV / div DC BCP56
1K

3316
BF824

56K
20µs / div 20µs / div

3413

3311

3318
2412

330p

2422

3426

9403
39R

15R

22n

22K
7304

1K
GND_RGB 1V8

3312
2306

100n

2K2
2332
2309 3357
CRT PANEL 18p

3405
9409

2409

470n

39R
1 V / div DC 3358 GND_RGB 22n 10R COIL
C 7303 C

820R
RES

3319
20µs / div GND_RGB GND_RGB 41V
10K GND_RGB
2333 0V
F4 GND_RGB 0V5
0V
18p
3359 BCP56

470n

2421
3427
GND_RGB

22R
10K
2334

18p GND_RGB
20 V / div DC 3360 AQUADAC
20µs / div 1940 10K 1435
D D
1 1
0V
0V 2 HFB_X-RAY-PROT

3 GND_SSB
RGB AMPLIFIER
0V 3342 1599
FROM 220V
0V 4 EHT-INFO
1940 470R
5 3337 7307 220V

BAS321
0V Y-SCAVEM ln 5V7
F1 TDA6108JF 6

6305
9405 560R
6 +8V F4 F7
TUNER and +8V 2321 R VDD IOM 5 1298-I
SIM CONN. 3350 3340 Blue
3V 7 R-CRT B 134V 11
68p RES 3V 1 VI1 VO1 9
E 8 G-CRT 470R 311V 1K CB E

BAS321
3V 1237-I
F2 3V 2 VI2 VO2 8 136V 12

6306
G
3V 9 B-CRT F5 F8 CB
3335 3V 3 VI3 VO3 7 G 1298-D
0V 10
GND_RGB 560R
3351 136V 3339 6 Green CRT
GND CG
11 CUT OFF 2322 470R 1K 1237-D

BAS321
5V6 4 136V
F3 7
68p RES F6 6307 F9
3336 CG
B 1298-F
R 3352 136V 3338 8 Red
560R
3999 2323 470R 1K CR
0V7 1237-F
3354 0031 9
F 1K2 68p RES +8V F
2K2 CR
MCL4148
6310

2320

100n

RES 3341
2313

2316

100n
47u

GND_LS1 GND_RGB
9320 150R RES 1237-G
10
RES GND_RGB
GND_RGB 3345 H1

FOCUSB
FOCUSA
GND_SSB GND_RGB 1298-G

VG1

VG2
33R 9
9411 H2
EHT
2425

9414
3417
3n3

10R

1298-H
10
G G
9407 H1
9400
2407 RES

3404 1298-J
FROM
9412
9408

12
RES

RES
9406

9413 LOT
10n

3401 GND1
GND_LS1

1298-C

G1
1237-C

G1
1298-E

G2
1237-E

G2
1298-A

FG1
1298-B

FG2
1237-A

SG1
1R GND_RGB 1237-B

1
2319

5
10n

100R 3402
GND 3334 3349
1424 3403 5400 2405 RES 150R +8V
2406

2408

1 GND LS2 0V 1298-K

10n

3n3

FROM 1K 1K

2318
13

22n
22u 470p
2 Filament Pulses 0V

2322593
1R RES
1424 GNDB

3370
GND_LS1 GND_SSB
GND_LS1

V
3 X-RAY-PROT_HFB 9401 1237-H
11
4 EHT-INFO 6V H2 GND_RGB
100u

2404
100u

2403

2336

LINE DEFLECTION
10n

H 6401RES PCB-TAB4.8x0.5 H
5 0V
GND_LS1 RES RES
* * 1 1434 FROM LOT
6
0V F15 BYV29X-500 TO
3347 2
7 200V
GND_RGB
200V 1K5

2324

2317
LINE DEFLECTION

GND_LS1
CL 36532061_038.eps
3139 123 5710.1 290803

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 80

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side) Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

0031 A4 2301 D2 2336 C2 3301 E1 3345 B4 3403 C1 6401 B1 9310 E4 9400 C3 2302 D4 2325 D3 2411 C1 3306 D3 3324 D3 3358 B1 3417 C4 3427 D3 6310 A2 9402 E2 9411 C2
1237 B2 2304 E2 2403 B1 3323 D2 3347 B2 3404 C2 7307 A3 9311 D4 9401 B1 2306 D4 2330 D3 2412 D1 3307 D4 3325 D1 3359 A1 3418 D1 3999 E4 7300 D4 9403 D1 9413 C3
1298 B3 2305 E2 2404 B1 3329 D2 3349 B4 3405 E2 9300 A4 9312 C4 9412 C3 2309 D3 2332 B1 2420 D3 3308 D2 3335 A1 3360 A1 3420 E3 4301 D4 7301 D3 9404 D4
1424 C1 2307 D3 2405 B1 3334 B4 3350 A3 3416 D2 9301 C1 9313 A4 9414 B3 2315 D1 2333 A1 2421 D3 3310 E1 3336 A1 3361 E1 3421 E3 4302 E3 7302 E2 9405 B1
1434 B2 2313 A1 2406 C2 3338 A1 3351 A3 3419 D1 9302 C1 9314 C1 2318 A1 2334 A1 2424 E3 3311 D4 3337 A1 3410 D1 3422 E3 6300 D3 7303 D2 9406 C3
1435 C4 2316 A4 2407 C2 3339 A2 3352 A3 5300 E4 9303 D1 9315 D2 2320 A2 2337 E1 2425 C2 3312 D4 3354 A1 3411 D1 3423 E1 6301 D3 7304 E3 9407 C3
1483 E4 2317 C2 2422 D3 3340 B2 3370 C4 5302 E3 9304 B4 9317 E3 2321 A1 2408 C2 3302 D3 3316 D2 3355 E2 3412 C1 3424 D2 6305 B2 7308 D1 9408 C3
1940 B4 2319 C4 2423 E2 3341 C1 3401 C2 5303 E3 9306 B1 9318 E4 2322 A1 2409 E3 3303 D3 3318 E3 3356 E1 3413 D1 3425 D2 6306 B2 7309 E2 9409 D1
2300 E2 2324 B2 3300 D1 3342 A3 3402 C3 5400 C1 9307 C4 9320 C4 2323 A1 2410 D1 3304 E3 3319 D3 3357 D2 3414 D1 3426 D2 6307 A2 7310 D2 9410 D1

CL 36532038_035.eps
CL 36532038_034.eps 3139 123 5710.1 150503
3139 123 5710.1 150503
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 81

DC Shift Panel
1 2 3 4 Personal Notes:

DC-SHIFT 317 B1
318 A1
1430 A3
2430 B3
2431 B4
318 2493 B2
A 1
1430 A 5430 A3
400mA 5493 B2
N.C. 2
MP 40 6430 B3
9493 6431 B4
6432 B3

5430
6433 B4
1
TO 1419
I 2
DAF 4 5493 3
317
1 2
B CU15 B

BY228/20
BY228/20

BYD33V
BYD33V
6432

6430

2430

470p

2431

470p
6431

6433
2493

68n

C C

CL 26532041_034.eps
3104 303 3654.5 150703

1 2 3 4
Layout DC Shift Panel
317 A3 2430 A2 5430 A1 6431 A2 9493 A3
318 A2 2431 A1 5493 A3 6432 A2
1430 A2 2493 A3 6430 A2 6433 A2

CL 26532041_049.eps
3104 303 3654.5 260603
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 82

VDAF Panel + 2nd Orders

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1417 E1 7818 C2
1418 D1 7820 C3
-VERTICAL DAF-
VDAF + 3809
11V DC
1419 F1
1490 C8
7821 C3
7822 C5

2ND ORDERS 10R 2816 RES

1491 E9
1492 A9
7823 C5
9800 D2

2809

100u
3832
1K8
220p 1497 D9 9803 F2

3823
1K8
A 6810 3808 3807 A 1693 C1 9804 E2
2820 2822 1492 2800 E4 9805 D6
BYD33V 22R 15R 1
2803 E4
1492

3 5810 4

2 CU15 1
100n 100n

3810

2812
2809 A5

470K
2

10n
3821 3822
2812 A7
3
47K 4K7 3830 3831 2813 C7
47K 4K7 2814 B8

2892

4u7
2816 A7

2823

4u7
3811 3814 2818 C1
B V_Parabool B 2820 A3
4M7 100K [I] VDAF+2ND ORDER S
3824 2821 F2
I3

2814
7810 2822 A5

1n
4K7
3819

28RF/32RF
34RF/38RF
4K7 STP3NB80 2823 B4
I2
2 2824 C4

36RF
29RF
I1 2825 3815 1
3833 2825 B5 Item Description
2824 1u 1K 3 1490 2890 E5 1492 X X X 3p
3820 7820 4K7 1693 X X X 1p
1693 10u 1 2891 E5
BC847B 2800 X 330pF
3K3 2892 B3

3816
BC857B 2800 X X 470pF

4K7
BZX79-C22
3826
4K7
7823 3805 D6 2800 X 390pF

6812
C C 2809 X X X 100 F
3818

470K
3807 A8

3813
1693 7818 BC857B
7822 2812 X X X 10nF
1 4K7 BC847B 7821 3808 A8 2813 X X X 10 F
BC847B 3998 2814 X X X 1nF
100K
3828
2818

2813
3809 A6

3812
10n

10u
27K
2821 X X 68nF

3827
5K6
100R 3810 A7
2822 X X X 4nF
3811 B6 2824 X X X 10 F
3812 C7 2825 X X X 1 F
3813 C6 2890 X 270pF
9800
2890 X 220pF
3814 B7 2890 X 470pF
9805
3815 B6 2890 X 390pF
1418 -HORIZONTAL DAF- 1497
D D 3807 X X X 15R
TO 3805 DAF OUTPUT 1 TO dynamic 3816 C7
3808 X X X 15R
DEFLECTION 2 focus input 3818 C1 3809 X X X 10R
4M7 2
COIL 3819 B2 3810 X X X 470kR
1 of LOT 3811 X X X 4.7MR
3820 C2

2322592
3812 X X X 27kR

3898
3821 A3

V
3813 X X X 470kR
3822 A3 3814 X X X 100kR
3815 X X X 1kR
2803 RES

2891 RES
6 1 3823 A3
3816 X X 4.7kR
3897

2800

330p

330p

2890

270p

330p
3824 B3
9804

3816 X 2.2kR
1R

5 2 3826 C4 3818 X X X 33kR

1417
3820 X X X Jumper
E E 3827 C4
1
3821 X X X Jumper

2322592
1417 4 3 3828 C1 3822 X X X Jumper

3899
S21975

V
2 3830 B4 3823 X X X 1.5kR
5800 3824 X X X 33kR
3831 B5
3826 X X X 3.3kR
DAF GND TO 3832 A5 3827 X X X 5.6kR
1491
1491 3833 C5 3828 X X X 100kR
1419 1 3830 X X X 47kR
TO 3897 E2
1 9803 3831 X X X 4.7kR
0318 V_Parabool VDAF SIGNAL 3898 D5 3832 X X X 1.8kR
2 3899 E5 3833 X X X 4.7kR
4 5801 3 5801 X X Transformer
3998 C9
F F 5810 X X X Bridge coil
DC-SHIFT -2ND ORDER S- 5800 E3 6810 X X X BYD33V
1 CU15 2 5801 F2 6812 X X X BZX79-C22
7810 X X X STP3NB80FP
5810 A8
2821 7818 X X X BC847B
6810 A7 7822 X X X BC847B
68n 6812 C6 7823 X X X BC857B
CL 26532067_040.eps 9800 X X X Wire
3104 303 3748.3 260603 7810 B7
9803 X X Wire
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 83

Layout VDAF + 2nd Order Panel (Top Side) Layout VDAF + 2nd Order Panel (Bottom Side)
1417 A1
1418 A1 2818 B1
1419 A1 3818 B1
1490 C2 3819 A1
1491 A3 3820 A1
1492 C3 3821 A1
1497 A3 3822 A1
1693 B3 3823 B1
2800 A3 3824 B1
2803 A3 3826 B1
2809 B3 3827 B1
2812 C2 3828 B1
2813 C3 3830 B1
2814 B2 3831 B1
2816 C3 3832 B1
2820 B3 3833 B1
2821 B1 7818 B1
2822 B3 7820 A1
2823 B3 7821 B1
2824 B3 7822 C1
2825 B3 7823 C1
2890 A3
2891 A3
2892 A3
3805 A3
3807 C3
3808 C3
3809 B3
3810 B3
3811 B3
3812 C3
3813 C3
3814 B3
3815 B3
3816 C3
3897 A2
3898 A3
3899 A3
3998 B1
5800 A2
5801 A1
5810 B2
6810 C2
6812 B3
CL 26532041_052.eps CL 26532041_053.eps
7810 B3
3104 303 3748.3 260603 3104 303 3748.3 260603
9800 B3
9803 A2
9804 A2
9805 A3
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 84

Mains Switch Panel (FL9)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0201 E2
0202 E7

J MAINS SWITCH PANEL (FL9)

J 0223 A7
0247 B7
1010 A1
1051 E4
3082
2030 A2
330R 2031 C5

2030

100u
2
3092 N.C. 2032 D6
A 1 A 3057 E3
10K

4009

4010
0223 3066 E3
1010 3078 A4
TSOP2236 3078
5 3081 B3
470R ON-OFF-LED
TO 1947 OF
CTRL VS 2 3082 A3
INP 4
FRONT
CIRCUIT 3083 C3
BZX284-C3V3

3093
6053 RES

RC 5 OUT

6K8
OUT 1 3 3084 B1
3084

BAND
2K2
RES

PIN AGC DEM 3085 B5

PASS 2
5V2 3086 C5
GND 3

4006
4008
1
3087 C6
B 0247 B

100K
3081

3085
RC5 RECEIVER

1K5
3088 C5
3089 C4
3090 C4
4001 BC857BW
1 3091 D6
RES 7000
3092 A4
6001

4003
3093 B3

220R

220R
3086

3087
3 3099 E5

3088
47R
4000 C3
4001 B4
C 3089 C 4003 C4
7001 5 1 1 4
4004 D6

1N4148
BC847BW 1K 7002

6054
4006 B3

100K
3083

4000

3090
RES

TCDT1102G 7003
1K

2031
4008 B3

47u
TCET1102
4 2 2 3
4009 A3
4010 A3

4004
6001 C2

3091
1K
6053 B1
6054 C6
D D 7000 B5
7001 C3
7002 C5

2032

22n
7003 C7

0201 6 5 0202
1051
1 1
MAINS TO 1505
AC 4 2
2 2
IN OF
3 1
SDDF
E E
3066

3M3

3057 F012 3099 F011

3M3 1K
only for AP
178 - 250V

CL 36532061_034.eps
3139 123 5703.1 290803

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 85

Layout Mains Switch Panel (FL9) (Top Side) Layout Mains Switch Panel (FL9) (Bottom Side)

0201 B3 3078 E3
0202 A3 3081 E3
0223 E1 3082 E3
0247 E1 3083 D2
1010 C1 3084 E3
1051 B3 3085 E3
2030 C1 3086 D2
2031 D2 3087 D2
2032 C3 3088 D2
3057 C2 3089 D2
3066 C2 3090 D2
3091 C3 3092 E3
6001 D1 3093 E3
6054 C3 3099 D1
7002 C2 4000 D2
7003 C2 4001 D2
9100 B2 4003 D2
4004 D2
4006 C3
4008 C3
4009 C3
4010 C3
4905 E3
4907 D2
6053 D3
7000 D3
7001 C2

4008 4009
4006

4010

3083
4004
3099
4000
3090
4003

4001

3089

4907

3085
4905

3093 3081

3078
3092

CL 36532061_032.eps CL 36532061_033.eps
3139 123 5703.1 280803 3139 123 5703.1 030903
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 86

Mains Switch Panel (For PV2 Styling) Layout Mains Switch Panel (For PV2 Styling) (Bottom Side)
1 2 3 4
0211 A1
0212 A4
2692 A1
J MAINS SWITCH PANEL J 0214 C1
0218 B1
0231 A3
1606 D3
2691 C4
2693
2694
A2
A2
AC MAINS 2692 D1 2695 A2
9001
INPUT 2693 D1
2694 D2
4001 A1
A 0211
1 2
5 6
4 1
0212
TO 1505 OF
A 2695 D2
2698 C4
2 1 3 2
POWER SUPPLY 3500 A2
3501 B2
T4.0AE 0231 3685 D2

3500

3M3
SDDF
3691 C3
3693 C3
9002 3694 B4
4001 B3
4001 6691 C2

3501

3M3
+3.3V 6692 B4
B B 9001 A3
9002 B3 4001
6692
9695 C3

3694

RES
TSOP1836
3
0218 VS
TO ITV/ 1 1
OUT
MULTIMEDIA 2 2
GND

+3.3V

C 0214
1
3693 C
TO 1947 220R
OF 2 FOR

9695
330R
3691

2691

2698
100n
10u
FRONT ITV
3 ONLY
6691
4

5 USA ONLY
1606
* 3685 *
2692

2693

2694

2695
47n

47n

47n

47n

560R
D POWER
D

CL 36532061_037.eps
3139 123 5388.3 290803

1 2 3 4

Layout Mains Switch Panel (For PV2 Styling) (Top Side)

0211 B1
0212 A1
0214 A2
0218 A3
0231 C2
1606 C3
2691 A3
2698 A3
3500 B2
3501 A2
3685 A2
3691 A3
3693 A3
3694 A3
6691 B3
6692 A3
9001 B1
9002 C2
9695 A3 CL 36532061_036.eps
3139 123 5388.3 280803

CL 36532061_035.eps
3139 123 5388.3 280803
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 87

Jack High Definition Interface Panel: Control

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2101 B1 7160 C10
2102 C6 7161 B12
N2- V-OUT 2103 B1 7162 B12
CONTROL JACK-HIGH DEFINITION INTERFACE (FOR PIP) 5Vs 5Vs
2104 D6
2105 C1
7163 B13
7164 C13
7166 2107 C1 7166 A11

3169
1K
74HC4024 14

2162

100n
2109 C1 7167 E9
VCC 2111 D1 7168 D10
6166
A 1 12 A 2113 E4 9100 A1
CP Q0
SWITCH-IC Q1
11 6163 BAS316 2115 F1 9101 B1
IO-3 6160 2117 G1 9102 B1
IO-5 2 9 BAS316
9100 MR Q2 2119 G1 9103 E5
IO-4
R-Matrix
TDA8601T RGB-OUTPUT SELECTION 7102-A Q3
6 6164 BAS316 2121 G1 9104 F4
R-OUT 7101 6165
74HC4052D 5 BAS316 2125 G1 9105 F4
Q4
G-Matrix 9101 16 10
6161 2127 H1
5Vs VCC 0 8 4 BAS316 5Vs
IOCNTR
16 7 9 NC1 Q5 2130 I4
G-OUT IO-3 VEE 1 BAS316
DECODING 10 3 2131 E9
NC2 Q6

3150
9102 8 6

22R
B-Matrix
GND-S GND G4 13 6162 2132 H10
B NC3 BAS316 B

3172
GND

10K
B-OUT 5Vs 5Vs 5Vs 7163 2133 E6
1 7108
2101 2 SELECTABLE GND-S 0 MDX BC847B 2134 G9
N2-N4- PR-R VIDIa1 PMBT2369 7
CLAMP VIDOa
12 5 3173
N2- R-OUT N3- V-770
1 3126 2135 G9
2u2 3
GND-V 10K 2140 F9

100K
3160

3162

3163
2 7161 7162

10K

10K
2103 SELECTABLE 3-STATE N2- V
6 2 10K

3101
VIDIa2 2160 C9
R-Matrix BC847B BC847B

1K
CLAMP 4
2u2 3 3167 3171 GND-V 2161 C11

3127
22K
2105 SELECTABLE 10K 10K 7164 2162 A11
N2-N3-N4-Y-G
3 VIDIb1 GND-V
CLAMP 11 BC847B 3100 I1

3166

3168
7160

2K2

2K2
VIDOb N2- G-OUT
5Vs 3174
2u2 GND-S GND-S BC847B 3101 C4
C 2107 7 SELECTABLE 3-STATE 2160 3161 10K C 3102 I1

100K
3110
3103
VIDIb2 BC857B
G-Matrix

1K
CLAMP 7109 3103 C4
2u2 330p 10K GND-V GND-V GND-V GND-V GND-V
GND-V 3104 D5
2109 4 VIDIc1 SELECTABLE GND-V 3164 2161
N2-N4- PB-B 10 2102 3108 3105 D4
CLAMP VIDOc N2- B-OUT
2u2 10K 330p 3106 D1

3111

10K
470n 100K
2111 SELECTABLE 3-STATE 3107 E1
8 VIDIc2

3105
B-Matrix NO-FBL-RGB

1K
CLAMP 3108 C7
2u2 2104 3109 5Vs 5Vs
7110 3109 D7
GND-V 100K BC847B 3110 C7
5 470n

3165
SEL

33K
IO-2

100K
3112
D 3104 D 3111 D7
8Vvideo

3176

3178
10K

10K
15 FBI1 3112 D8
FBO
13 2K2 GND-V
N2- FBL IO-3 3124 F9
IO-5 7168
14 8Vvideo GND-V GND-V 3125 F9
3106

FBI2
10K

IO-4 BC847B
3-STATE 3126 B8
1 10K
Vp 7167
SWITCH-IC BC847B 3177
3127 C8
9103
2113

220n
9 10K 3129 G4
GND 7102-B
5Vs 3130 F10
3107

74HC4052D
4K7

16 10 3175
VCC 0 3131 G4

2133

100n
7 9 3132 G10
E GND-V GND-V GND-V VEE 1 GND-V GND-V E
3133 H4
8 6
GND-S GND-S GND G4 3139 G6
3151 N2-
H-OUT 3141 G6
12
GND-S 0 MDX 2131 100R 3142 G6
N3- H-770_3 14 3143 G6
1 100p
TDA8601T
7107
MATRIX-SELECTION N2- H 15
13 7105
PMBT2369
3144 G7
2 3124
3145 G7
N3- H-770_2 11
3 1K 3150 B8

2140

100p
3125

(Res)
10K
IOCNTR
16 9105 5Vs
IO-3 3151 E13
F DECODING F 3152 I5
9104

I/O-expander GND-S
14 15 16
7106
M62320 GND-S GND-S
3160 B9
GND-V GND-S 3161 C10

CS2
CS1

CS0
2115 2 VIDIa1 SELECTABLE 3130
N4-RA 12 N2- SCL 3162 B10
CLAMP VIDOa R-Matrix
2u2 100R 3163 B10

2134

47p
CHIP SELECT
2117 SELECTABLE 3-STATE 3164 C10
6 VIDIa2 SCL 2
3129

N4-RN
1K

CLAMP 1 SHIFT C BUS 2 I 3165 D11

2u2 5Vs SDA 3 GND-S 3132
SO REG TRANSCEIVER N2- SDA 3166 C11
2119 3 SELECTABLE GND-V 8 8 8 100R 3167 C12

2135
VIDIb1 VDD 13

47p
N4-GA 11
G CLAMP VIDOb G-Matrix IN I/O OUT PWR G 3168 C12
2u2 DATA LATCHES RES GND 8
5Vs 3169 A12
2121 SELECTABLE 3-STATE 8 8 8 GND-S
7
3131

N4-GN VIDIb2 3171 C12

1K

CLAMP
3139

3141

3142

3143

3144

3145

I/O PORT
RES 4K7

RES 4K7

RES 4K7

RES 4K7

RES 4K7

4K7

2u2 3172 B13

D0

D1
D2

D3

D4
D5

D6
D7
2125 SELECTABLE 3173 B13
4 GND-V

2132

100n
RES

N4-BA VIDIc1
CLAMP 10 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 3174 C13
VIDOc B-Matrix
2u2 3175 E8
2127 SELECTABLE 3-STATE IO-1 3176 D9
8 VIDIc2
3133

N4-BN
1K

CLAMP GND-S GND-S 3177 E10

2u2 IO-2 3178 D10
H 5 GND-V H
SEL 6160 A12
IO-1
IO-3 6161 B12
8Vvideo
15 FBI1
6162 B12
FBO
13
IO-4 6163 A12
14 8Vvideo
3100

FBI2
10K

6164 A12
3-STATE IO-5
Vp
1 6165 B12
N3- NO-FBL YPbPr 6166 A12
2130

220n
3152

N2- IO-6
2K2

GND 9 7101 B2
3102

4K7

7102-A A7
I N2- IO-7 I 7102-B E7
GND-V GND-V 7105 F10
N2-N3
GND-V N2- IO-8
5Vs GND-V 7106 F9
N2-N4
8Vvideo 7107 F2
7108 B8
7109 C7
CL 36532038_063.eps 7110 D9
3139 123 5652.2 260603
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 88

Jack High Definition Interface Panel: Inputs / Outputs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1104 E13 3977 B12
8Vd 1304 D13 3978 B12
INPUTS/OUTPUTS JACK-HIGH DEFINITION INTERFACE (FOR PIP) 1502 B13 3979 B10

100K
3987

3988

3989
1680 H13 3980 B10

1K

1K
1901 A1 3981 B11
9915 SC1-R_V-IN 1902 C1 3982 C10
1993-A 7991 1903 B1 3983 C10
7901
1 2 BC847B BC857B 1904 E1 3984 C10
7990 1934

BZX384-C6V8
A TDA8601T 2997 3990 1 A 1905 E1 3985 C10
AV3 Pr1-in
YPbPr-SELECTION 16 8Vd

6900
IOCNTR
PR-R 2u2 10R 1906 E2 3986 C11

9900
9901

9902
( YPbPr ) 2
DECODING 3993

100K
3971
1907 E3 3987 A9

3972

3973
1K

1K
1901

3900
3 TO/FROM 1934

75R
100R 1908 F3 3988 A10

BZX384-C6V8
GND-V SC1-B-IN_U-IN

3991

330R
9916 1912 I8 3989 A10

3992
39K
4
2906 2 SELECTABLE 3994
6901
VIDIa1
CLAMP 12 3937 1K LSP 1913 H8 3990 A9
VIDOa N1-N4- PR-R 5
2u2

9926
1916 E1 3991 A9
100R 7995 6
2907 6 SELECTABLE 3-STATE GND-V GND-V GND-V 1917 F1 3992 A10

3934
GND-V GND-V GND-V VIDIa2 2940 BC847B BC857B

1K
CLAMP 39p 7994 1918 F1 3993 A10
1993-B GND-V 2u2 2995 3974
PB-B 1933 G1 3994 A10
3 4 GND-V
2908 3 VIDIb1 SELECTABLE GND-V GND-V 2u2 10R 1934 A13 3999 I13
BZX384-C6V8

CLAMP VIDOb
11 3938 3977
B Pb1-in N1-N3-N4-Y-G B 1990 D1 5900 F11
2u2

9927
6904

100R 270R 1991-B I8 5901 G11

2910 7 SELECTABLE 3-STATE 8Vd

3935

3975

270R
3976

3978
VIDIb2

39K
2941

1K
1991-C G8 5902 F12

1K
CLAMP
1903

3902

39p
75R

100K
2u2
BZX384-C6V8

1993-A A1 5903 F9

3980

3981
1502

3979

1K

1K
1
2911 4 SELECTABLE GND-V GND-V 1993-B B1 5904 F10
6905

VIDIc1
CLAMP VIDOc
10 3939 GND-V GND-V GND-V 2 1993-C C1 6900 A2
N1-N4-PB-B
9928 2u2 TO PIP/DW
100R 7993 SC1-G-IN_Y-IN 3
2900 E4 6901 A2
2912 8 SELECTABLE 3-STATE

3936
GND-V GND-V GND-V VIDIc2 2942 BC847B 2901 F4 6902 C2

1K
CLAMP 39p 4
1993-C GND-V 2u2 2996 3982 7992 2904 H9 6903 D2
Y-G BC857B
C 5 6 C 2905 I9 6904 B2
5 SEL GND-V GND-V 2u2 10R
BZX384-C6V8

3985 2906 A3 6905 C2

Y1-in GND-V
2907 B3 6906 E3
6902

15 FBI1 180R
13 8Vvideo 2908 B3 6907 E3

150R
3983

3984

3986
FBO

27K

1K
2910 B3 6908 F3
1902

3901

75R

14
BZX384-C6V8

FBI2
2911 B3 6909 F3
3-STATE 1 2912 C3 6914 H9
6903

Vp
GND-V GND-V GND-V GND-V
GND-V 2913 D7 6915 H9

2913

220n
9 6931
DB15 GND 9917 2914 F9 6916 I9
GND-V GND-V 1304 2928 F10 6917 I9
1990 GND-V BZX384-C6V8 R-OUT 1
D N1- D
1 R-in 2929 G12 6928 F7
GND-V GND-V N1- G-OUT 2
2930 F5 6929 G7
AV3 2 G-in N1-IO-7
N1-
6932
BZX384-C6V8 B-OUT 3 2931 G7 6930 H5
( RGB ) 3 B-in 6933 TO/FROM 1304
2932 I5 6931 D12
N1- BZX384-C6V8 FBL 4
4 3903 2933 I7 6932 D12
N1-
1904
1905

1906

N1- H-OUT 5
BZX384-C6V8

5 100R (VIDEO CONTROL, HOP) 2935 H4 6933 D12

N1-
2936 H5 6934 H12
6906

N1- V-OUT 6
6 2937 H7 6935 H12
GND-V GND-V 9905 c100 0V 7
7 2938 G10 7901 A4
1907

2900
3905

SIGNAL-DETECTION
47p
1K
BZX384-C6V8

E GND-V E 2939 G9 7904 F6

8 GND-A GND-S GND-V
1104 2940 B7 7905 F6
6907

GND-V
9 N1- SDA 1
2941 B7 7906 I6
TO/FROM 1951
10 1916 8Vd 8Vd N1- SCL 2 2942 C7 7907 I6
GND-V GND-V
11 GND-V GND-V 2995 B11 7908 H5
GND-V 3
F916 3904 OR
2996 C9 7909 H6
1917 5Vs 5903 3940
12 GND-V 7905 GND-V +5V2 4
TO CON 1104
BZX384-C6V8

100R 3D-COMB MODULE 2997 A9 7990 A10

BC857B N1-N3 5u6 3900 A2 7991 A9
6908

13 H-in 7904 3R3 +8V6 5

2930

2914
BC857B 3941

22u
14 V-in
3901 C2 7992 C10
33n 3902 B2 7993 C10
1908

2901
3906

F F
47p
1K

1918
BZX384-C6V8

3949
15 2R2

2K2
3903 D4 7994 B12
8Vvideo 5900 3904 F4 7995 B11
6909

GND-V
6928 GND-S
820K
3946

17 16 N1-IO-6 5u6 3942 3905 E4 9900 A7

N1-N4 8Vaudio 5902
3947

39K

5904 3906 F4 9901 A7

2928
1PS76SB10

22u
GND-V GND-V 8Vs 5u6
2931
3948

3R3
2u2
6K8

GND-V GND-V N3 5u6 3909 H9 9902 A7

2929

22u
3911 H10 9905 E11

2939

22u
3912 I9 9915 A9
1933 GND-V
1 GND-V GND-V GND-V GND-V 3914 I10 9916 A12
5901 GND-A
2 8Vd GND-S 8Vd 3934 B6 9917 D10
G 5u6 G
FROM/TO 1933 3935 B6 9926 B3

2938
3956

3958

22u
10K

3K9

3936 C6 9927 B3
4 3937 A7 9928 C3
LSP 6929
GND-V 3938 B7
3957 1PS76SB10 1991-C 1680 3939 C7
GND-V 3909
7909 5 6 SND_R_OUT 1
3940 F10
2935 3955 22K
2937

100n
3959

7908
6K8

BC847B

BZX384-C6V8
BZX384-C6V8
1K GND 2 3941 F12
BC847B SND1_R_IN
33n 1K
AV3

6914
GND-A

6934
BAS316

2u2

3942 F12
2936
6930

SND_L_OUT 3 TO/FROM 1680

3946 F5

1913

2904

100p

RES
3911

22K

BZX384-C6V8
H GND 4 H 3947 F6

6935
GND-A

BZX384-C6V8
(AUDIO)
GND-V 5 3948 G6
GND-V GND-V GND-V GND-V GND-V

6915
GND-A N.C.
3949 F6
6
N.C. 3951 I5
8Vd 8Vd GND-A GND-A GND-A GND-A GND-A GND-A 3952 I6
3953 I6
7907 3954 I6
7906 BC857B
2932 BC857B 1991-B 3955 H4
3 4 3912
33n F908 3999 F909 3956 G5
BZX384-C6V8

1K
AV3 SND1_L_IN 1K
3957 G6
6916
3954

3K9

3958 G6
I I
3959 H7
1912

2905

100p
N1- IO-8

RES
3914

22K
3971 A11
820K

BZX384-C6V8
3951

3952

39K

3972 A12
2933

6917
3953

6K8

2u2

3973 A12
3974 B11
GND-A GND-A GND-A GND-A GND-A 3975 B11
CL 36532038_064.eps
3139 123 5652.2 GND-V GND-V GND-V GND-V 260603
3976 B12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 89

Jack High Definition Interface Panel: Sync Slicer Jack High Definition Interface Panel: Matrix
2700 A3 2705 B2 2715 D3 3705 C1 3718 D3 7713 C4 9701 D3 1 2 3 4 2400 A4
2701 A1 2706 C1 3701 B4 3707 B1 3719 E4 7750-A B2 9702 E3 2403 F1
2702 A4 2707 B1 3702 B2 3715 B3 6700 B2 7750-B D2
MATRIX JACK-HIGH DEFINITION INTERFACE (FOR PIP) 8Vvideo 2404 B4
2703 B3 2713 B4 3703 D1 3716 C4 6701 C1 7751-A B4 8Vvideo 2405 A1

2400

100n
2704 D2 2714 B3 3704 B1 3717 C4 7700 A2 7751-B D4 2405 2406 B1
N1-N2- PR-R 7451
1 2 3 4 BC847B 2407 C1
22u 3401 5 7400-A
3433 4 2408 F2
TSH93 GND-V
SYNC SLICER JACK- HIGH DEFINITION INTERFACE (FOR PIP) 820R

3430
7 N1- RA 2409 A4

1K
22K 3402
A A 2410 C4
6
2700 1K3 2411 D4
GND-V 11
GND-V 2412 E4
7700 100n
A LM1881M GND-S A Vref 3403 3404 1K3 2413 F4
1 8 2414 F4
CSYNC VS 8Vs 820R 2409 1p
2701 2 7 2702 3401 A3
N1-N2-N4-Y-G
VIN O|E-FI 8Vvideo
100n 3 6 100n 3402 A3
VSYNC RSET 8Vvideo
3707 6700 3701
3403 A3
4 5

2404

100n
N1-V-770 2406
GND BG|BP 3404 A4
680R 330K N1-N2-N3- Y-G 7452
1PS76SB10 3405 B3
GND-S GND-S B BC847B 3405 7450-A GND-V B
3702 5Vs 5Vs 22u 5 4
22K TSH93 3406 B3
5Vs
1K8

3436
10K 5Vs 2713 7 N1- RN 3407 C3

1K
B B 3434 3406
2707

GND-S 3408 C4
22n

7750-A 7751-A 470n GND-S 6

2703

470n
74HCT4538 16 74HCT4538 16 1K3 3409 C3
GND-V 11
GND-V 3410 C3
GND-S GND-S
2705

220p

2714
1 1

3715
33K

1n
CX CX Vref 3407 3408 1K8 3411 D3
3704 2 6 GND-S 2 6
5Vs RCX RCX 1K3 2410 1p 3412 D4
8K2 BC847B
3705

4 4 3413 D3

3716
8Vvideo

22K
>1 >1
1K

7713 8Vvideo
6701 5 7 GND-S 5 7 3409 7400-B 3414 D3
C 2407 10 4 C
N1-N2- PB-B 7453 TSH93 3415 D3
1PS76SB10 3 3 1K5 8 N1- BA
R R BC847B 3410 3416 D4
C 2706 C
22u

3717
22K

22K
9 3417 E2
820R

3431
470p 8 8 11 3419 E2

1K
GND-S 3435
GND-S GND-S GND-S GND-V 3420 E3
Vref 3411 3412 1K5
GND-V 3421 E4
5Vs
5Vs 5Vs GND-S 820R 2411 1p 3422 F3
5Vs 3413
7750-B 7751-B 8Vvideo 3423 F2
74HCT4538 16 74HCT4538 16
1K1 10 7450-B 3424 E1
4
TSH93
2704

220p

2715

15 15
3703

3718
15K

27K

D D 3426 F2
1n

CX CX 3414 8 N1- BN
GND-S 14 10 14 10 3427 F3
D RCX RCX D 620R 9
12 12 3428 F4
>1 >1 11
3429 F3
GND-S 11 9 11 9 GND-V
9701

3415 3416 1K1 3430 A2

13 13 8Vvideo Vref 3431 C2
R (Res) R 620R 2412 1p
5Vs 3433 A2
3719
3K9

N1-N2 5Vs 9702 8Vvideo

8 8 3434 B2
3417 7400-C

470R
3424
GND-S GND-S 12 4 3435 C2
TSH93
1K3 14 N1- GA 3436 B2
E E
N1- NO-FBL YPbPr

3419
6400 F1

2K
N2 8Vs
E E 13

BAS316
6703 E1

6703
11
N1- H-770_3
N1- H-770_2

3420
GND-V 7400-A A4
Vref 1K2 3421 7400-B C4
Vref
560R 7400-C E4

BZX384-C3V9
CL 36532038_065.eps 2413
3139 123 5652.2 260603
3422 7450-A B4
2403

100n

6400

2408

100u
1 2 3 4 3K 8Vvideo 1p 7450-B D4
7450-C F4
3423 12 7450-C
4 7451 A2
TSH93
1K 14 N1-GN 7452 B2
F GND-V F 7453 C2

3426
13

1K
N1-N2 8Vvideo 11
3427 GND-V
3428
1K3
Vref 910R
2K7 3429 2414 1p
3139 123 5652.2
CL 36532038_066.eps
1 2 3 4 260603
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 90

Layout Jack High Definition Interface Panel (Overview Top Side) Layout Jack High Definition Interface Panel (Overview Bottom Side)

1104 E1 3168 A2 1901 C1 3938 E2

1304 B1 3169 B1 1902 C2 3939 E2
1502 D1 3171 A1 1903 C2 3940 A1
1680 F1 3172 A1 1904 D2 3956 C3
1907 D2 3173 A2 1905 D2 3957 C3
1908 D2 3174 A1 1906 D2 3958 C3
1917 C2 3175 A2 1912 C2 3971 E2
1933 E1 3176 A2 1913 C1 3972 E1
1934 C1 3177 A2 1916 D1 3973 E1
1990 D3 3178 A1 1918 D1 3974 E2
1991 B2 3424 A2 2400 A3 3975 E1
1993 C2 3433 A2 2403 B2 3976 E1
2101 B2 3434 A2 2404 A3 3977 F1
2102 A2 3435 A2 2409 A2 3978 F1
2103 B1 3701 B3 2410 A2 3979 E2
2104 A2 3702 A3 2411 A2 3980 E1
2105 B2 3707 A3 2412 B3 3981 E1
2107 B1 3719 A3 2413 A3 3982 E2
2109 B2 3911 F1 2414 B3 3983 E1
2111 B1 3914 F1 2703 A1 3984 E1
2113 B1 3941 D1 2704 A1 3985 E1
2115 A2 3942 E1 2705 B1 3986 E1
2117 A2 3946 D1 2706 B1 3987 D2
2119 A1 3947 D1 2713 A1 3988 D1
2121 A1 3948 D1 2714 A1 3989 D1
2125 A2 3949 D1 2715 A1 3990 E2
2127 A1 3951 E1 2900 D1 3991 D1
2130 A2 3952 E1 2901 D1 3992 D1
2131 B1 3953 E1 2904 C1 3993 E1
2132 B2 3954 E1 2905 C2 3994 E1
2133 A3 3955 C1 2906 E2 3999 F2
Part 1 2134 B3 3959 C1 Part 1 2907 E3 5903 A1
2135 B3 5900 D1 2908 E2 6400 B2
CL 36532038_26a.eps 2140 C1 5901 D1 CL 36532038_27a.eps 2910 E3 6701 B1
2160 A2 5902 E1 2911 E2 6900 C1
2161 A3 5904 B3 2912 E3 6901 C1
2162 A1 6160 A1 2913 E2 6902 C2
2405 A2 6161 B1 2940 D2 6903 C2
2406 A2 6162 B1 2941 E2 6904 C2
2407 A2 6163 A1 2942 E2 6905 C2
2408 B2 6164 B1 2995 E2 6906 D1
2700 B3 6165 B1 2996 E2 6907 D1
2701 B3 6166 A1 2997 E2 6908 D1
2702 B3 6700 A3 3100 A3 6909 D1
2707 A3 6703 A2 3106 A2 6914 C1
2914 A3 6928 D1 3401 A2 6915 C1
2928 A2 6929 C1 3402 A2 6916 C2
2929 F1 6930 C1 3403 A2 6917 C2
2930 D1 6931 B1 3404 A2 7400 A3
2931 D1 6932 B1 3405 A3 7450 A3
2932 E1 6933 B1 3406 A3 7451 A2
2933 E1 6934 F1 3407 B2 7452 A2
2935 C1 6935 F1 3408 A2 7713 A2
2936 C1 7101 B1 3409 A2 7750 A1
2937 C1 7102 A3 3410 A2 7751 A1
2938 E1 7105 C1 3411 A2 7901 D3
2939 B3 7106 B2 3412 A2 7909 C3
3101 B1 7107 A1 3413 B2 7990 E1
3102 A1 7108 C1 3414 B2 7991 E1
3103 B1 7109 A2 3415 B2 7992 E1
3104 B1 7110 A2 3416 B3 7993 E1
3105 B1 7160 A1 3417 A3 7994 F1
3107 A2 7161 A1 3419 A3 7995 F1
3108 A2 7162 A1 3420 A3 9701 A2
3109 A3 7163 A2 3421 A3 9702 A2
3110 A2 7164 A1 3422 A3 9900 C2
3111 A2 7166 A1 3423 A3 9901 C2
3112 A2 7167 A2 3426 B3 9902 C1
3124 B1 7168 A2 3427 B3 9905 F3
3125 C1 7453 A2 3428 B3 9915 D2
3126 C1 7700 B3 3429 B3 9916 E2
3127 C1 7904 D1 3430 A2 9917 E2
3129 A1 7905 D1 3431 B2 9926 E2
3130 E1 7906 E1 3436 A3 9927 E2
3131 A1 7907 E1 3703 B1 9928 E2
3132 F1 7908 C1 3704 B1
3133 A1 9100 B1 3705 B1
3139 A2 9101 B1 3715 A1
3141 A2 9102 B1 3716 A2
3142 A3 9103 B1 3717 A2
Part 2 3143 A3 9104 A1 Part 2 3718 A1
3144 A3 9105 A2 3900 C1
CL 36532038_26b.eps 3145 A2 CL 36532038_27b.eps 3901 C2
3150 C1 3902 C2
3151 C1 3903 C1
3152 A1 3904 C1
3160 B2 3905 D1
3161 B1 3906 D1
3162 B2 3909 C1
3163 B1 3912 C2
3164 A3 3934 D2
3165 B1 3935 E2
CL 36532038_026.eps 3166 A1 CL 36532038_027.eps 3936 E2
3139 123 5652.2 110703 3167 A1 3139 123 5652.2 110703 3937 D2
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 91

Layout Jack High Definition Interface Panel (Part 1 Top Side Side) Layout Jack High Definition Interface Panel (Part 2 Top Side)

Part 1
Part 2

CL 36532038_26b.eps
3139 123 5652.2 110703

CL 36532038_26a.eps
110703
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 92

Layout Jack High Definition Interface Panel (Part 1 Bottom Side Side) Layout Jack High Definition Interface Panel (Part 2 Bottom Side)

Part 2

Part 1

CL 36532038_27b.eps
030903

CL 36532038_27a.eps
030903
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 93

Side I/O Panel

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1326-A C1
1326-B C1

SIDE I/O +8V6

1326-C D1
1327 E2
1328 B1
c/ 16/9 3845 3847
1333 A9

3848
5K6
4K7 10K 1344 F9

1806
1333 1346 E9
EH-B
16/9 1 1800 E2
2807

3846
A 3809 A 1801 C2

10K
5800

3849
7813 2

3K3
1802 F2

BZX284-C6V8
Y 220n BC847B +8V6 100u 1803 F2

3801
3

75R
GND 1804 E3

6807
4 3 4 1805 B2
2 1 GND
1806 A2
3808 Y 5 1936 C9
2803 C3

BZX284-C6V8
6 GND
N.C.
2804 C4

6808
+8V6 +8V6
SVHS C 7 2805 D4
2811 2806 D3

2810
8 2807 A3

33n

9810
B 1328 7812 GND B 2810 B4
5 100u 9
YKF51-5564 BC857B L 2811 B5
7811 DETECT 10 2813 C6
2832 E6

6802 BZX284-C6V8
BC857B

150K
3816

3812
1805

6801
11

39R
R 2834 F4

3813

3K9
2840 F2
2841 F2

RES (SDM-EMG_S)
BZX284-C6V8 3801 A3
3802 C3
1

680K
3802

3815

3810

3811

4804
2813
75R

39R

39K
3803 C4

2u2
1936

3814

2K2
CVBS 1326-A EH-B 3804 D4
1
C C 3805 C3
2 3806 D3
CVBS Y 2
3808 B4
3803 3 3809 A3
4
3810 C4
6804 BZX284-C10

1K
6803

1326-B C 4 FROM/TO
3811 C4
3805
1801

2803

680p

2804

100p
33K
1936
GND_AUD 5 OF 3812 B4
L
5 6 3813 B5
4800 L 6 A8 3814 C5
BZX284-C10

(LSP SSP) 3815 C3

3835
7

3K9
DETECT
3816 B3
GND_AUD
7 R 8 3826 E5
D 1326-C GND_AUD D 3827 E5
9 3828 F3
R GND_AUD
4801

3804 GNDB 3829 F3

8 9 SOUND L-HEADPHONE-OUT 10
3830 F4
6806 BZX284-C10

1K 3835 D5
6805

SOUND R-HEADPHONE-OUT 11
3806
2806

680p

2805

100p 3842 E5
33K
1800

3845 A3
3846 A4
3847 A4
BZX284-C10

3848 A5
3849 A5
GND_AUD GND_AUD 3999 F7
E 3826 120R E
5 GND_AUD 4800 D2
HEADPHONE-OUT 4801 D2
4 1327 3827 120R 4803 F5
1804

1346
EH-B 4804 C6
2
3842

2832
10K
1 5800 A8

10n
L
GNDB 6801 B3
3 GNDB GND_AUD 2
N.C. 6802 C2
7 6803 C3
2840

680p
1802

R 3
6804 D2
8 3828 120R GNDB GNDB 6805 D3
1 6806 E2
F GNDB GNDB GNDB 3829 120R F 6807 A3
YKB21-5101A 6808 B2
1344
EH-B
3830
2841

680p

2834

7811 B4
10K

10n

3999
1803

4803 9800 SOUND R-HEADPHONE-OUT 1 7812 B5

150R 7813 A5
GNDB 2
N.C. 9800 F6
SOUND L-HEADPHONE-OUT 3 9810 B6
GNDB GNDB
GNDB GNDB GND_AUD GNDB CL 26532067_041.eps
3104 303 3737.3 010703

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 94

Layout Side I/O Panel (Top Side) Layout Side I/O Panel (Bottom Side)

1326 B1 2803 B1
1327 A1 2804 B1
1328 C1 2805 B1
1333 A1 2806 B1
1344 A1 2807 C1
1346 A1 2810 C1
1936 A1 2832 A1
2811 B1 2834 A1
2813 A1 2840 A1
3802 C1 2841 A1
3803 B1 3801 C1
3804 B1 3805 B1
3826 A1 3806 B1
3827 A1 3808 C1
3828 A1 3809 C1
3829 A1 3810 C1
3830 A1 3811 B1
3835 A1 3812 C1
3842 A1 3813 B1
3999 A1 3814 B1
5800 A1 3815 C1
9800 B1 3816 C1
9802 A1 3845 C1
9803 A1 3846 C1
9810 A1 3847 C1
3848 C1
3849 C1
4800 B1
4801 B1
4802 A1
4803 A1
4804 B1
6801 C1
6802 C1
6803 B1
6804 C1
6805 B1
6806 B1
6807 C1
6808 C1
7811 C1
7812 B1
7813 C1

CL 26532041_054.eps CL 26532041_055.eps
3104 303 3737.3 010703 3104 303 3737.3 010703
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 95

Top Control Panel PV2 Styling Top Control Panel PV0 Styling
0215 A1 0215 A1 1093 A4 2010 A1 3093 A2 3096 B4 6092 B3 I001 A1 I004 A3 I007 B2
1 2 3 4 0216 E1 1091 A2 1094 B4 3091 A1 3094 A3 3099 B1 F001 B1 I002 A2 I005 A4 I008 B3
0217 D1
1090 D2 1092 A2 1095 A3 3092 A2 3095 A4 6091 A4 F002 B1 I003 A2 I006 A4 I009 A4

P
1091 B2
1 2 3 4
TOP CONTROL PANEL (PV2) 1092 B3
1093 B4

TOP CONTROL PANEL (PV0)

P
1094 B4
1095 B3
2010 A1
0215 4091 4092 4093 4094 3086
TO 1945 2011 D2
1
OF *3091 *3092 *3093 390R 2012 D2
560R *3094 * 2013 E2
FRONT 2 560R 390R
A (LSP) 270R
A 2014 E3 0215
EH-S
3
3095
2015 E2 TO 1945
A10 2016 E3
OF
1
2010
10n

3K3 2017 E4 I001 3091 I002 3092 I003 3093 I004 3094 I005 3095 I006
C+ C- V+
2018 E4 FRONT 2

2019 D3 (LSP) 3 560R 390R 560R 270R 3K3

2020 E2
1091 1095 1093
1092
6091
3010 D2
3011 D2 A A10 C+ C- MENU V+ A

1
2010
3012 E2

10n

1091

1092

1095

1093
BAT254 3086 A4
4 Keys 5 Keys 6092
3087 B4
B Painter based Painter based ArtistIC based B 3088 B3

2
BAT85
2010 2010 4091 RES 3089 B3 BAT254
3091 3091 4092 3090 B2 I009
3092 3092 4093 V- 3091 A1 6091

BAT254
3093

3096
620R

200R
4090
3090

4089

3088

3097

3098

3087
3093 4094
3089

6093
3092 A2

1K5

3K3
1K1

1K5
V-
2K

BAT254
3094 3094 3090

2
6092
3095 3095 3089 1094 3093 A2
* * * * * * I007 I008

3096

1094
3094 A3

1K5
3096 3096 3088 F001
4090 3097 3087 3095 A4
4089 3098 3086 3096 B4

1
6091 4090 1091 3097 B3

3099
1091 4089 1092

1K
3098 B3
6093
C 1092
1093 1091
1093
1094
MENU BUTTON FOR
C 4089 B2
4090 B2
B B
1094 1092 1095
1093 5 KEYS CONFIGURATION 4091 A2 F002
PLUG&PLAY MENU 4092 A2
1094
1095 4093 A2
4094 A3 PLUG&PLAY MENU
6091 B4
VOICE CONTROL 6092 B4
3010
(RES) 6093 B3
4R7 7091 D3
CL 36532038_106.eps
2011 2012
100n
2019
RES
3139 123 5699.1 010703
D 0217
1090
RT-01T
47u
7091 D
1 1 NJM2110M 8 1 2 3 4
3011 V+
2 1 MICV+
MICROPHONE MIC V+
3 1K8 2 EXTMICV+
EXT
3012 2013 3 VIN+ MIC V+
AMPOUT 7
0216 470R 100n 2014 5 VIN- AMP
13.7K

4 3V3
1n 444E 6
100K
3 OUT1 2015 2020
47u RES 2016 AMPNFB
1n GND
2
4
E 1 E
GND 2017

1u

2018

1u
CL 36532038_070.eps
3139 123 5440.5 110703

1 2 3 4
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 96

Layout Top Control Panel PV2 Styling (Top Side) Layout Top Control Panel PV2 Styling (Bottom Side)

0215 A1 2010 A1
0216 D1 2012 C1
0217 C1 2013 C1
1090 D1 2014 C1
1091 A1 2016 C1
1092 A1 2017 C1
1093 B1 2018 D1
1094 C1 2019 D1
1095 B1 2020 D1
2011 D1 3010 D1
2015 D1 3011 C1
6092 A1 3012 C1
3086 B1
3087 B1
3088 A1
3089 A1
3090 A1
3091 A1
3092 A1
3093 A1
3094 A1
3095 B1
3096 B1
3097 B1
3098 B1
4010 C1
4011 D1
4089 A1
4090 A1
4091 A1
4092 A1
4093 A1
4094 A1
6091 B1
6093 B1
7091 C1

CL 36532038_030.eps
3139 123 5440.5 260603 3139 123 5440.5 CL 36532038_031.eps
260603
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 97

Layout Top Control Panel PV0 Styling (Top Side) Layout Top Control Panel PV0 Styling (Bottom Side)

0215 B2 2010 B1
1091 A2 3091 B1
1092 A1 3092 B1
1093 B2 3093 A1
1094 A2 3094 A1
1095 A2 3095 A2
3096 A2
3099 B2
6091 A2
6092 A1

CL 36532038_032.eps
3139 123 5699.1 150503 3139 123 5699.1 CL 36532038_033.eps
150503
 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EM1.2A AA 7. 98

Personal Notes:
 Electrical Alignments EM1.2A AA 8. EN 99

8. Electrical Alignments
Index of this chapter
1. General alignment conditions
2. Hardware alignments
3. Software alignments
4. Option settings 1502
B

8.1 General Alignment Conditions

Warning

8.1.1 Start Conditions

All alignments
are on hot-part !

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following 5430

C

SSB
conditions:
LOT
• AC voltage and frequency: according to country’s standard
• Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer Focus 1
Focus 2
with low internal resistance. Screen
VG2
• Allow the set to warm up for approximately 20 to 30
minutes. TUNER 3642

• Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis A

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary
side of the power supply.) CINCH CINCH V.SHIFT
CL 26532058_021.eps
0706402
Caution: never use heatsinks as ground.
• Test probe: Ri > 10 Mohm, Ci < 2.5 pF.
• Use an isolated trimmer/screwdriver to perform Figure 8-1 Top view LSP
alignments.
8.2.1 Vg2 Adjustment
8.1.2 Start Settings
Introduction
The following default settings are needed to start the In the frame-blanking period of the R, G, and B signals applied
alignments: to the CRT, the 'HOP' video processor inserts a measuring
• Put the set in "Progressive Scan" mode (via "MENU - pulse with different DC levels. Measure this pulse during the
PICTURE - DIGITAL OPTIONS".) vertical flyback at the RGB cathodes of the CRT.
• Put the set in "MOVIES" mode (via the "PICTURE" button
on the remote transmitter.) Alignment
• Set "ACTIVE CONTROL" to "OFF" (via "MENU - 1. Enter SAM. To enter SAM:
FEATURES".) 2. Press the following key sequence on the remote control
• Set "DYNAMIC CONTRAST" to "OFF" (via "MENU - transmitter:
PICTURE".) 3. 0-6-2-5-9-6-STATUS/EXIT
• Set the external video pattern generator to 475.25 MHz 4. Do not allow the display to time out between entries while
(PAL/SECAM) or 61.25 MHz (NTSC). keying the sequence
5. Go to the 'WHITE TONE' sub menu.
8.1.3 Adjustment Sequence 6. Set the values of 'NORMAL RED,' 'NORMAL GREEN,' and
'NORMAL BLUE' to 32.
Use the following adjustment sequence: 7. Go, via the "MENU" key, to the normal user menu and set:
1. Set the correct TV set ‘options’ (after storing, re-start the – "PICTURE" (CONTRAST) to zero.
set.) – "BRIGHTNESS" to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark
2. Rough adjustment of ‘Vg2’ and ‘Focus.' room.)
3. Rough adjustment of ‘Geometry.' 8. Return to SAM via the "MENU" key.
4. Allow the set to warm up. 9. Connect the RF output of a pattern generator to the
5. Precise adjustment of ‘Vg2’ and ‘Focus.' antenna input. Input a 'black' picture test pattern (blank
6. Precise adjustment of ‘Geometry.' screen on CRT without any OSD info).
7. Software alignments. 10. Set the oscilloscope to 50 V/div and the time base to 0.2 ms
(external triggering on the vertical pulse).
11. Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 10:1
8.2 Hardware Alignments probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (see
diagram B).
Note: The Service Default Mode (SDM) and Service Alignment 12. Measure the 'cut off pulse' during the first full line after the
Mode (SAM) are described in the 'Service Modes, Error Codes frame blanking (see Fig. 8-2). You will see two pulses; one
and Fault Finding' section. Menu navigation is performed with is the cut-off pulse and the other is the white drive pulse.
the “MENU UP, DOWN, LEFT and RIGHT” keys of the remote Choose the one with the lowest value; this is the cut-off
control (RC) transmitter. pulse.
13. Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the
alignment. Adjust the VCUTOFF of this gun with the
SCREEN (lower) potentiometer (see Fig. 8-1) on the LOT
to the correct value:
– 29/ 32 /34 inch 16:9 CRT: 160 VDC ± 2 VDC.
– 36 inch 16:9 CRT: 165 VDC ± 2 VDC.
14. Restore "BRIGHTNESS" and "PICTURE" to normal values
(31).
EN 100 8. EM1.2A AA Electrical Alignments
max.
VCUTOFF [VDC]
0V Ref.
CL 06532130_014.eps
131000
Figure 8-2 Waveform Vg2 alignment
8.2.2 Focus Alignment
Notes:
• Use an external video pattern generator to input a “circle
with crosshatch” test pattern to the set.
• Choose "MOVIES" picture mode with the "PICTURE"
button on the remote control transmitter.
• ELDOR LOT outline:
– Focus 1 (F1) = Static alignment (black wire.)
– Focus 2 (F2) = Dynamic alignment (red wire.)
Focus method
1. Start with the STATIC and DYNAMIC focus potentiometers
on the LOT at the mid point.
2. Adjust the STATIC focus until the vertical lines at 1/4 of the
screen from the left and right sides of the screen, at the
horizontal center of the screen, are of minimum width
without visible haze.
3. Adjust the DYNAMIC focus until the horizontal line at the
center of the screen is of minimum width without visible
haze.
4. Check overall spot performance and repeat steps 2 and 3
to achieve the best result: a compromise between minimal
visible haze at the middle of the screen and sharp lines at
the edges of the screen.
8.3 Software Alignments
8.3.1 Introduction
With the software alignments, it is possible to align the Tuner
IF, White Tone, and Geometry settings.
Put the set in the SAM (see the 'Service Modes, Error Codes
and Fault Finding' section.) The SAM menu will now appear on
the screen. Menu navigation is performed with the “MENU UP,
DOWN, LEFT and RIGHT” keys of the remote control (RC)
transmitter.
Notes:
• All changes to menu items and alignments are stored
automatically, except changes to the option codes. They
must be stored manually.
• If the Option codes have been changed and stored, the set
has to be disconnected from AC power; if the television is
only turned 'off' with the Power switch, the option code
settings are NOT read by the microprocessor.
• If an empty EAROM (permanent memory) is detected, all
settings are set to preprogrammed default values.
8.3.2 Tuner IF
IF PLL OFFSET
Set the external pattern generator to a colour bar video signal
and connect the RF output to aerial input. Set amplitude to 10
mV and set frequency to 475.25 MHz (PAL/SECAM) or 61.25
MHz (NTSC).
Alignment procedure:
1. Set the pattern generator to a color bar video signal and
connect the RF output to aerial input. Set amplitude to at
least 1mV.
2. Enter the SAM mode and select 'Tuner.'
3. Align the 'IF PLL OFFSET' parameter so that you come into
the AFC window, meaning that the AFB value must be on
the transient of going from 1 to 0 (see table below, which
explains the best way of aligning).
4. After this alignment, store the value by returning to the
previous menu (via the MENU/SELECT key).
5. Exit the SAM mode by pressing the 'POWER' button on the
remote control transmitter.
Table 8-1 IF PLL Offset alignment
AFA AFB IF PLL offset
0 0 Decrease offset value
0 1 Increase offset value
1 0 Correct
1 1 Correct
AGC
1. Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the
antenna input. From the generator, input an NTSC TV
signal with a signal strength of approximately 2 mV and a
frequency of 475.25 MHz (PAL/SECAM) or 61.25 MHz
(NTSC).
2. Enter SAM mode, select 'Tuner,' and activate the 'AGC'
line in the sub menu.
3. Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1200
on LSP).
4. Adjust the AGC until the voltage at pin 1 of the Tuner is just
below 3.8V.
5. Increase/decrease the value by pressing the MENU LEFT/
RIGHT keys on the remote control transmitter.
6. Store by pushing MENU/SELECT.
7. Switch the set to STANDBY by pressing the 'POWER'
button on the remote control transmitter.
8.3.3 White Tone
Black Cut Off Alignment
You can adjust the values of the 'black cut off' level in the
WHITE TONE sub menu. The color temperature mode
(NORMAL, DELTA COOL, and DELTA WARM) or the color (R,
G, B) can be selected with the menu UP/DOWN/LEFT/RIGHT
keys. Change the value with the menu LEFT/RIGHT keys.
First, select the values for the NORMAL color temperature.
Then select the (offset) values for the DELTA COOL and
DELTA WARM mode. The alignment values are non-linear:
1. Set the pattern generator to a white spot (chessboard)
pattern and connect the RF output to the antenna input of
the TV. Set the amplitude to 1 mV.
2. Set the default settings as mentioned in the start of this
chapter.
3. NORMAL settings
– NORMAL RED = 32
– NORMAL GREEN = 32
– NORMAL BLUE =32
4. CUT OFF (default) settings
– BLACK LEVEL R = 7
– BLACK LEVEL G = 7
5. Measure (calibrated with the spectra) on the center of a
white square on the screen with a color analyzer. Adjust
the values of BLACK LEVEL R and BLACK LEVEL G to get
the correct XY coordinates for TINT=NORMAL as given in
the table below.
 Electrical Alignments EM1.2A AA 8. EN 101

Table 8-2 Black Level

1 VERT. SLOPE
Tint Temperature (deg. K) X Y
Normal 9300 282 298
2 VERT. AMPLITUDE

Note: When there is no color analyzer available, use the

default CUT OFF settings mentioned above.
3 VERT. SHIFT

White Tone Adjustment

You can adjust the light temperatures in the WHITE TONE sub
menu. A color analyzer is necessary to do this. 4 HOR. SHIFT

1. Set the pattern generator to a pattern with a white (100 %

video) area and connect the RF output to antenna input.
Set the amplitude to 1mV. 5 HOR. BOW
2. Set the default settings as mentioned in the start of this
chapter.
3. Measure with a color analyzer (calibrated with the spectra) 6 HOR. PARALLEL
on the center of the screen.
4. Adjust the white drive for the tint NORMAL to the XY values
as given in the table below, by adjusting NORMAL BLUE
7 EW. WIDTH
and NORMAL RED simultaneously.

Table 8-3 White Tone

8 EW. PARA

Tint Temperature (deg. K) X Y

Warm 6500 315 325 9 EW. TRAP

Normal 9300 282 298

Cool 12000 270 280
10 EW. UCORN

Note: When there is no color analyzer available, use the

default settings (delta w.r.t. NORMAL) mentioned below (these
11 EW. LCORN
values are valid for all CRT sizes):
CL 16532043_092.eps
Table 8-4 White Tone offset 200601

Figure 8-3 Geometry Alignments

Screen size 29 30/32 34 LPD 34 MEC
Light output 450cd 380cd 350cd 350cd 1. Connect an external video pattern generator to the antenna
input of the TV set with a crosshatch test pattern.
Light Output Adjustment 2. Activate the SAM menu as described in the 'Service
You can adjust the light output of the CRT in the WHITE TONE Modes, Error Codes and Fault Finding' section.
sub menu. A color analyzer is necessary to do this. 3. Go to sub menu GEOMETRY. Now perform the alignments
1. Set the pattern generator to a white spot (chessboard) in the order described below.
pattern and connect the RF output with the antenna input
of the TV. Set the amplitude to 1 mV. Alignments
2. Set the default settings as mentioned in the start of this 1. First set the vertical S-correction (VER.SCOR) value on
chapter. '17' for the 30/32", and on '20' for the 34/36" CRTs. Position
3. Measure with a color analyzer (calibrated with the spectra) the boundary-stripes of the test pattern on the edges of the
on the center of the white square on the screen. Adjust the picture tube.
levels of NORMAL RED, NORMAL GREEN, and NORMAL 2. Vertical Amplitude (VER. AMPL). Aligns the vertical
BLUE simultaneously to retrieve: amplitude with potentiometer R3603 on the LSP (see Fig.
8-1) so that the complete test pattern is visible.
Table 8-5 Light Output 3. Vertical shift. Aligns the vertical centering with
potentiometer R3609 on the LSP (see Fig. 8-1) so that the
test pattern is located vertically in the middle. Repeat the
Screen size Temperature R G B
'vertical amplitude' alignment if necessary.
29 12000 0 +2 +7 4. Vertical Slope (VER. SLOPE). Aligns the vertical center of
30 12000 0 +3 +7 the picture to the vertical center of the CRT. This is the first
34 12000 0 +2 +6 alignment to be performed of the vertical alignments. To
36 12000 0 +1 +5 assist in this alignment, set 'SERV.BLK' to 'on' (set
'SERV.BLK' to 'off' after alignment.)
5. Service Blanking (SERV. BLK). Switches the blanking of
8.3.4 Geometry the lower half of the screen on/off (to be used in
combination with the vertical slope alignment).
Introduction 6. * East West Width (EW. WIDTH). Aligns the picture width
The geometry alignment menu contains several items to align until the complete test pattern is visible (similar to
the set, in order to obtain correct picture geometry. For all Horizontal Amplitude).
geometry alignments, use an external pattern generator with a 7. * Horizontal Shift (HOR. SHIFT). Aligns the horizontal
geometry pattern (for example, a crosshatch pattern). See center of the picture to the horizontal center of the CRT.
figure below for the correct alignments. Note: If the horizontal linearity in wide-screen mode is out
of tolerance, add a “DC-shift correction” panel (3104 328
06230) to connector 1419 of the DAF-panel [diagram I]. On
EN 102 8. EM1.2A AA Electrical Alignments

the DC-shift panel, cut diode 6433 for correction to the right 8.4.1 Changing a Single Option
or diode 6432 for correction to the left.
Caution: Be sure to switch the set “off” first. Never plug in Select the option with the MENU UP/DOWN keys, and change
a module that is not pre-aligned in a set that is 'ON'! its setting with the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys.
8. * East West Parabola (EW. PARA). Aligns straight vertical
lines at the sides of the screen. 8.4.2 Changing Multiple Options
9. * East West Upper Corner (EW. UCORN). Aligns straight
vertical lines in the upper corners of the screen.
Changing the option bytes directly makes it possible to set all
10. * East West Lower Corner (EW. LCORN). Aligns straight
vertical lines in the lower corners of the screen. options very quickly. An option byte (OB1 - OB8) can be
selected with the MENU UP/DOWN keys and its setting can be
11. East West Trapezium (EW. TRAP). Aligns straight vertical
changed with the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys. An option byte
lines in the middle of the screen.
12. Horizontal Parallelogram (HOR. PARALLEL). Aligns represents a number of different options. All options of this
chassis are controlled via 8 option bytes. Select the option byte
straight vertical lines at the top and the bottom, vertical
(OB1 - OB8) and key in the new value with the number keys on
rotation around the center.
13. Horizontal Bow (HOR. BOW). Aligns straight horizontal the remote control transmitter.
lines at the top and the bottom, horizontal rotation around
An option byte value is calculated in the following way:
the center.
14. Vertical S-correction (VER. SCOR). Aligns for equal size Value 'option bit 1' x 1 =
Value 'option bit 2' x 2 =
squares on the top, middle, and bottom of the picture tube.
Value 'option bit 3' x 4 =
Align so that the squares at the top (or bottom) of the
picture are the same height as the squares in the middle of Value 'option bit 4' x 8 =
Value 'option bit 5' x 16 =
the picture.
Value 'option bit 6' x 32 =
Note: Also perform the alignments marked with a (*) in 480p Value 'option bit 7' x 64 =
Value 'option bit 8' x 128 =
and 1080i mode.
========================
(note: they are only available with a 2fH input signal on AV4):
1. Use a 1080i pattern generator (for example Sencore Total: value of 'option byte' =
VP300). When you leave the geometry menu, the values
When the NVM is replaced, all options will require resetting. To
are stored.
2. Use a crosshatch pattern, in which you can recognize a be certain that the factory settings are reproduced exactly, you
must set both option number lines. You can find the correct
vertical line which is placed on a horizontal amplitude of
option numbers on the CRT sticker inside the TV set.
about 87% (as seen from the center of the CRT). This line
is used as a reference to adjust the overscan situation in
Example: The CRT sticker in the 30PW8520/17 gives the
1080i and 480p mode on the edge of the phosphor.
following option numbers:
3. Use the following offsets for V-ZOOM and V-SCROLL:
1. 252 255 189 245 (OB1 to OB4)
– 480p: V-ZOOM= 30 and V-SCROLL= 37.
– 1080i: V-ZOOM= 20 and V-SCROLL= 36. 2. 128 000 000 000 (OB5 to OB8)

Super Wide
Perform the same alignments described in the 'Geometry'
section.

4:3
You only need to align the following parameters (if the normal
geometry alignments have been performed correctly):
1. East West Width (EW. WIDTH.) Aligns the picture width
until the complete test pattern is visible (similar to
Horizontal Amplitude).
2. East West Upper Corner (EW. UCORN.) Aligns straight
vertical lines in the upper corners of the screen.
3. East West Lower Corner (EW. LCORN.) Aligns straight
vertical lines in the lower corners of the screen.

8.4 Option Settings

The microprocessor communicates with a large number of I2C

ICs in the set. To ensure good communication and to make
digital diagnosis possible, the microprocessor has to know
which ICs to address. The presence / absence of these specific
ICs (or functions) is made known by the option codes. There
are two ways to do this:
• Changing a single option.
• Changing multiple options.

Notes:
• Changes in the option settings are saved by leaving the
OPTION submenu.
• The new option settings are only active after the TV is
switched 'off' and 'on' again (cold start) with the AC power
cord (the EAROM is then read again).
 Electrical Alignments EM1.2A AA 8. EN 103

Table 8-6 Option Table

Option Bytes OB1 OB2 OB3 OB4 OB5 OB6 OB7 OB8
29PT7321/61 123 156 39 254 200 0 0 0
29PT7321/69R 123 103 255 204 128 0 0 0
29PT7321/71 123 156 39 254 200 0 0 0
29PT7321/79R 123 103 255 204 128 0 0 0
29PT7321/93R 122 156 15 243 32 0 0 0
29PT8321/61 123 220 39 254 201 0 0 0
29PT8321/69R 123 119 255 204 128 0 0 0
29PT8321/71 123 220 39 254 201 0 0 0
29PT8321/79R 123 119 255 204 128 0 0 0
29PT8321/93R 122 220 15 243 164 0 0 0
32PW8521/61 123 220 63 254 249 0 0 0
32PW8521/69R 123 119 255 205 128 0 0 0
32PW8521/79R 123 119 255 205 128 0 0 0
32PW8521/93R 122 220 63 243 100 0 0 0
34PT7321/61 123 156 39 254 200 0 0 0
34PT7321/69R 123 103 255 204 128 0 0 0
34PT7321/71 123 156 39 254 200 0 0 0
34PT7321/79R 123 103 255 204 128 0 0 0
34PT7321/93R 122 156 15 243 32 0 0 0
34PT8321/61 123 220 39 254 201 0 0 0
34PT8321/69R 123 119 255 204 128 0 0 0
34PT8321/71 123 220 39 254 201 0 0 0
34PT8321/79R 123 119 255 204 128 0 0 0
34PT8321/93R 122 220 15 243 164 0 0 0
EN 104 9. EM1.2A AA Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets

9. Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter • LSP: supply, deflection, and sound amplification.
1. Introduction • SSP: tuner input, SIMM interface, I/O and interface
2. Block diagram provisions for extended functions such as PIP.
3. Power supply • SSB: core TV functionalities, such as set control, video and
4. Control audio decoding, feature box, video featuring, and sync/
5. Tuner and IF geometry control.
6. Video: HD jack interface The LSP (single sided) is designed very conventionally, with
7. Video: High-end Input Processor hardly any surface mounted components on the copper side.
8. Video: Feature box
9. Video: High-end Output Processor Warning: be aware that the LSP has a very large 'hot' area,
10. Synchronization including both deflection coils.
11. Horizontal deflection
12. Vertical deflection The SSB is a high tech module (four layer, 2 sides reflow
13. Audio technology, full SMC) with very high component density and
14. CRT Panel / Rotation / Scavem complete shielding for EMC reasons. Despite this, it is
15. Software related features designed so that repair on component level still is possible. To
16. Abbreviation list achieve this, attention was paid to:
17. IC Data Sheets • The position of service test lands: most of them are at the
Tuner side.
• Accessibility (Tuner side). If there are still problems with
9.1 Introduction the accessibility, one can order an extension board (12 NC:
9965 000 05769).
The EM1.2A is a low end EM5 chassis, with the same LSP, but • Clearance around surface mounted ICs (for replacing).
with a Painter microprocessor (instead of the OTC). • Detailed diagnostics and fault finding is possible via
ComPair.
The EM1.2A architecture consists of a full sized LSP/SSP
combination, a smaller sized SSB (mounted on the SSP via a Caution: Always be sure that the set is 'off' when you remove
SIMM connector). or replace the SSB panel!
The main functionalities of these boards are:

9.2 Block Diagram

PROZONIC
PICNIC (FBX)

TDA9178
AUDIO-PIP YUV50 YUV FRAMEDRIVE+
TOPIC
TUNER IF VIF HA FRAMEDRIVE- VERT
F-TYPE IF
FILTER SIF VA VD100 VDHOP
E/W
E/W
HD100 HOP
HIP
HD
JACK HD
COMB HORZ
FILTER

VIDEO-EXT FBL-TEXT
EXT AUDIO-EXT CVBS-TEXT RGB-TEXT
I/O
PAINTER

MONITOR-OUT (A+V) (V)

TOP NVM R
CONTROL (PROGR.) CRT G
+ CRT
B
SCAVEM

SCAVEM
IR
REC.

EHT SIF TDA7497

180V L
MSP AMPL
SUPPLY
POWER

141V AUDIO-EXT L/R

SW
28V (A) MONITOR-OUT COLD HOT
ETC. R

NJM4556
LOW
5V2 HP
POWER HP
STBY

CL 36532038_116.eps
MAINS 110V 020903

Figure 9-1 Block diagram

 Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets EM1.2A AA 9. EN 105

The Tuner (item 1200) is a PLL tuner and delivers the IF-signal, 9.3 Power Supply (Diagram A1 and A2)
via audio and video SAW-filters, to the HIP (High-end Input
Processor). The HIP has the following functions: The power supply has a number of main functions:
• IF modulation.
1. Mains harmonic filter.
• Video source select and record select.
2. Degaussing picture tube.
• Color decoder. 3. Standby power supply.
• Synchronization.
4. Main supply.

Several video input/output connections (with audio

connections) are available: 9.3.1 Mains Harmonic Filter (Diagram A1)
1. Side I/O: interfaces CVBS, SVSH.
2. AV1: interfaces CVBS, RGB-input and YUV-input (1fH) Mains harmonic
diversity

3. AV2: interfaces CVBS and Y/C (meant for VCR- 3

9503

connection). 3501

4. AV4: interfaces YPbPr/RGB (HD) inputs (2fH). 1590 9504

3551
1
5. Monitor out: interfaces CVBS out. 1501 3500

2 3
6. Audio out: interfaces external front and surround speakers. mains
3521
4M7
V
2507 5511 or 5516 2537
- + +375V

1 5503 or 4 9504
5504 2516

The HIP delivers YUV and sync signals to the PICNIC. This IC -
2
takes care of: 2 3

• Analog to Digital conversion and vice versa. 1

5502
4

• Interlaced to progressive scan conversion. CL 16532044_020.eps

• Panorama mode. 140501

• Noise reduction.
Figure 9-2 Mains harmonic filter
• Dynamic contrast.

For Digital Scan, the PROZONIC is required, which can be
connected to the PICNIC.
After the PICNIC, the YUV signals and sync signals are fed to
the HOP (High-end Output Processor). This IC handles the
video control and geometry part. The RGB-signals for CC/OSD
(from the uP) are also inserted via the HOP. The video part
delivers the RGB signals to the CRT-panel and the geometry
part delivers the H-drive, V-drive, E/W-drive, and TILT-drive
signals.
Both deflection circuits are 'hot' and located on the LSP. The
HOP drives them. To make a galvanic separation, the Line
Drive is driven via transformer 5410 and the Frame Drive via
transformer 5621.The horizontal output stage generates some
supply voltages and the EHT voltage, focus voltage and Vg2
voltage.
The mains harmonic filter has two functions: to prevent high
frequency signals (harmonics) from being transferred into the
mains and to protect the set from lightning damage.
Capacitor C2507 prevents the high frequency signals
(generated by the set), from being conveyed into the mains (it
forms a short-circuit).
In case of a lightning surge between the 2 phases (differential
mode), the energy is immediately bled away through the VDR
(R3509) to the other phase.
In case of a lightning surge on both phases of the mains in
relation to the aerial ground (common mode), the filter acts as
a high resistance (UEMK = L * dI/dt), as a result of which the
voltage across coil L5503/04 increases. A spark gap (1590)
prevents the voltage from increasing too much, which would
lead to a damaged coil. When ignited, the current will be
discharged via this spark gap.
Resistor R3500 is used for limiting the inrush-current.

The RGB amplifiers on the CRT-panel are integrated in one IC, 9.3.2 Degaussing (Diagram A1)
and are supplied with 200 V from the LOT.
The Scavem circuit modulates transitions of the Luminance (Y) As soon as the set is connected with the AC Power, the 5V2 is
signal on the horizontal deflection current, giving a sharper present. When the 'DEGAUSSING' signal from the processor
picture. (Painter) is 'low,' transistor 7528 will conduct, and relay 1550 is
activated. Initially a considerable current will flow, via PTC
The sound part is built around the MSP34xx (Multi-channel 3516, through the degaussing coil. The PTC will heat up,
Sound Processor) for IF sound detection, sound control and resistance will rise, and the current will decay rapidly. The
source selection. Dolby decoding is also done by the MSP. Painter makes the 'DEGAUSSING' signal 'high' after 12
Amplification is done via a 'class B' integrated power amplifier seconds, which will switch 'off' the relay.
IC, the TDA7497.
9.3.3 Standby power supply (Diagram A2)
The microprocessor ('Painter') takes care of the analog CC
input processing and output processing. The µP, ROM, and
Principle
RAM are supplied with 3.3 V, which is derived from the +5V2.
This power supply is not only delivering the standby voltage,
The NVM (Non Volatile Memory) is used to store the settings,
but also the main voltages for the small signal part. It is a SOPS
the Painter is an OTP (One Time Programmable) chip with
type (Self-Oscillating Power Supply) and is regulated by the
integrated set software.
controlled switching of an oscillator. It uses the 'Flyback'
principle:
There is a separate Standby Supply, in order to reduce the
Standby power consumption. During Standby, the Main Supply
is switched 'off' (via TS7529). A relay (1550) is used to switch
the Degaussing circuit. It is switched 'on' after set start-up and
switched 'off' by the µP after 12 s.
The Main Supply, a SMPS based on the 'boost converter'
principle, generates the 141 V (VBAT) and the +28V for the
audio part.
Note: Voltage VBAT is not mains isolated ('hot'), but is
alignment free.
EN 106 9. EM1.2A AA Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets

After closing switch 'S,' the current ID will increase linearly in

S
Id time. The magnetic energy in the primary coil is directly
D
+ Uout
proportional with the self-inductance of the coil and current ID
- (thus with the time the switch is closed).
+
375V
C
RL The voltage polarity at the secondary winding is negative (due
+ to different winding direction), meaning that diode D will block.
- Capacitor C will discharge via RL, and UOUT will decrease.
S Opening switch 'S' will generate a counter-e.m.f. in the primary
D winding, trying to maintain current ID. Through this the polarity
- Uout
+ of the secondary voltage will inverse. The magnetic energy
375V
Isec +
RL
stored in the coil will now be transformed to the secondary side.
C
Diode D will now conduct, capacitor C will be charged, and
-
+ UOUT will increase.
96532156_020.eps
210100

Figure 9-3 Flyback principle

Implementation

HOT COLD

3120 5102 6103 UA 5100/5101

-13V
10R 2101 2 6111 +5V2
2n2
1 ISEC
3103 8
1K 2104 UOUT RL
2114 10 2m2
GND-STB 10n
UMAINS 3110
3105
+375V UA ON OFF
1K 5
2R2
3102 3 t
1K 3101
IPRIM
3107 3106
UD UD
3117 10M STARTUP
1K 1K 47R 7102 N.Usec
V-START D UMAIN
G
S t 3113
6105 3104
15V 22R
2102 47R IPRIM
6105
+ 15V
10µ
7101
t
3108
2111 //3118 ISEC
6108

3125 3126 6106

15R 10K 15V GND-STB t0 t1 t2 t

3127 3124 6122

5K6 68R 3V9

7100
2109 +
3114
2149
220R

7103/7104
CL 26532041_062.eps
110602

Figure 9-4 Standby supply circuitry

To apply this on the EM1.2A(diagram A2): replace switch 'S' by
FET TS7102, coil L by L5100, diode D by D6111, and C by
C2104.
• Time interval t0-t1: After switching 'on' the TV-set, the
gate of MOSFET TS7102 will be high (max. 15 V due to
zener diode D6105). This will drive the FET into saturation
(UDS = 0 V). The DC-voltage UMAINS will be transposed
across the primary winding of L5100 (3, 5), resulting in a
linear increasing current through this coil. The voltage
across the co-coupled coil (1, 2) is also positive and will
keep the FET in conductivity via C2101, R3103/3105/3102
and R3117 for some time. The self-induction of the coil and
the magnitude of the supply voltage (+375 V) determine the
slope of the primary current. The maximum current is
determined by the time the FET stays in conductance (t0-
t1). This time is directly determined by the voltage across
R3108//R3118 (0.7 Ω). This voltage is a measure of the
current, and if it exceeds 1.4 V, TS7101 will be driven into
conductivity and consequently connects the gate of
TS7102 to earth. The FET will block. The current is: 1.4 V
/ 0.7 Ω = 2 A. The voltage across the secondary winding (8,
9) will be negative, diodes D6111 and D6107 will block.
• Time interval t1-t2: The sudden current interruption in the
primary coil will induce a counter-e.m.f. that tries to
maintain the current. The voltage on the drain of the FET
will increase. The secondary voltage (8, 10) will become
positive and will charge C2104 via D6111. All energy that
was stored in L5100 during t0-t1 will be transferred into the
load. Due to the transformer principle, a voltage will now
be induced in the primary winding (3, 5) and the co-coupled
winding (1, 2). This voltage will be N* USEC (N= winding
ratio). The voltage across the co-coupled coil will be
negative, keeping the FET blocked.
• Time t2: At t2, the current through the secondary coil will
be reduced to zero, as C2104 is no longer charged.
Consequently, the voltages will decay and will change
polarity. The gate of the FET will be again made positive, is
driven into conductivity, and the cycle starts again.
 Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets EM1.2A AA 9. EN 107

5V2 Stabilization and Feedback

The Standby Power Supply always oscillates at maximum A basic flyback converter is used, with a MOSFET Q1,
power. The only limiting factor is the maximum primary current, transformer L1, and a primary feedback circuit. The output of
which has been preset with R3108//3118. the primary controlled voltage is U1.
R3113, zener diode D6122, R3124, and R3114 determine The additional secondary controlled supply consists of D2 and
UOUT. If the voltage across R3114 exceeds the threshold Q2, with output voltage U2.
voltage of the diode of the optocoupler 7104 (± 1 V) or, in other The main flyback supply is working independently, where the
words, UOUT exceeds 5.2 V, the transistor of the optocoupler duty cycle is controlled via the primary feedback, and the
will conduct. MOSFET Q1 is switching at a certain frequency. MOSFET Q2
Transistor TS7100 is now driven, and a negative voltage will be is also switching at the same frequency, as it is synchronized
transposed to the emitter of TS7101. When TS7101 conducts, with Q1.
the gate of the FET is at earth potential, forcing the oscillator to
stop. Due to the load, the secondary voltage UOUT will
Vg-Q1
decrease. At a certain voltage, optocoupler TS7104 will block
and the oscillator will start again. Vg-Q2
Since there are no capacitors, and there is a high amplification
factor in the feedback circuit, the feedback is ultra-fast. This is V-D1
why the ripple on UOUT is minimal. The negative supply voltage
(-20 V) used in the feedback circuit originates from the co-
coupling coil, and is rectified through D6103. V-D2

Stabilization is not effected through duty-cycle control, but

through the burst-mode of TS7100. I1
Burst-mode is load dependent. If the power supply is less
loaded, the secondary voltage will have the tendency to I2
increase more rapidly. If the load on the power supply
increases, then the oscillator stops less often, right up to the I3
moment that the oscillator is operating continuously: maximum
load. If the power supply is now loaded even more, the output t0 t1 t2 t3
CL 26432041_079.eps
voltage will decay. The maximum primary current set by 170402

R3108//3118 determines the maximum load.

8V6 Stabilization and Feedback
In general, with a flyback supply with multiple outputs, as used
in the former chassis, one of the output voltages is controlled
via the primary feedback loop. The additional secondary output
voltages are determined via the turn-ratio of the transformer.
It is often seen that a linear voltage regulator is used for post
regulation of the non-primary regulated secondary voltages.
The disadvantage of this approach is the power loss in the
linear voltage regulator.
For this chassis, a power economic solution is achieved, by
implementing a kind of secondary down-converter. The
advantage, compared to a conventional down-converter, is that
no extra coil is required. It is using the inductance of the main
transformer. This way one large current coil, a power diode,
and one elcap are saved.
D2 I3
D S
Figure 9-6 Timing diagram
• Time interval t0-t1: The primary MOSFET Q1 is switched
'on,' both diodes D1 and D2 are blocked.
• Time interval t1-t2: MOSFET Q1 is switched 'off' and Q2
is switched 'on.' During this period, the energy is
transferred to output U2 of the supply. Diode D1 is blocked,
because U3 is lower than U1.
• Time t2: Q2 is switched 'off.'
• Time interval t2-t3: During this period, the rest of the
energy will be transferred to output U1.
The two controllers, the primary feedback for U1, and the
secondary feedback for U2, all work independently.
The secondary voltage U2 is controlled by the 'on' time of Q2.
As soon as the load on U2 increases, the 'on' time of Q2 (the
period t1-t2) is automatically increased by the secondary
feedback. More energy will be taken by the output U2, and less
energy will be transferred to U1. Voltage U1 will drop
Q2 U2
automatically. The primary feedback loop will change the
(+8V6)
primary drive to enlarge the total amount of energy to be
C4

DRIVER
G
FEEDBACK
transferred, from the primary side, and U1 will rise again.
C5

R5
Protection
C7 If the optocoupler fails, the secondary voltage will increase.
R8

7133
This would have disastrous consequences since many ICs (for
example, Painter, Flash-RAM and DRAM) are fed with this 5.2
R7
R1
R4
R3
V. In other words, very expensive repairs would be required.
C6
R6
We already know that the negative supply is directly dependent
C8 R9 upon the secondary 5.2 V, because of which the negative
U1

315V I1
- supply will increase proportionally as the secondary voltage
+
+
D1 I2
U3
increases.
C1 - -
L1
+ C2
(+5V)
If the negative supply, in the mean time, reaches -25 V, D6106
will start to zener and TS7101 will start conducting. D6106 will
Q1

MOSFET G
D take over the stabilization task of the optocoupler, however,
DRIVER S
with a considerable spread: from -20 to -25 V is a 25 %
FEEDBACK
increase, thus UOUT will increase from 5.2 V to a maximum of
FEEDBACK
6.5 V.
7103/04

Tuner Supply
CL 26432041_080.eps
170402 The Standby supply produces the +33V (VTUN) voltage for the
tuner. The +33V is the tuning voltage for the Tuner. The +5VT
Figure 9-5 Circuit principle voltage is derived from the +8V with stabilizer 7912 (see
diagram A8). It is used to supply the tuner only.
EN 108 9. EM1.2A AA Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets

SSB Supply The TS7502 is a low-voltage semiconductor, which drives the

There are several voltages going to the SSB: +8V6, +5V2 and
+3V3.
The +5V2 and +8V6 (always present) come directly from the
Standby power supply.
The +3V3 is derived from the +5V with stabilizer 7910 (diagram
A8).
MOSFET TS7504. To bridge the different voltage levels, an
opto-coupler (item 7507) is used. Via this opto-coupler, the DC-
current through R3504 is influenced. The changed current
through R3504 changes the VBE of TS7502, which will
influence the drive of MOSFET TS7504 (= switch 'S' in figure
'Buck boost principle').

9.3.4 Main Supply (Diagram A1) The sudden current interruption in the primary coil will induce a
counter-e.m.f. that tries to maintain the current via the
'freewheel' diode D6534. This current is linearly decreasing in
The main power supply is able to deliver continuous power
between 100 W and 160 W. time and, as it is also flowing through R3514//R3515, TS7502
will be blocked after a certain period. The gate of the FET will
Some important notes:
be made positive again, is driven into conductivity, and the
• VBAT is not isolated from the main supply ('hot').
• VBAT is alignment free. cycle starts again.

For safety reasons, transistor TS7530 is added as a back-up

Principle
solution for TS7502. If B-E of TS7502 is shorted, TS7530 takes
The Main Power Supply generates the 141 V (VBAT) and the over its function.
+28V for the audio part. It is based on the 'buck booster'
principle. A booster converter produces an output voltage,
Stabilization of VBAT
which is greater than its input voltage. This is necessary in
order to get a stable VBAT out of the 110 V AC power input The output voltage VBAT is determined by: VBAT = VIN * (TON /
(TON + TOFF)) = VIN * duty-cycle.
voltage.
To stabilize the output voltage, a feedback loop is
S implemented, which will reduce TON when VBAT increases and
vice versa.
L
Via a voltage divider, existing of (1 %) resistors R3507, R3510,
Vin D VBAT
IT
and R3527//3549, a voltage of 2.5 V (when VBAT = 141 V) is
+
C RL fed to the input of precision shunt regulator 7506. This regulator
will conduct, and a current will flow through the diode part of the
opto-coupler 7507. The base of TS7502 will now be set at a
S
certain positive voltage. As this transistor switches the FET
ID TS7504 'on' and 'off,' this circuit can determine the duty-cycle.
L For example, when the load increases, VBAT will decrease.
Consequently, the input voltage of regulator 7506 will
Vin D VBAT
decrease, resulting in a lower current. Via opto-coupler 7505
+
C
RL and transistor TS7502, TON of the FET is changed (will
increase). The output voltage VBAT will rise.
If the load continues to increase, the regulator will block at a
Sclosed Sopen certain moment. TON is now at maximum value. This is the
point where VBAT will go below 141 V and, at further increasing
load, is switched 'off.' The voltage across the co-coupled coil
(L5506, pin 4 and 5) will decrease, due to the increasing load.
.
VBAT = VIN δT
Therefore, the voltage on the gate of TS7504 comes below the
IT ID T threshold voltage. The supply switches 'off,' and an audible
hiccupping can be heard.
δT On the other hand, when the load decreases, VBAT will rise.
T
Consequently, the input voltage of TS7506 will also rise,
96532156_022.eps
060100 resulting in a higher current. This changes the base voltage of
TS7502, and through that the TON of the FET will decrease. The
Figure 9-7 'Buck boost' principle output voltage VBAT will be reduced.
If, for instance, VIN decreases (for example, UMAINS is 90 V
1. After closing switch 'S', a linear in time increasing current instead of 120 V), the slope of the drain-current will be
IT will flow through inductor L. flattened, through which the FET will be in conductance longer,
2. Opening switch 'S' will generate a counter-e.m.f. in coil L, keeping VOUT constant.
trying to maintain the current. This is possible via diode D If, for any reason, the stabilization circuit fails, the output
(this diode is also called the 'freewheel diode'). Therefore, voltage VBAT can never exceed 200 V (via D6514). D6514 will
after opening 'S', the magnetic energy stored in coil L will form a short-circuit, VBAT will drop and the set will switch 'off'
be transferred to electrostatic energy in capacitor C. (this will also result in an audible hiccupping of the supply).
3. So, by changing the duty cycle, it will be possible to control
VBAT. Switch to 'Standby' (via RC)
When the set is switched to 'Standby' mode via the Remote
Implementation Control, the Main supply is switched 'off' by the circuit around
At start-up of the main supply, C2515 (diagram A1B) can be TS7529 (see diagram A1).
assumed to be a short-circuit. UAB will be 15 V (R3513, D6510) During 'on'-state, the Main supply is fed with line pulses via the
and UGS of the FET will be +5.4 V (via D6515). The FET will 'SUP-ENABLE' line. They are rectified and smoothed via
be driven into saturation (same as closing switch 'S'). The D6517, D6516, and C2530, and fed to TS7529. Because they
drain-current will increase linearly in time. With other words: are less than -20 V, this transistor is blocked. When these
resistors R3513 and R3518 will start the oscillator. The voltage pulses are stopped, TS7529 will be saturated and TS7502 will
across the co-coupled coil (5, 6) will keep the FET in switch 'on.' This will switch 'off' the Main supply.
conductivity.
It is important, that the Main supply is switched 'off' before the
Standby supply. This is in order to prevent several unwanted
 Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets
phenomena, such as audible plops and visible switch off spots. 9.4.3
Without an extra circuit to force this, this cannot be achieved.
Therefore, the circuit around TS7505 and TS7508 (diagram
A1A) is implemented.
This circuit compares the Main DC voltage (+375 V) and a
reference voltage (VBAT) via resistors R3554, R3555, R3560,
and R3556. Elcap C2539 serves as voltage source for the two
transistors.
When the Main DC voltage will decrease w.r.t. the reference
voltage VBAT, the 'SUP_ENABLE' line will be activated via
TS7505, TS7508 and R3559. This will switch 'off' the Main
supply via TS7529.
9.4.4
Switch to 'On' (via 'SUP-ENABLE')
Via the 'STANDBY' command from the Painter, the MOSFETS
7141 and 7131 (diagram A2) are switched 'on.' When the
Painter senses the +5V and +8V, a command is given to the
HOP to start the drive (via I2C).
When this is sensed via the 'SUP-ENABLE' line (at the base of
line transistor TS7421, diagram A3), the main supply is
switched 'on' via TS7529 (diagram A1).
Protection
When, for any reason (interruptions or defective components),
the feedback loop of the Main supply fails, the VBAT will rise.
This is detected via zener diodes D6507, D6508, and D6513. 9.5
This will 'ignite' thyristor T7503, which will result in the blowing
of fuse 1503.
Audio Supply
The pulses on the secondary winding of L5506 (or L5512) are
rectified by D6535 (+16 V) and D6536 (-16V), and smoothed by
C2542 and C2543.
9.4 Control (Diagram B7)
9.4.1 Painter
Introduction
The SAA5667 (IC7001) is called the Painter. The
microprocessor and the CC/OSD-decoder are integrated in this
IC. Some of its functions are:
• Set control.
• CC/OSD acquisition.
• RGB-outputs to the HOP
• Menu blending; for blending the contrast, software
controlled.
• I/O-ports for I2C, RC5, LED, and service modes.
• Error code generation.
Data Storage
• The set software is integrated in the Painter.
• The Non Volatile Memory IC7001 is a 4 kB version
M24C32, and is used to store data of a working set.
Power Supply
The Painter is supplied with 3V3. For this voltage, a 3V3
stabilizer is used (IC7005).
With the circuitry around TS7003 and 7004 (diagram B7), a
reset is generated to wake up the Painter (pin 74). During this
reset, all I/O pins of the Painter are made 'high.'
9.4.2 CC/OSD
The horizontal (HD) and vertical (VSYNC) sync pulses are also
fed to the Painter for stable OSD and CC.
This IC gets its video signal directly (from the HIP) on pin 31.
The RGB-outputs (46/47/48) together with the fast blanking
signal (pin 52) are fed to the HOP.
EM1.2A AA 9. EN 109
I2C Bus
There are two I2C busses used:
• Slow (max. 100 kHz) hardware I2C-bus (called SDA_S/
SCL_S), used for all ICs.
• Separate short bus (called SDA_NVM/SCL_NVM) for the
Non Volatile Memory (NVM), to avoid data corruption.
Note: In the diagrams you can also find a bus called SDA_F/
SCL_F (F= fast), but in this chassis it is connected to the 'slow'
bus.
NVM
The Non Volatile Memory contains all set related data that must
be kept permanently, such as:
• Software identification.
• Operational hours.
• Error codes.
• Option codes.
• All factory alignments.
• Last Status items for the customer + a complete factory
recall.
Tuner and IF (Diagram A8 and B2)
The tuner is I2C controlled, and is capable of receiving off-air
and cable channels.
Tuning is done via I2C. The reference voltage on pin 9 is 33 V.
This voltage (VTUN) is derived from the secondary side of the
standby supply, via D6110 and R3116//R3115 and a 33 V
zener diode (D6200). The Painter, together with the HIP,
controls the tuning procedure. There is also automatic
switching for the different video systems.
The IF-filter is integrated in a SAW (Surface Acoustic Wave)
filter. The type of this filter depends on the received
standard(s). There are two SAW filters: one for filtering picture-
IF and a second one for sound-IF.
The output of the tuner is controlled via an IF-amplifier with
AGC-control. This is a voltage feedback from pin 62 of the HIP
to pin 1 of the tuner. AGC take-over point is adjusted via the
service alignment mode 'Tuner - AGC.'
Service tip: If there is too much noise in the picture, it is
possible that the AGC setting is wrong. It is also possible that
the AGC setting is misaligned if the picture is deformed with a
perfect signal. Then the IF-circuit is amplifying too much.
The video IF-signal is fed to pins 2 and 3 of the PLL-controlled
IF-demodulator. The voltage-controlled oscillator of the PLL is
adjusted via the service menu 'IF PLL OFFSET.' If the
alignment is correct, the frequency displayed in the installation
menu is the same as the applied frequency from a generator.
The external coil L5408 connected between pins 7 and 8 is
used as reference.
The demodulated IF-video signal is available at pin 10 of the
HIP. In this video signal, there is a rest of the sound carrier,
which is filtered out by the sound trap 1407.
Via TS7322, the signal is supplied to AV1 (monitor out) and
again back into the HIP (pin 14) to the source/record selection.
To achieve Quasi Split Sound (QSS), the IF-signal is fed to the
HIP on pin 63/64 via SAW-filter 1405. The FM- modulated
signal is available on pin 5 and is fed to the audio demodulator
MSP34xx (7651, diagram B6).
EN 110 9. EM1.2A AA Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets

9.6 Video: HD Jack Interface (Diagram N) Explanation of 3-level sync shown in picture:

+ 350
The Jack High Definition module covers the following functions: + 300
1. RGB input/output selection.
P'B,P'R 0
2. Matrix circuit to convert YPbPr to RGB.
3. Sync slicer for YPbPr sync on Y, RGB sync on Green. - 300
- 350
4. Sync selection.
5. Control Function.
6. Audio feed-through of signal source. + 700

SND_R_in SND_R_out
SND_L_in SND_L_out + 300

Y',R',G',B' 0
ATSC A TDA8601
YPbPr/ RGB_ATSC TDA8601
MATRIX
RGB B RGB output - 300
RGB_PAL
SW1 A,B FBL
PAL SW2
MATRIX FBL

I01 I02 I03

0H
Y/G CL 16532043_022.eps
080501
HEF 4052
2fH H-770-2
Sync slicer 1,2 H_out
H_in H-770-3
3
Figure 9-9 3-level sync signal
V-770 1,2 V_out
V_in
3 SW-3

I04 I05 I06

Example of a 2-level sync pulse: CVBS-signal with two levels
of sync (-300 mV, 0 mV).
MATRIX SELECT
TRISTATE SYNC
SYNC SELECT 2

SYNC SELECT 1

TRISTATE RGB
RGB SELECT

Example of a 3-level sync pulse: ATSC-signal with three levels

of sync (-300 mV, 0 mV, +300 mV).
I2C
I/O Expander: M62320
The amplitudes of the Y, R, G, and B signals are 700 mV;
CL 16532043_024.eps
amplitudes of the Pb and Pr signals are 350 mV.
050601

9.6.4 Sync Selection

Figure 9-8 Source selection
If the synchronization is derived from Y or Green, the H and V
9.6.1 RGB in/output selection sync from the sync-slicer must be selected.
• When YPbPr-signal or RGB-signal is 480p-format: sync
The module has two video inputs and one RGB output (going signals will be V-770 and H-770-2 sync.
into the set). • When YPbPr-signal or RGB-signal is 1080i-format: sync
The inputs can also handle 1080i-signals and 480p-signals signals will be V-770 and H-770-3 sync.
(both in RGB format and YPbPr format).
(This selection circuitry is also needed to cope with the various When the sync is separate (H and V), the sync of the source
formats of the non-standardized HD set top box business.) must be selected.
The IO-4, IO-5 control-lines select the sync-inputs of the
Video-input (3 cinches, reference number 1993-A-B-C): HEF4052 (7102).
• YPbPr with sync on Y. In the figure, these control-lines are named SYNC_SELECT_2
• RGB with sync on green and SYNC_SELECT_1.
Note: cinch-inputs are normally used for YPbPr input. Via IO-6 line (TRISTATE_SYNC), the sync output can be put in
tri-state.
Video-input (D-sub, reference number 1990):
• YPbPr with sync on Y 9.6.5 Control Function
Note: D-sub input is normally used for RGB-inputs only.
• RGB with sync on Green. The I/O expander, controlled by I2C, makes the different
• RGB with separate H and V Sync (called VGA in 480p). selections.
These selections can be made with the user interface.
RGB output:
This RGB output of the board is signaled into the set (HOP-
Audio
section of SSB, diagram B4).
Audio left and audio right are connected via the two cinches
and passed through the module.
9.6.2 Matrix

The YPbPr-signal format is converted to RGB via the matrix 9.7 Video: High-end Input Processor (HIP,
function. In 480p-format, the PAL matrix is used, otherwise the Diagram B2)
ATSC matrix is used.
The HIP TDA932xH contains the following functions:
The matrix choice is made with TDA8601 (SW1, 7107). • IF demodulation.
This switch is controlled via the command IO-1 (called MATRIX • AFC signal generation, used to track drifting transmitters.
SELECT in the figure). • Sound carrier re-generation (SIF).
• Sync acquisition, delivering HA, and VA.
9.6.3 Sync Slicer
9.7.1 Inputs
The sync slicer extracts the horizontal and vertical
synchronization signals for the HOP (in the set): The HIP has various inputs:
• From the 3-level sync pulses Y of the 1080i YPbPr. • Full matrix switch with:
• From the 3-level sync pulses Green of the 1080i RGB. – Two CVBS inputs.
• From the normal sync pulses of the 480p signal. – Two Y/C (or additional CVBS) inputs.
– One CVBS front-end input.
 Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets EM1.2A AA 9. EN 111

• Two RGB inputs.
9.7.2 Outputs
One can select three separate, switchable outputs:
• One YUV-output, which is fed to the PICNIC.
• Two CVBS outputs, one for CC-decoding (CVBS-TXT) and
the other for MONITOR out to have WYSIWYR (What you
see is what you record).
9.7.3 Video Processing
The HOP will generate synchronization signals derived from
the feature box (PICNIC, pin 60 and 61) signals.
If a VCR is connected, there is also an automatic correction for
MacroVision (r). This is active for the external sources.
The HIP itself (no external voltage) controls the Y/C switch in
the HIP.
The chrominance decoder in the HIP is full multi-standard, but
only NTSC is decoded.
A sync separation circuit is integrated in the HIP; the HIP
delivers the HA50 and VA50 to the PICNIC and DW-panel.
The quartz crystals can be connected without any alignment.
They are also used as a reference for the synchronization. A
digital control circuit that is locked to the reference signal of the
color decoder determines the start-up of the sync.
Note: If the crystal must be replaced, you must use only the
genuine replacement part. This crystal is very precise: if it is
replaced by another type of crystal, there may be no color,
because of a different capacity.
9.8 Video: Feature Box (Diagram B3)
9.8.1 Introduction
The basic function of the Feature box (FBX6) is picture
improvement, and depending on the version, several scan
conversion methods are possible. The feature box is integrated
on the SSB, and the PICNIC (SAA4978H) is the key
component.
The PICNIC is used for the 60 Hz (prog. Scan) conversion. It
has the following functions:
• The ADC/DAC conversion.
• Interlaced to progressive scan conversion.
• Dual screen compression
• The Panorama mode.
• Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation (AARA)
• Color Transient Improvement (CTI)
• The contrast improvement (Dynamic Contrast).
All these functions are integrated in one IC: SAA4978H, 160
pins QFP.
• Digital to Analog conversion uses three identical 10-bit
DACs.
In the PICNIC there are three nine-bit ADCs present for Y, U,
and V. For digitizing the Y (luminance), nine bits are used (to
realize a more detailed picture). These nine bits are only
internally used. Via dithering, the nine bits are reduced to eight
bits and this data is stored into memory. The data in the
memory is fed back to the PICNIC and via un-dithering the data
is again reproduced to nine bits for processing.
U/V (color difference signals) is also sampled with nine bits.
These two nine bit data streams are multiplexed to four bit data
streams. As the perception of colors by the human eye is less
sensitive to luminance, this reduction is allowed.
9.8.3 Interlaced to progressive scan conversion
The main task of the PICNIC is the conversion from interlaced
to progressive scan (60 Hz) for YUV and HV-sync. In order to
remove 'large area flicker' (especially visible in a white picture),
the field-rate of the video is doubled by the FBX6. The 16 kHz
line frequency is doubled. When the video input contains fields
A, B, etc, the conversion provides an AABB sequence on the
display. The actual conversion is done in the first Field Memory
by reading it twice at double speed, while writing it once.
9.8.4 Dual Screen Compression.
The PICNIC can provide horizontal video compression up to 50
%. The compress mode can be used to display dual screens.
9.8.5 The Panorama Mode.
To fit 4:3 pictures into a 16:9 display, it is possible to apply a
panoramic horizontal distortion, to make a screen-fitting picture
without black sidebars or lost video. The center horizontal gain
is programmable and the side gain is automatically adapted to
make a screen-fit.
9.8.6 Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation (AARA)
This feature uses data from the 'black bar detection circuit' to
adapt the vertical and horizontal amplitude to an aspect ratio
belonging to the display without showing the black bars.
9.8.7 CTI
At CVBS video signals, the bandwidth of color signals is limited
to 1/4 of the luminance bandwidth. Transients between areas
of different color are therefore not very sharp. The PICNIC can
increase these transients artificially with a time manipulation
algorithm.

The 60 Hz YUV signals, coming from the HIP, are fed to the 9.8.8 Dynamic Contrast
PICNIC via an anti-aliasing filter.
The (AABB) frame frequency doubling is done by the PICNIC
To make the contrast (black/white) range wider, Philips has
(SAA4978, 160 pins QFP) together with a field memory
invented Dynamic Contrast. It uses the digital memory used in
(MEM1).
digital scan sets. It measures every A-field (25 x/s) and digitally
This IC has an internal CPU and a (small) integrated ROM. The
analyzes where on the grayscale most of the image is located.
actual FBX software is located in an external ROM (item 7711).
If it is a relatively dark image, the lighter part of that image is
In order to limit the number of connections between the PICNIC
stretched towards white, so that more contrast will become
and the external ROM, a number of lines are used twice. The
visible in that picture. If it is a relatively light image, the darker
lines A8 to A15 are fixed lines, while the lines A0 to A7 are
part of that image is stretched towards black, so that these
made switchable with the eight data lines of the ROM. This is
darker parts will have more contrast. When the image is in the
done via a Latch (item 7712) that is controlled by pin 139 of the
middle of the grayscale, both dark and light parts are stretched.
PICNIC (the 'ALE' signal). Via bus 'C,' a digitalized signal is
presented to FM1 (Field Memory 1), which is used for the 60 to
120 Hz conversion.

9.8.2 ADC/DAC conversion

• Analog to Digital conversion is done with three identical 9-

bit ADCs.
EN 112 9. EM1.2A AA Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets

9.8.9 PROZONIC • Luminance Transient Processor (LTP), for detail

enhancement.
• Chrominance delay circuitry, to compensate timing
M
E
M
differences between Y and C.
1 • Spectral processor, for improved sharpness and color
transient improvement (CTI).
• Color vector processor, for skin tone correction, green
enhancement and blue stretch.
BUS A BUS B BUS C BUS D • Measure and detection circuitry, for AutoTV.
Y DEC Y FEAT
U DEC U FEAT The sandcastle pulse from the HOP is fed to pin 1 of the
V DEC V FEAT
HA HD100 TOPIC, which is used as a reference for timing.
VA VD100

9.9.2
PICNIC/SAA4978H
Video Control
I2C
100Hz CONFIGURATION
After source selection, the HOP controls the signals for
M
E
P
R
M Saturation, Contrast, and Brightness. Output is RGB again.
E
M O M
1 Z 2
N
I
C
9.9.3 OSD/CC Control

On pins 35 to 38, the RGB and fast blanking from the Painter
BUS A BUS B BUS C BUS D (OSD and CC) are inserted. The sync signal VSYNC is derived
Y DEC Y FEAT
U DEC U FEAT
from the 'FRAMEDRIVE-" signal.
V DEC V FEAT
HA HD100
VA VD100
9.9.4 Peak White Limiting
PICNIC/SAA4978H

I2C
DIGITAL SCAN
CL 96532156_017.eps
110100
On pin 43 there is a Peak White Limiting signal line (PWL). If
the beam current increases, the 'EHT-info' voltage will
Figure 9-10 Digital Scan principle decrease. Average limiting via R3343/C2333 controls PWL.

External ICs are connected to the PICNIC depending of the set
features.
For EM1.2Asets with Digital Scan, the PROZONIC (IC7708,
SAA4990H) is placed with two memory ICs (IC7714 and 7715).
It is an abbreviation for PROgressive scan ZOom and Noise
reduction IC. When applying this IC, a second Field Memory is
necessary.
The following functions are available:
• Line flicker reduction (Digital Scan): this is a feature to
reduce the 30 Hz interlace line flicker.
• Dynamic Noise Reduction: noise affected signals can be
improved by combining the pixel values of the current and
past video fields. This is however only possible in areas
without movement.
• Variable Vertical Sample Rate Conversion.
• Synchronous No Parity Eight bit Reception and
Transmission interface (SNERT-bus).
9.9 Video: High-end Output Processor (HOP) and
TOPIC (diagram B4)
9.9.1 General
The YUV-signals from the PICNIC are fed to the HOP (High-
end Output Processor, TDA9330). The video and geometry
control parts are integrated in the HOP. The RGB-signals for
CC/OSD (from the µP) are also inserted via the HOP. The
geometry part delivers the H-drive, EW-drive, V-drive, and also
a drive signal for rotation.
9.9.5 Cut-off Control
The following occurs when you switch the TV to Standby:
1. The vertical scan is completed.
2. The vertical flyback is completed (the horizontal output is
gated with the flyback pulse, so that the horizontal output
transistor cannot be switched 'on' during the flyback pulse).
3. The 'slow stop' of the horizontal output is started, by
gradually reducing the 'on' time at the horizontal output
from nominal to zero (this will take 50 ms).
4. At the same time, the fixed beam current is forced via the
black-current-loop for 25 ms. This is done by setting the
RGB outputs to a maximum voltage of 5.6V.
A 'one-point' cut-off control is used: A current of 8 µA (for cut-
off) is fed to pin 44 of the HOP. This is done with a
measurement pulse during the frame flyback. During the first
frame, three pulses are generated to adjust the cut-off voltage
at a current of 8 µA. With this measurement, the black level at
the RGB-outputs is adjusted. Therefore, at start-up there is no
monitor pulse anymore. At start-up, the HOP measures the
pulses, which come back via pin 44. The RGB-outputs have to
be between 1.5 V and 3.5 V. If one of the outputs is higher than
3.5 V or one of them lower than 1.5 V, the RGB-outputs will be
blanked.
9.9.6 Geometry control
All geometry control is performed via I2C and the data is stored
in the NVM (IC7011) of the SSB.

The main functions of the HOP are: 9.9.7 Deflection Control

• Video control (contrast, brightness, saturation, etc).
• Second RGB interface for OSD/CC.
Line Drive
• Peak White Limiting.
The Line drive is derived from an internal VCO. As a reference,
• Cut-off control and White Drive (RGB outputs).
an external resonator is used (1301). The internal VCO is
• Geometry control.
locked with the HD100-pulse, which comes from the PICNIC.
• Deflection control.
The 'PHI-2' part of the HOP receives the HFB_X-RAY_PROT
(pin 13) to correct the phase of the Line drive. The EHT-info is
The TOPIC (The most Outstanding Picture improvement IC,
supplied to pin 14 (DYN-PHASE-CORR) to compensate
item 7302, type TDA9178) is an optional IC between the
picture breathing depending on the beam current.
PICNIC and the HOP. It has the following (picture
Note: This is not used in this chassis, therefore EHT-
improvement) functions:
compensation in the SAM menu is set to zero.
 Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets EM1.2A AA 9. EN 113

Frame Drive A bit (FLS) is set in an output status register, so that the Painter
At pins 1 and 2, the symmetrical frame drive signals are can detect that there was a flash. This FLS-bit will be reset
available. The VSYNC signal, for synchronization of the OSD/ when the Painter has read that register.
CC, is derived from the 'FRAMEDRIVE-' signal.
HFB protection
East/West Drive If the HFB is not present, this is detected via the HOP. The
At pin 3, the E/W drive signal is available. Pin 4 is a feedback Painter puts the set into protection and reads a register in the
input for the EHT-info, and is used to prevent pumping of the HOP. An error code is generated.
picture. The EHT also varies dependent on the beam current.
For example, for wide-screen without load this is 31.5 kV and
with load (1.5 mA) 29.5 kV. 9.10 Synchronization (Diagram B2, B3 & B4)

Frame Rotation The HIP video processor provides the vertical and horizontal
For frame rotation, a control voltage from pin 25 of the HOP is sync pulses VA50 and HA50. They are synchronized with the
used. Frame rotation is only used in wide-screen sets. incoming CVBS signal. These pulses are then fed to the
PICNIC, where they are doubled to be synchronous with the
120 Hz picture. The outgoing pulses, VD100 and HD100, are fed
9.9.8 Guarding protections
to the HOP, which supplies the vertical and horizontal drive
pulses.
Flash detection
When a flash occurs, the EHT-info will become negative very The VD100 pulse from the PICNIC is inverted by TS7304 to the
quickly. Via R3316, D6304, and D6303, TS7303 starts to VD signal. The Painter is synchronized on the HFB pulse from
conduct. This makes pin 5 of HOP 'high.' The output (pin 8) is the CRT and on the VSYNC from the HOP, for the
immediately stopped. synchronization of CC/OSD/EPG.
If the H-drive stops, then pin 5 will also become 'low' again,
which will reset the flash detection. When no CVBS is offered to the video processor, the HIP
switches 'off' the VA50 and HA50 pulses, and the pulses are
generated by the PICNIC (to assure a stable OSD).

9.11 Horizontal (Line) Deflection (Diagram A3)

9.11.1 Principle

Linearity Correction
Caused by
serial losses in
*1 the line output stage

COLD HOT

141V

6408 5
MAIN SUPPLY +11D S-correction
5430 *2 X Y X

STANDBY SUPPLY +5V2 3409 X>Y

6407 1
TON 3416 Deflection centre
START

5410 1417 LINE

5411 7421 1 DEFL. COIL.
TOFF
3411 2417
NORMAL

2412 3417 2420 2

2414
2430
2425 6423
T7421 conducting
LINEARITY 3431
7409 COIL. (*1)
2492 3406 3414
LINEDRIVE 1 5421
(HOP) 7408 2431

141V 2433 (*2)

2421
6406 2415 3407 3404
3488
2
+8VS 4
5422
3418
3492 3
1

+8VB
6480 2426 6422

3486
3484
3412
1
3481
7450-B 7480
7486
EW_DRIVE 3 5 8
(HOP) 7487
6
4 3490
2 6615 ARC
PROT

1 5
3487
3483 3479
7482

2 4

CL 26532041_077.eps
170402

Figure 9-11 Line deflection circuitry

EN 114 9. EM1.2A AA Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets

The HOP (located on the SSB) generates the line-drive pulses these two LC-circuits define the flyback time of the spot
(LINEDRIVE1), which have a frequency of 31468 Hz (T = 31,77 from the right side of the picture tube to the left. On
s). average, no current flows through C2421, and thus the
voltage across this capacitor remains constant.
When the LINEDRIVE1 signal is high, TS7409 and TS7408 will
5430 5430
conduct. A constant DC voltage will be applied across L5410, I Defl
I Defl

causing a linearly increasing current through this coil. The 141V 141V

secondary voltage of L5410 has a negative polarity so that

t3 t4
TS7421 will block. t4 t5

When the set is switched 'on,' the current through L5410 is

Line defl. Line defl. 100V
6423 2425 6423 2425
supplied by the 5V2 Standby supply (via D6407), and taken 7421
2421 2433 7421
2421
+
- 2433 141V

over by the +11D voltage (via D6408) of the main supply. 2420 41V
2426
2420
6422
41V
2426
6422 5422 5422 41V

When the LINEDRIVE1 signal becomes low, TS7409 and CL 96532156_025.eps

231299

TS7408 will block. The voltage polarity across the primary

winding of L5410 will invert. The positive voltage on the Figure 9-13 Line deflection part 2
secondary winding will now drive TS7421 into conductivity.
Because of the storage time of the line transistor (TS7421),
• Period t3-t4: The same as period t2-t3; but now the current
L5410 cannot transfer its energy immediately to the secondary
flows in the opposite direction, since the voltage across
side. This may result in high voltage peaks on the collector of
C2425 and C2426 is higher than the voltage across C2433
TS7409 and TS7408. To prevent these peaks from damaging
and C2421.
the transistors, a 'snubber' circuit (C2414, C2412 and R3411)
• Period t4-t5: The coils try to maintain the negative current
will suppress them.
and will negatively charge the capacitors. Because of this,
D6422 and D6423 will conduct. The voltage is 100 V
When the LINEDRIVE1 signal is high again, the sequence
across the deflection coil and 41 V across L5422. Since
described above starts again. Circuit L5411 and R3409 will
both diodes conduct, we may consider the voltage
increase the switch 'off' time of the line transistor.
constant. A linear current flows with the same changing
characteristics as in period t1-t2. The spot now moves from
The line stage is started via a 'slow start' principle. During start-
the extreme left of the picture tube to the center. Before the
up, the HOP generates line drive pulses with a small TON and
current becomes zero, and the spot is located in the center
a high frequency (50 kHz). TOFF is constant and TON is
of the frame, TS7421 reverts into conductivity. A short
gradually increased until the frequency is 31468 Hz (normal
negative current will flow. Then the cycle starts again.
condition).
The time interval from start to normal condition takes about 150
ms. 9.11.3 Corrections
When switching off, the same procedure is followed, but in
reverse order. Several corrections are necessary to obtain a proper picture.

9.11.2 Implementation Linearity Correction

A constant voltage across the horizontal deflection coil should
To explain the operation of the line output stage, we use the result in a linearly increasing saw-tooth current. This is not the
following start conditions: case, however, as the resistance of the coil is not negligible. In
• C2433 is charged to max. 141 V (VBAT) order to compensate for this, a remagnetized coil L5421 in
• TS7421 is driven into conductivity. series with the deflection coil is used. This coil ensures that
during time interval t1-t3 the circuit resistance will be higher
5430
I Defl
5430
I Defl
than during t4-t5.
Item L5421 is the linearity coil. To avoid self-oscillation, R3431
141V 141V
t1 t2 t2 t3
and C2431 are placed parallel to L5421.
See diagram “Line deflection circuitry” item [*1].

7421
6423 2425
+
Line defl. 100V

7421
2433
141V
2420
2421 -
2420
41V
6422 2426
5422
41V
Figure 9-12 Line deflection part 1
• Period t1-t2: When TS7421 is driven into conductivity, the
capacitor voltage of 141 V will be divided across bridge-coil
L5422 and the deflection coil (connector 1417). Due to the
chosen inductance values, there will be 100 V across the
deflection coil and 41 V across L5422. The linearly
increasing current in the deflection coil will result in a spot
moving from the center of the picture tube to the right. The
voltage across L5422 will also charge C2421 (41 V - 0.7 V).
• Period t2-t3: At the moment the LINEDRIVE signal
becomes high, TS7421 will stop conducting. A voltage will
be induced in the coils, trying to maintain the current. The
current through the line deflection coils continues to flow
through C2425 and C2421 and the current through L5422
continues to flow through C2426 and C2421. The energy
stored in the line deflection coil is passed to C2425, and the
energy of L5422 to C2426. The resonance-frequencies of
6423 2425
Line defl.
S-correction
2433
2421
Since the sides of the picture are further away from the point of
6422 2426 5422 deflection than the center, a linear saw-tooth current would
result in a non-linear image (the center would be scanned
CL 96532156_024.eps
060199 slower than the sides).
To solve this, the deflection current for the right side and left
side is reduced.
C2433 is quadratically charged during time interval t1-t2. The
left and right voltage across the deflection coil decreases,
causing the deflection to slow down. In the center, the voltage
increases and the deflection will be faster.
An S-shaped current is superimposed on the saw-tooth
current. This correction is called 'finger-length correction' or 'S-
Correction.'
C2433 is relatively small, and as a result, the saw-tooth current
will generate a parabolic voltage with negative voltage peaks.
The current also results in a parabolic voltage across C2421,
resulting in the finger-length correction, proportionally
increasing with the picture width.
The EW-DRIVE signal will ensure the largest picture width in
the center of the frame. The largest correction is applied here.
The larger the picture width, the higher the deflection current
through C2433.
See diagram “Line deflection circuitry” item [*2].
 Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets EM1.2A AA 9. EN 115

E/W-correction 9.12 Vertical (Frame) Deflection (Diagram A4)

A line written at the upper side or lower side of the screen will
be larger at the screen center when a fixed deflection current is 9.12.1 Frame Stage Drive
used. Therefore, the amplitude of the deflection current must
be increased when the spot approaches the screen center.
This is called East/West correction. +11V
+8V

HOP COLD HOT

3628
TDA 7052
TILT 25 1620 ROTATION COIL
The EW drive signal originates in the HOP and is supplied to 3640
V-SHIFT
3642

TS7480 via OpAmp 7450-B and optocoupler TS7482. The +8V

7611

shape of this signal determines the various geometric 5621 3631

+13VLOT
correction parameters: +8V
3633
7620

• H amplitude FRAME
2
FD- 7440-A
7450-A
1625
FRAME
DEFL.
COIL

• EW-parabola
1 FD+ 3639 2603
7641
-15VLOT
7612

• EW-corner
3623

+8V
HFB-X-RAY-PROT 7455

• EW-trapezium 7450-B 2653 3620

E/W DRIVE

• Horizontal parallelogram
E/W 3
1 5

• Horizontal bow 7482 E/W E/W

2 4

CL 26532041_078.eps
170402

TS7480 will charge capacitor C2421 more or less, increasing

the deflection current when reaching the center of the screen.
The moment TS7480 is driven into saturation, C2421 will
discharge during the flyback. As a consequence of this, C2421
must be charged again during the scan via the conduction
diode D6422 (as long as C2421 is not charged to the voltage
across L5422, D6422 will conduct).
The current in the deflection coil is therefore larger than the
current flowing in L5422 (1-2). The voltage across the
deflection coil increases, so the picture width increases. When
TS7480 blocks, C2421 will not discharge anymore, and the
voltage across C2421 will remain constant.
The result is that the voltage across the deflection coil is
minimal. The voltage across coil L5422, however, is maximal.
This coil (L5422) consists of a transformer with the following
properties:
As the current through the coil 1-2 increases (smaller picture
width), the current through coil 3-4 decreases. Because of the
transformer characteristic a higher voltage will be subjected to
coil 3-4, which will counteract the current. The current will
diminish even further.
When the current through coil 1-2 diminishes (larger picture
width), the current through coil 3-4 increases.
Beam-current Correction
The 'EHT-info' signal at point 10 of the LOT depends on the
value of the beam-current and the voltage from divider R3450,
R3451, and C2450. This signal is fed to the HOP to trim the
contrast, and to compensate for the changes in picture-width
as a function of the EHT-info, when EHT is decreased.
The 'EHT-info' is also used to correct the EW-current.
The 'DYN-FASE-CORR' signal, derived from the 'EHT-info'
signal, is fed to the HOP via C2455 (see diagram A8) and
drives a dynamic phase correction necessary because of
beam-current variations. Regulating TON of the line transistor
TS7421 does this.
9.11.4 Secondary Line Voltages
During the blocking time of TS7421, the magnetic energy of coil
1-5 of the LOT is transferred to electrical energy in the
secondary winding. Via rectifying and smoothing, several
secondary supply voltages are generated, such as:
• EHT, Focus and Vg2-voltage
• +200V for the CRT panel (pin 8 LOT)
• +11D for the line deflection (pin 12 LOT)
• +13V-LOT for the frame deflection (pin 6 LOT)
• -15V-LOT for the frame deflection (pin 3 LOT)
• Filament voltage (pin 9 LOT)
Figure 9-14 Frame deflection circuitry
The HOP drives the frame output stage with a symmetrical
saw-tooth voltage. Since the HOP is 'cold' and the frame output
stage is 'hot,' they are galvanically isolated. This is done via a
transformer (5621). The HOP generates three signals needed
for the frame output stage: FRAMEDRIVE+, FRAMEDRIVE-
and TILT (for rotation).
The rotation circuit is kept on the 'cold' side of the chassis, to
avoid the cost of an extra optocoupler.
The circuit around IC7440 will amplify the frame drive signals
and the vertical deflection current will flow through the vertical
deflection coil via the output stage IC7620.
9.12.2 Flyback Generator
The frame output stage is supplied via the +13 V and -15 V
coming from the LOT. The output of the amplifier is 0 VDC, so a
coupling capacitor is not required.
During the (forward) scan, a supply of +13 V and -15 V is
sufficient to respond to the slowly changing current. The
internal flyback generator puts a voltage of -15 V on pin 3.
Because of the voltage drop over zener diode D6622 (8.2 V),
C2622 will be charged to 19 V: 13 + (15 - 8.2 - 0.7) V.
During the flyback scan, the change in current-per-time is much
larger, so a higher voltage is required. The flyback generator
will now generate a voltage of +13 V on pin 3. Added to the
charge on C2622 this will give a flyback voltage of 32 V
(depending on the CRT size, this value can differ).
The amplifier IC (IC7620, pin 5) supplies the saw-tooth current
to the frame deflection coil. The current through this coil is
measured via R3620//R3621//R3622 and fed back to the
inverting input of the amplifier.
R3624 and C2624 on the output of the amplifier form a filter for
high frequencies, and, in this way, prevent oscillations.
Peak voltages on the output, as a result of a possible flash, for
example, are damped by the clamp circuit consisting of D6619,
C2627, and R3627. The network consisting of R3625, R3626,
R3629, and C2629 forms an extra damping circuit.
9.12.3 Protection circuits
Bridge Coil Protection (see Diagram A3)
The secondary voltage of the bridge coil L5422 is guarded at
the diode modulator (D6421/6422) via a 10 V zener diode
(6499 on diagram A4). When the bridge-coil is working
properly, the average voltage on D6422 is such that this zener
diode will conduct. It will drive TS7652 into saturation.
When, for any reason, the secondary side of the bridge coil is
shorted, the average voltage on D6422 will drop below the
zener-voltage, and TS7652 will block. Now capacitor C2642 is
charged. Transistor TS7443 starts conducting and the SUP-
EN 116 9. EM1.2A AA Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets
ENABLE signal is grounded via R3403. This will switch 'off' the
main supply (see diagram A1).
Frame Output Protection
The frame output stage is guarded by the circuit built around
TS7641. If the frame output stage is working properly, TS7641
and TS7652 will both conduct, and thereby discharge C2642.
TS7443 is blocked, so the SUP-ENABLE signal is 'high.'
If there are frame pulses missing, TS7641 will block and
capacitor C2642 is charged. Transistor TS7443 starts
conducting and the SUP-ENABLE signal is grounded via
R3403. This will switch 'off' the main supply (see diagram A1).
ARC Protection
If there are 'open' connections (for example, bad solder joints)
in the high-energy deflection circuitry, this can lead to
damaging effects (fire). For that reason, the E/W current is
sensed (via 3479//3480). If this current becomes too high, the
'thyristor' circuit (TS7653 and TS7654) is triggered. TS7442 is
switched 'on' and TS7443 is forced into conduction. The 'SUP-
ENABLE' signal is now shorted to ground level, which will force
the Main Power Supply into Standby mode.
9.13 Audio (Diagram B6, B10, and A6)
The EM1.2A chassis contains ITT's Multi-standard Sound
Processing (MSP IC, type MSP34xx) for sound decoding.
This IC takes care of the main FM sound decoding. All MSP
versions contain digital audio processing used for the basic left/
right stereo sound, such as bass, treble, balance, incredible
sound, and spatial. In addition to that, the MSP3451 is also able
to perform 'Virtual Dolby;' a Dolby approved sound mode for
surround sound reproduction with left/right speakers only.
The MSP3451 is capable of supporting four stereo inputs.
Therefore, an extra input selector (HEF4052) is not needed. It
has a separate headphone output, so sound control can be
performed separately from the speakers.
9.13.1 Inputs / Outputs
Inputs: The MSP can cover four stereo inputs and one mono
input.
Outputs: CVBS/decoder out, record select/WYSIWYR (What
You See Is What You Record), and headphone.
9.13.2 Audio Decoding
The incoming signal is fed to the AGC. After this, an ADC
converts the IF-signal to a digital signal.
Two demodulation channels process this digital signal. The first
one is able to handle FM.
This channel contains a mixer to shift the incoming signal in the
frequency domain. This shift is determined by the value of a
DCO (Digital Controlled Oscillator).
After the down-mix, the signal is fed, via a filter, to a
discriminator. From here the FM demodulation can be
performed.
Both channels contain an 'automatic carrier mute' function,
which automatically mutes the output of the analog section
when no carrier is detected.
After demodulation, the FM-signals are subjected to a
deemphasis operation. After that, the matrix of the stereo
system is applied.
L+R
BASEBAND AUDIO DEMODULATOR
LEFT AUDIO
STEREO RIGHT AUDIO
DECODER
2X
PILOT PILOT DET
DET
SAP
DECODER
SAP DETECT
CL 16532043_021.eps
080501
Figure 9-15 Audio decoder block diagram
In the figure above, a simplified block diagram of a stereo
sound system in a TV set shows the 'L+R' audio signal
combined with the detected 'L-R' audio signal to develop stereo
'L' and 'R' audio.
The 'pilot' signal is doubled in frequency (to 2fH) and re-
inserted into the detection of the 'L-R'. This completes the
detection.
The pilot signal also tells the control circuit when a pilot
frequency is present. The 'L-R' and 'L+R' audio are supplied to
the stereo matrix. There, by addition and subtraction, the single
'R' and 'L' audio signals are output. The SAP audio is detected
and made available. In addition, the indication of a SAP signal
is given to the control circuit.
9.13.3 Audio Processing
The sound processing is performed completely by the MSP:
• Volume control is performed by the user via the "SOUND"
menu.
• Tone control in 'Stereo' sets is performed via the "BASS/
TREBLE" control.
• Headphone control: the MSP has a separate Headphone
output so separate sound control is possible.
Automatic Volume Leveling (AVL)
One of the features of the MSP-family is Automatic Volume
Leveling (AVL). If used, AVL limits large volume differences in
the broadcast between television programs and commercials,
or within a movie.
To be able to get a Dolby approval (for the Virtual Dolby sets),
the AVL feature must be switchable. Therefore, the AVL
feature is customer switchable via the menu.
9.13.4 Audio Amplifier (Diagram A6)
The audio amplifier part is very straightforward. It uses an
integrated class B power amplifiers (TDA7497). It delivers an
output of 2 x 10WRMS to two full range speakers and/or
subwoofer.
The supply voltage is +35 V, generated by the main supply via
L5506.
Muting is done via the 'SOUND-ENABLE' line connected to pin
9 of the amplifier IC and coming from the Painter. This signal is
inverted by TS7730, as a result of which at a high level of the
'SOUND-ENABLE' signal, current is sinked from pin 9, and the
IC mutes.
9.13.5 Headphone Amplifier (Diagram B10)
The headphone amplifier is a straightforward OpAmp amplifier
(IC7681, NJM4556). It is supplied with +8 V.
 Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets
9.14 CRT Panel / Rotation / Scavem (diagram F)
9.14.1 RGB Amplifiers
The integrated RGB amplifier (TDA6108, IC7307) is located on
the CRT panel. The cathodes of the picture tube are driven by
the outputs 9, 8, and 7.
9.14.2 Rotation (Diagram A5)
In sets with a rotation coil (wide screen sets), the amount of
frame rotation is adjusted with the 'TILT' DAC-output of the
HOP pin 25 (see 'Vertical Deflection').
9.14.3 Scavem
The Scavem-circuitry is implemented in the layout of the
picture tube panel. It is thus not an extra module. Scavem
means SCAn VElocity Modulation. This means that the picture
content influences the horizontal deflection. In an ideal square
wave, the sides are limited in slope by a limited bandwidth
(5 MHz).
Scavem will improve the slope as follows: At a positive slope,
a Scavem-current is generated, which supports the deflection
current. During the first half of the slope, the spot is accelerated
and the picture is darker, while at the second half of the slope,
the spot is delayed and the slope becomes steeper.
At the end of the slope, the Scavem-current decays to zero,
and the spot is at the original position. An overshoot occurs
which improves the impression of sharpness. At the negative
slope, the Scavem-current counteracts the deflection.
The Y-Scavem signal comes from diagram B4 and is the input-
signal for the Scavem-circuitry on the CRT-panel (it enters the
CRT-panel on pin 5 of connector 1940). The Y-Scavem
circuitry has: a RGB (2fH) input via the AV4-input, or a CVBS
input for the other signal sources.
Via TS7300 this signal is fed to emitter follower TS7304.The
signal is conveyed to the differentiator C2330, R3324, and
R3318. Only the high frequencies are differentiated (small RC-
time).
The positive and negative pulses of this signal drive TS7309/
7303 and TS7310/7302, respectively, into conductivity. The DC
setting of the output stage is set by R3421, R3423, R3424, and
R3426. The working voltage of the transistors is settled at half
the supply voltage.
At the positive section of the pulse, the current flows through
R3318, C2307, the Scavem-coil, and TS7309/7303. At the
negative section of the pulse, the current flows through R3318,
C2409, the Scavem-coil, and TS7310/7302.
9.15 Software Related Features
The following features are described:
• Auto TV
• 'Switch On' Behavior
9.15.1 AutoTV
The AutoTV (or 'Automatic Picture Control' or 'Active Control')
aims at giving the customer the best possible picture
performance at any time. It is a collection of algorithms that
control the image processing parameters, depending on the
picture properties retrieved from meters or information in the
main software.
The following sub-systems are defined for AutoTV. They are
present or absent according to the hardware configuration of
the set.
• Auto Noise Reduction. This algorithm measures the
amount of noise in the incoming video signal (this is done
by the LIMERIC part of the PICNIC). As a result of this
EM1.2A AA 9. EN 117
measurement, the amount of noise in the picture is
corrected, starting from the noise level that is unpleasant to
the customer. Which parameters can be used depends on
the hardware.
• Auto Sharpness. This algorithm measures the amount of
sharpness via the bandwidth of the incoming video signal
and adapts the peaking frequency in the PICNIC according
to this info. If the 'sharpness meter' sees the video content
as 'sharp,' high frequency peaking will be used. If the
picture content is seen as 'not sharp,' a low/mid frequency
peaking is used.
Notes:
• There is a coupling between the Auto Noise and the Auto
Sharpness algorithm: if noise is present in the video
content, then in general the sharpness will be made less
aggressive. Special care has to be taken to the interaction
of the LIMERIC and the vertical peaking of the PICNIC: an
overly large amount of vertical peaking increases the
visibility of the 2DNR artifacts.
• Most algorithms are located in the embedded processor of
the PICNIC, because of time-critical calculations, and
because most picture analyzing and correction circuits are
present in the PICNIC. Some parts of the algorithms are
located in the main software, because the outcome needs
to be sent to other I2C devices.
9.15.2 'Switch On' Behavior
This is the start up sequence:
1. After the power is applied, the 'Standby supply' starts
oscillating, generating the +5V2 (and +3V3). A reset (POR)
is generated and the Painter is awakened.
2. Next step is the check whether the set needs to be in
'Standby' mode or not. Therefore, the NVM content is read
and the Standby-bit is checked. If the set is to stay in
Standby, there is no further action.
3. If the set switches 'on', first the degaussing will be activated
(12 seconds).
4. Meanwhile the MSP is reset and the Standby line is pulled
low, leading to a full semi standby mode (5 V and 8V
switched on).
5. The Painter waits until the +5V and the +8 V are fully
present. Checking the AD-input of the Painter does this.
The +5V, +8V, and I2C protection-algorithms are activated.
6. The HOP is instructed via the I2C-bus to start the drive.
7. The main supply is activated via the SUP-ENABLE signal.
The Line Deflection circuitry is now supplied with the VBAT,
and the EHT generation can start.
8. During start-up of the deflection, I2C traffic must be
disabled for 250 ms to avoid data corruption. If flashes or
spikes are generated during EHT start-up, I2C data could
be disturbed or corrupted.
9. After deflection is powered up completely, all the other
protection-algorithms are activated.
10. The black current stabilization loop in the HOP is switched
on. Some extra checking is done to ensure that the loops
are completely stabilized.
11. The Painter sets all the necessary parameters for correct
sound and image and unblanks the picture.
EN 118 9. EM1.2A AA Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets

9.16 Abbreviation list EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation,

used for contrast reduction, vertical
2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction and horizontal amplitude correction,
beam current protection, and flash
3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction
detection.
AARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation:
algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to EW East West, related to horizontal
deflection of the set
remove horizontal black bars; keeps
EW-DRIVE The drive signal for the EW transistor
the original aspect ratio
ACI Automatic Channel Installation: EXT EXTernal (source), entering the set by
SCART or by cinches (jacks)
algorithm that installs TV channels
FBL Fast BLanking: DC signal
directly from a cable network by
means of a predefined TXT page accompanying RGB signals
FBL-PIP The Fast BLanking signal for PIP
ADC Analog to Digital Converter
FBL-TXT The Fast BLanking signal for TXT. It
AFC Automatic Frequency Control: control
signal used to tune to the correct has a higher priority than FBL-PIP
FBSCO Fixed Beam Current Switch Off, a 140
frequency
V dip detection to activate the black
AGC Automatic Gain Control: algorithm that
controls the video input of the feature switch off circuit
FBX Feature BoX: part of the small signal
box
board /separate module which
AM Amplitude Modulation
ANR Automatic Noise Reduction: one of the contains 100 Hz processing, extra
features and AutoTV algorithms
algorithms of Auto TV
(FBX6= based on PICNIC, FBX7=
AR Aspect Ratio: 4 by 3 or 16 by 9
ASF Auto Screen Fit: algorithm that adapts based on PICNIC and Eagle)
FDS Full Dual Screen
aspect ratio to remove horizontal black
FILAMENT Filament of CRT
bars without discarding video
information FLASH FLASH memory
FM Field Memory or Frequency
ATV See Auto TV
Modulation
AUDIO_C AUDIO Center
AUDIO_L AUDIO Left G-TXT Green TeleteXT
GND-DRIVE A separate ground for the line-drive
AUDIO_R AUDIO Right
toward the line driver
AUDIO_SL AUDIO Surround Left
AUDIO-SR AUDIO Surround Right HA50 Horizontal Acquisition 1fh: horizontal
sync pulse coming out of the HIP
AUDIO_SW AUDIO SubWoofer
HD100 Horizontal Drive 2fH: horizontal sync
Auto TV A hardware and software control
pulse coming out of the feature-box
system that measures picture content,
and adapts image parameters in a HD@HOME A signal from the Painter, to switch the
HOP to the Pixel Plus standard (60 Hz
dynamic way
frame)
BC-PROT PROTection signal to the µP for a too
high Beam Current. HFB Horizontal Flyback Pulse: horizontal
sync pulse from large signal deflection
BG System B and G
HIP High-end video Input Processor
BLC-INFO BLack Current INFO
B-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 IN (TDA9320): video and chroma
decoder.
B-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 IN
HOP High-end video Output Processor
B-TXT Blue TeleteXT
CBA Circuit Board Assembly (PCB) (TDA9330): video, sync, and
geometry controller
CC Closed Caption
HP HeadPhone
CL Constant Level: audio output to
connect with an external amplifier Interlaced Scan mode where two fields are used
to form one frame. Each field contains
ComPair Computer aided rePair
half the number of the total amount of
CRT Cathode Ray Tube or picture tube
CSM Customer Service Mode lines. The fields are written in 'pairs,'
causing line flicker
CTI Color Transient Improvement:
Last Status The settings last chosen by the
manipulates steepness of chroma
transients customer and read and stored in RAM
or in the NVM. They are called at start-
CVBS Composite Video Blanking and
up of the set to configure it according
Synchronization
CVBS-TER CVBS TERrestrial to the customer's preferences
LDP Line Deflection Protection signal,
DAC Digital to Analog Converter
derived from the EW current and
DBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement: extra
low frequency amplification voltage
LED Light Emitting Diode
DC-filament Filament supply voltage
LINE-DRIVE LINE DRIVE signal (for the Line
DFU Directions For Use: owner's manual
DNR Digital Noise Reduction: noise transistor)
LNA Low Noise Adapter
reduction feature of the set
LSP Large Signal Panel
DSP Digital Signal Processing
DST Dealer Service Tool: special remote MSP Multi-standard Sound Processor: ITT
sound decoder
control designed for service
MUTE MUTE Line
technicians
DVD Digital Video Disc NC Not Connected
NVM Non Volatile Memory: IC containing
DYN-FASE-COR DYNamic phASE CORrection:
TV related data such as alignments
corrects the phase of the H-drive
EHT Extra High Tension O/C Open Circuit
ON/OFF_LED ON/OFF control signal for the LED
OSD On Screen Display
 Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets EM1.2A AA 9. EN 119

OTC On screen display Teletext and

Control; also called Artistic (SAA5800)
P50 Project 50 communication: protocol
between TV and peripherals
PCB Printed Circuit Board
PICNIC Peripheral Integrated Combined
Network IC (SAA4978): main IC for
100 Hz features and feature
processing
PIP Picture In Picture
Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are
displayed in one frame at the same
time, creating double vertical
resolution.
PTP Picture Tube Panel
RAM Random Access Memory
R-TXT Red TeleteXT
RC Remote Control
RC5 Signal protocol from the remote
control receiver
RESET RESET signal
RGB-PIP RGB-input for PIP
RGB-TXT RGB-input for TeleteXT and OSD
RGB-VC RGB-input to the Picture Tube Panel
ROM Read Only Memory
SAM Service Alignment Mode
SC SandCastle: two-level pulse derived
from sync signals
S/C Short Circuit
SCAVEM SCAn VElocity Modulation
SCL-F CLock Signal on Fast I2C bus
SD Standard Definition
SDA-F DAta Signal on Fast I2C bus
SIF Sound Intermediate Frequency
SIMM 80-fold connector between LSP and
SSB
SNERT Synchronous No parity Eight bit
Reception and Transmit
SSB Small Signal Board
STBY STandBY
SW SubWoofer
TXT TeleteXT
uP MicroProcessor
U100 U from Feature Box
V100 V from Feature Box
VA50 Vertical Acquisition 1fH
VBAT Main supply for deflection (usually 141
V)
VD100 Vertical Drive 2fH: vertical sync pulse
from deflection
VDPOS One of the symmetrical drive signals
for the DC frame output stage.
VDNEG One of the symmetrical drive signals
for the DC frame output stage.
VFB Vertical Flyback Pulse: vertical sync
pulse coming from the feature box
VL Variable Level out: processed audio
output toward external amplifier
WYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record:
record selection that follows main
picture and sound
X-RAY-PROT A PROTection signal against
excessive X-RAY radiation
XTAL Quartz crystal
Y100 Y from Feature Box
Y-OUT Luminance-signal to HOP IC
YUV-Feat The YUV input for the main picture,
coming from the Feature box or the
HIP
EN 120 9. EM1.2A AA Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets

9.17 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts
of ICs that are drawn as 'black boxes' in the electrical diagrams
(with the exception of 'memory' and 'logic' ICs).

9.17.1 Diagram B7, SAA5667HL (IC7001)

Block Diagram

TV CONTROL
I2C-bus, general I/O AND
INTERFACE

ROM MICROPROCESSOR SRAM

(128 or 192-kbyte) (80C51) 256-byte

DRAM MEMORY
(14-kbyte) INTERFACE

R
DATA G
CVBS DISPLAY
CAPTURE B
VDS

DATA HSYNC
DISPLAY
CVBS CAPTURE
TIMING VSYNC
TIMING
Pinning GSA023
100 P2.0/TPWM

98 P2.6/PWM5
97 P2.5/PWM4
96 P2.4/PWM3
95 P2.3/PWM2
94 P2.2/PWM1
93 P2.1/PWM0

84 P1.5/SDA1

82 P1.7/SDA0
83 P1.4/SCL1

81 P1.6/SCL0

79 P1.2/INT0

76 P1.0/INT1
77 A16_LN
80 P1.3/T1

78 P1.1/T0
99 VSSC

92 AD7
91 AD6
90 AD5
89 AD4
88 AD3
87 AD2
86 AD1
85 AD0

P2.7/PWM6 1 75 VDDP
P3.0/ADC0 2 74 MOVX_RD
A17_LN 3 73 RESET
P3.1/ADC1 4 72 RESET
P3.2/ADC2 5 71 XTALOUT
P3.3/ADC3 6 70 XTALIN
A15_LN 7 69 OSCGND
A14 8 68 MOVX_WR
RD 9 67 A8
WR 10 66 A9
VSSC 11 65 A10
VSSP 12 64 A11
P0.5 13 SAA56xx 63 VDDC
EA 14 62 VSSC
A7 15 61 INTD
P0.0/RX 16 60 VSSP
P0.1/TX 17 59 P3.6
P0.2/INT2 18 58 ROMBK0
PSEN 19 57 ROMBK1
ALE 20 56 ROMBK2
VPE 21 55 VSYNC
P0.3/INT3 22 54 P3.5/INT5
A6 23 53 HSYNC
P0.4/INT4 24 52 VDS
P3.7 25 51 RAMBK0
A5 26
A4 27
P0.6 28
P0.7/T2 29
VSSA 30
CVBS0 31
CVBS1 32
A15_BK 33
SYNC_FILTER 34
IREF 35
A13 36
A12 37
A3 38
A2 39
A1 40
FRAME 41
VPE 42
COR 43
P3.4/PWM7/T2EX 44
VDDA 45
B 46
G 47
R 48
A0 49
RAMBK1 50

GSA020

CL 36532038_114.eps
020703

Figure 9-16 Internal Block Diagram and Pin Layout 'Painter'

 Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets EM1.2A AA 9. EN 121

9.17.2 Diagram CO, µPD64083 (IC7015)

Block Diagram
E XTD Y C O 9-0
DYCO
Error S elect
VC LY detection D YC O 9-0
EXTALTF
ALT F
AYI C lam p YCN R
10bit D elay Y-high freq. 10bit AYO
VR T Y coring
Y-A DC Y-D AC C BP Y
VR B Y E XTD Y C O S
EXAD IN S YCN R
AC I B ias KIL
10bit Line Com b C hrom a R ecursive Y-high freq.
VR T C peaking 4fSC
C -AD C H H Filter Mixer YNR
VR B C
C3 YCN R
YCNR MN N R
Line Com b C -B P F& delay 10bit AC O
4M bit Filter A djustm ent C -DA C C BP C
Flam e Motion
D elay D etection
Mem ory Line Com b R ecursive
2 SD A
H H Filter CNR Y -V ertical I C Bus
SC L
YCNR A perture Interface
SLA 0
MNNR com pensation
R ST B
H

C KM D